You are on page 1of 546
Anisotropic Plates S.G. LEKHNITSKII Translated from the second Russian edition by S.W.TSAT Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri and T. CHERON Aeronutronic Division, Philco-Ford Corporation Newport Beach, California Gordon and Breach Science Publishers New York London Paris Montreux Tokyo Melbourne © 1968 by Gordon and Breach, Science Publishers, Inc., Post Office Box 786, Cooper Station, New York, New York 10276 U.S.A. All rights reserved. Published 1968 Second Printing 1984 Third Printing 1987 Gordon and Breach Science Publishers Post Office Box 161 1820 Montreux 2 Switzerland Post Office Box 197 London WC2E 9PX England 58, rue Lhomond 75005 Paris France 14-9 Okubo 3-chome Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 160 Japan Camberwell Business Center Private Bag 30 Camberwell, Victoria 3124 Australia Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data Lekhnifskii, S. G. (Serget Georgievich) Anisotropic plates. Translation of: Anizotropnye plastinki.. Includes indexes. 1. Plates (Engineering) I. Title. ‘TAG60.P6LA413 1984 624.1°7765 84-13756 ISBN 0-677-20670-4 in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or by any information storage or retrie- val system, without permission in writing from the publishers. Printed in the United States of America, Contents TRANSLATORS’ PREFACE PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION CHAPTERI. BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY OF AN ANISOTROPIC BODY 1. State of stress in a continuous body 2. Generalized Hooke’s law 3. Curvilinear anisotropy 4. Basic equations and basic problems of elasticity CHAPTER II. PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY OF AN ANISOTROPIC BODY . State of generalized plane stress of a homogeneous plate . Plane deformation in a homogeneous body ”. General expressions for stress functions . Relation between plane problems and functions of complex variables ). Determination of elastic constants for a new coordinate system . Change of complex parameters due to coordinate transfor- mation 11, Elastic constants for certain anisotropic plates 12. Plane problems for a body possessing cylindrical anisotropy ena Bye u CHAPTER III. BENDING OF PLANE ANISOTROPIC BARS. AND CURVED BEAMS 13. The simplest cases 14, Bending of a beam by an end force 15, Bending of a beam by a uniformly distributed load 16. Bending of a beam by a linearly distributed load 17. Bending of a beam by an arbitrary load 18. Bending of a composite multi-layered beam v xi xiii xv 1 14 19 19 27 31 37 41 45 50 ST ST 62 66 69 14 vi ANISOTROPIC PLATES 19, Bending of a beam with variable elastic moduli 20. Deformation of a wedge-shaped body by a force applied at the apex 21. Bending of a wedge-shaped body by moments 22, Bending of a wedge-shaped body by a distributed load 23. Pure bending of a curved beam with cylindrical anisotropy 24. Bending of a curvilinear anisotropic curved beam by an end force 25. Bending of a curved curvilinear anisotropic curved beam by a distributed load 26. Stress distribution in an annular plate with cylindrical aniso- tropy 27. Stress distribution in a composite curvilinear anisotropic ring 28. Stress distribution in a ring with variable elastic constants CHAPTERIV. STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC BODY 29, Elastic half-plane loaded along the edge 30. Effect of a concentrated force and moment applied at the edge 31. Effect of a force and moment applied to a point in an clastic plate 32. Stress distribution in a plane body with parabolicand hyperbolic boundary CHAPTER V. STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN ELLIPTIC PLATE OR CIRCULAR DISC 33. Stress distribution in an elliptic plate loaded along the edge 34. Stress distribution in a rotating homogeneous elliptic plate 35. Stress distribution in a rotating curvilinear anisotropic disc 36. A rotating non-homogeneous curvilinear anisotropic disc CHAPTER VI. STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN A PLATE WITH AN ELLIPTIC OR CIRCULAR OPENING 37. Stress determination in a plate with an elliptic opening 38. Special cases of loading 39. Stress distribution in an orthotropic plate with a circular opening 40. Stress distribution in an orthotropic plate with a circular open- ing (cont.) 41. Stress distribution in a plate with an elliptic core 42. Special cases of a plate with an elliptic core 43. Uniaxial tension of an orthotropic plate with a circular core 81 85 89 92 95 98 101 106 110 44 1g 118 123 130 134 141 141 146 150 152 157 157 162 171 180 190 193 197 CONTENTS. vii 44, Biaxial tension of a plate with circular core in two directions 203 45. Plate with a circular core subjected to tangential force 207 46. Bending by moments of a plate with a circular core 212 CHAPTER VII. APPROXIMATE METHOD OF STRESS DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 218 47. Plane problem for a slightly anisotropic plate 218 48. Stress determination in a slightly anisotropic plate with an opening 223 49. Tension and pure bending of a slightly anisotropic plate with a square opening 444 40. Stress distribution in a homogeneous ring compressed by an uni- form pressure 231 CHAPTER VIII. APPROXIMATE METHOD OF STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE WITH OPENING 235 51. General formulas for a plate with an opening which differs slightly from an ellipse 235 $2. Formulas for a plate with an opening of special shape 240 53. Stress determination in a plate with triangular opening 245 54. Tension of an orthotropic plate with a triangular opening 247 55. Pure bending of an orthotropic plate with a triangular opening 252 56. Stress determination in plate with an oval opening 256 57. Tension of an orthotropic plate with an oval opening 258 58. Pure bending of an orthotropic plate with an oval opening 262 59. Tension of an orthotropic plate with a square opening 266 60. Pure bending of an orthotropic plate with a square opening 269 CHAPTER IX. THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES (THIN PLATES) 273 61. Approximate theory of bending of anisotropic plates (thin plates) 22 62. Equations of deflected surface and boundary conditions 280 63. Relation between the theory of bending with the theory of func- tions of a complex variables 283 64, Equation of a deflected surface with consideration of membrane forces. Plates with large deflections on an elastic foundation 287 65. Determination of flexural and twisting rigidities of plates cor- rugated and strengthened by ribs 292 viii ANISOTROPIC PLATES 66. Determination of rigidities and reduced moduli of multi-layered plates 295 67. Rigidities and reduced moduli of plates consisting of identical layers 302 68. Determination of the plate rigidities with moduli which change with the plate thickness 307 69. Calculation of rigidities for arbitrary directions 310 70. Bending of a plate possessing cylindrical anisotropy 312 CHAPTER X. BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD © 318 71. The simplest cases of bending 318 72. Bending of an orthotropic rectangular plate with clamped edges 321 73. Bending of an orthotropic rectangular plate with two edges clamped 324 74. Bending of an orthotropic rectangular plate by a uniformly distributed load 329 75. Bending of a strip with clamped sides 336 76. Application of the theory of bending of an orthotropic strip 342 77. Bending of a rectangular orthotropic strip strengthened by parallel rigid ribs 347 78. Influence functions for an orthotropic plate with supported sides 353 79. Bending of a plate with one rib 362 80. Bending of a homogeneous elliptic and circular plate clamped along the edge 365 81. Bending of a circular curvilinear anisotropic plate by symmetric loading 369 82. Bending of a circular curvilinear anisotropic plate by a concen- trated force 373 83. Approximate methods for the determination of deflections of anisotropic plates 380 84. Approximate solutions for rectangular plates 382 85. Approximate solutions for triangular plates 388 CHAPTER XI. BENDING OF PLATE BY A LOAD DISTRI- BUTED ALONG THE EDGE 394 86. Local stresses near the rectangular edge of a plate. 394 87. Effect of a concentrated moment 397 88. Bending of a plate with an elliptic opening, the edge of which is loaded arbitrarily 89. Pure bending of a plate weakened by a circular opening 90. Two cases of deformation of an orthotropic plate with a circular opening 399 403 4ul CONTENTS. ix CHAPTER XII. TRANSVERSE VIBRATIONS OF ANISOTRO- PIC PLATES 420 91. Free vibrations of plates 420 92. Frequency determination ofa rectangular orthotropic plate 424 93. Approximate methods for frequency determination 427 94. Examples of the frequency determination in the first approxi- mation 430 95. Forced vibrations of plates 434 CHAPTER XIII. BASIC THEORY OF THE STABILITY OF PLATES 437 96. General problem of the stability of plates 437 97. Basic methods for the determination of a critical load 438 98. Work of the external forces 442, CHAPTER XIV. STABILITY OF PLATES DEFORMED BY A DISTRIBUTED LOAD 445 99, Stability of a rectangular orthotropic plate with four clamped edges and compressed in the principal direction 445 100. Stability of a rectangular plate with two clamped edges and compressed in the principal direction 452 101. Stability of a rectangular plate compressed in two directions 456 102. Stability of a rectangular plate subjected to a linearly distributed load 459 103. Stability of a rectangular plate deformed by tangential forces 465 104, Stability of an infinite strip loaded by tangential forces 468 105. Stability of a plate subjected to normal and tangential loads 474 CHAPTER XV. STABILITY OF PLATES LOADED BY CON- CENTRATED FORCES 479 106. Stability of a rectangular orthotropic plate subjected to concen- trated forces 479 107. Stability of a rectangular orthotropic plate compressed by two forces 483 108. The case of four forces 488 CHAPTER XVI. STABILITY OF PLATES STRENGTHENED BY RIGID RIBS 492 109. Stability of a rectangular orthotropic plate with longitudinal ribs subjected to compression in the principal direction 492 110. The case of one longitudinal rib 496 x ANISOTROPIC PLATES 111. Stability of a plate with transverse ribs and compressed by a uni- formly distributed load 502 112. The case of one transverse rib 506 113. Stability of a plate with rigid ribs deformed by forces applied to rib ends 510 114. Stability of a plate with one rib 516 115, Stability of a rectangular plate strengthened by ribs on two sides and compressed by concentrated forces 518 116. Plate strengthened by identical ribs on two sides S21 SUBJECT INDEX 527 AUTHOR INDEX 533 Translators’ Preface To the Western world, Lekhnitskii is often considered the first author who systematically introduced anisotropy into the study of solid me- chanics. The English translation of the first edition of his Anisotropic Plates was not published as a regular book. The present translation is based on the second edition and contains a considerable amount of new material, including many important diagrams and tables. Aside from the general interest in the basic formulation of aniso- tropic elasticity and plates problems, the present book is of special relevance to the emerging technology of composite materials. The re- searchers and engineers interested in composite materials are advised to get acquainted with what Lekhnitskii wrote during the last 25 years, most of which is still highly pertinent. The translators wish to thank Professor Albert B. Schultz, University of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois, for his advice on technical matters, and Mrs. H. A. (Dee) Wheatley for her work on the manuscript. Stephen W. Tsai Theodore Cheron xi Preface to the Second Edition Since the first publication of the monograph Anisotropic Plates (1947), the theory of stress and strain in anisotropic plates has been supplemented by numerous new studies. The greater part of these stud- ies were conducted in the USSR, and, in particular, by the author him- self. They are concerned primarily with plane problems and theories of bending and stability of plates. In the preparation of this second edition, the author has attempted to present as far as possible all new results known to him in the field of anisotropic plates which were of practical and theoretical interest. As a result the size of the book has increased considerably in comparison with the first edition. A chapter (VIII) has been added which is devoted to approximate methods of studying the stresses in anisotropic plates weakened by circular or elliptic openings. The same chapter considers some openings which resemble either an equilateral triangle or a square with rounded corners. In addition, approximate formulas are presented for the determination of stresses at these openings in plates deformed by arbitrary forces, and in particular, by tensile forces and bending mo- ments. Stresses in plates with given elastic constants were also calcu- lated. In addition, all other chapters are supplemented with new studies, as well as with results of practical interest which were not included in the first edition. For example, two new cases of bending of non-homo- geneous beams are added to Chapter III, which is devoted to straight and curved beams. Chapter IV is supplemented with problems dealing with the equilibrium of plates with parabolic and hyperbolic boundaries. It also includes the distribution of stresses in infinite media subjected to concentrated moments. Chapter VI is considerably augmented. New sections are added concerning the elastic equilibrium of plates with a center made of another material. New cases of bending of anisotropic plates with circular opening are considered in Chapter XI. The number of figures is increased, and many of them are replaced by more ade- quate ones. xiii xiv ANISOTROPIC PLATES The author has attempted to present all results, both new and old, in an easily accessible form for engineers and designers. In many instances complete formulas are given, supplemented by calculations and dia- grams for plates possessing elastic constants of the three-layer birch plywood. Many sections from the first edition are reviewed, some cor- rections are introduced, and in several cases, the method of presenta- tion of material is altered. For all cases of deformation studied by the author himself and which were included in the first edition, the calcula- tions were rechecked (including three-layer birch plywood). As a re- sult, appropriate diagrams of the stress distribution and diagrams of certain functions are substituted by new and improved ones as com- pared with the first edition. The reference literature is also increased. In conclusion I want to express my gratitude to T. V.Skvortsova for all the calculations which she performed and for her assistance in the preparation of this second edition. S.G. Lekhnitskii Preface to the First Edition As structural elements, anisotropic plates, i.e., plates in which resis- tance to mechanical actions is different for different directions, find wide application in modern technology. Such plates include aircraft plywood, delta wood, textolite and other materials. The experimental studies of a material such as plywood show a great difference in elastic moduli and flexural rigidities between the principal directions, i.e., parallel and perpendicular to the grain of the external layer. It is in- correct to calculate the strength of the plywood by formulas intended for isotropic bodies; therefore, it is necessary to derive special formulas based on the theory of elasticity of anisotropic bodies. Plates with arti- ficially made differences between flexural rigidities for different direc- tions also may be considered as anisotropic plates. Plates strengthened by corrugation, corrugated plates and plates strengthened by stiffening ribs, etc., belong to this group. Not only will civil engineers need to cal- culate stresses and strains in anisotropic plates, but also physicists who deal with plates made of crystals (for example, quartz crystals). The author has attempted to write a book that will include as many studies devoted to the deformation of anisotropic plates as possible and thus be of assistance to engineers, designers, physicists and other spe- cialists working with anisotropic plates. Three principal topics are presented: (1) a generalized plane stress of anisotropic plates; (2) the bending of anisotropic plates; and (3) the stability of anisotropic plates. The majority of the solutions given in this book (especially in chapters devoted to plane problems) are the re- sult of investigations made by the author. At the present time the problems are all limited to small elastic strains, Problems related to plastic strains, behavior of plates after buckling, temperature and residual stresses in plates, etc., are not pre- sented here as very little investigation has been attempted in this field. All material about transverse vibrations of anisotropic plates which are known to the author are collected in one special chapter. xv xvi ANISOTROPIC PLATES In consideration of the great bulk of material available, and the small size of the book, the author has attempted to present the material in the most concise form possible. Attention has been paid mainly to practical applications of the solutions presented. Formulas and implications of purely theoretical interest are given without final conclusions. How- ever, in the majority of cases, reference literature is indicated so that those interested in the subject may find more detailed explanations. In certain cases where it was possible, and also of interest for practical ap- plication, the results were carried out to final formulas, diagrams and tables. S.G. Lekhnitskii CHAPTERI Basic Equations of the Theory of Elasticity of an Anisotropic Body 1. The State of Stress in a Continuous Body In the study of stresses and deformations in elastic anisotropic bodies we will consider, on the basis of a generally accepted model, that the elastic body is a continuous medium. The state of stress at a given point of a continuous body, which is either in equilibrium or in motion as a result of external forces, is known to be determined or specified by the stress components on three mutually perpendicular planes passing through the point. The planes, as usual, are perpendicular to the axes of orthogonal coordinates pas- sing through the given point. In this book we will use only Cartesian and cylindrical coordinates. 7 Te Tr Fig. 1 Considering a point in a body described by Cartesian coordinates x, y, and z, pass through it three mutually perpendicular planes which are normal to the coordinate axes. Let us study the components of stress on these planes in Fig. 1. It is common to designate each normal component by o with a subscript indicating the direction of the normal Lekhoiakit 1 1 2 ANISOTROPIC PLATES to the plane, and consequently, the direction of the component itself. Each tangential component is designated by t with two subscripts, one indicating the direction of the component, and the other, the direction of normal to the plane. On the plane normal to the x-axis, we have components o,, ty, and t,,. On the plane normal to the y-axis, we have t,, ¢,, and t,,; and on the plane normal to the z-axis we have Txz5Ty:, and o;. As it is known from the mechanics of continuous media, Tey = Tors Tez = Texs Tye = Tey OF in general, 7 = t,, Where i and j are mutually perpendicular. Knowing the stress components on planes normal to the coordinate axes, we can always determine the stress on any inclined plane with normal , which passes through a given point. For this purpose the following formulas are used: x COS (N, X) + Tx COS (11, ¥) + Tz COS (N, z), ry COS (N, X) + oy COS (n, Y) + Ty. COS (Mt, z), (LI) x2 €08 (11, X) + Tz COS (1, ¥) +: COS (n, 2), where X,, Y, and Z, are the stresses along the coordinate axes acting on the inclined plane. After determining X,, Y, and Z, we can find easily by projections the normal and tangential components of the stress on a plane with normal n. Next, let us consider a given body in cylindrical coordinates r, 0,2; the z-axis coincides with the z-axis in the Cartesian system, and angle 0 is measured from the x-axis which is taken as the polar axis. The stress components on planes normal to coordinates r, 0, z of the cylindrical system are shown in Fig. 1. They are designated, correspondingly, by Ors Tors Ter} Tro> Fas T203 Tres Tees Gz. At the same time tip = To, Te = Ters Tor = Tg. The transformation of the stress components in Cartesian coordinates to those in cylindrical coordinates is accomplished by the usual formulas 5 COS? # + a, Sin? + Ir, sin 4 cos 0, 0 = 0,Sin? 0 + 6, cos? 0 — 2r,, sin 0 cos 0, To = (a, — 05) Sin 8 cos 4 + Ty (cos? 6 — sin? 6), ° (1.2) Tr: = Tz COS O + Ty, Sin 8, Tz: = —Tx; Sin 0 + 7,, cos 9, BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 3 The stress components in a continuous body which is in equilibrium must satisfy the equilibrium equations, which in Cartesian coordinates are: Go, | Otey Stes | ox dy az ae + (1.3) ox In equations (1.3) and (1.4), X, Y, Zand R, 0, Z designate the body forces refered to a unit volume in directions x, y, zand r, 0, z. Equations of motion of a continuous medium differ from equilibrium equations only by having inertial terms ow,, ow, OW, OF OW,, OW, OWz, placed at the right-hand sides of (1.3) and (1.4) instead of zeros, where 9 is the material density and w with subscript are accelerations in the coordinate directions. The accelerations are usually expressed in the theory of elasticity by the displacements of the body particles in the coordinate directions; namely, they are equal to the second derivatives of displacements with Tespect to time. We designate displacements in directions x, y, z and r, 0,z by u, v, wand u,, up, u,, respectively. The state of deformation in the neighborhood of a given point in a continuous body is characterized by six components of deformation: three relative elongations, each designated by ¢ with an appropriate subscript, and three relative shears, each designated by y with two sub- scripts. In the Cartesian system we have the following components of 4 ANISOTROPIC PLATES deformation: ¢,, ¢,, ¢, representing the relative elongations of infinitely small line segments which in the undeformed body are parallel to axes X,Y, 2; and 52, Yxz5 Yxy Fepresenting the relative shears, i.e., the chang- ing of angles between indicated line segments. The components of de- formation for cylindrical coordinates will be ¢,, &9, &: (relative elon- gations for directions r, 6, z) and Yoc, yrz5 ro (relative shears). The components of deformation can be expressed in terms of dis- placements. When there are no limitations to the extent of deformations, then the relation between ¢,, &,.-. Yxy and u, v, w is expressed by formulas & y cy / 2 /av\? 14+2—+4+ a +(2) + éz éz oz na a eu du ov dv | ew ow + = ay az dy as dy oz } “9 (+H +e sin yy: ow éu ou du ov ov ow ow SCTE eae CO . ox dz ax dz Ox dz Ox Oz sin p,, = ———__—_* % & a d+aQd+s) du, du du | a aw , aw ow = esiaonl + eed dy ex ox dy Ox dy (lL +e)(1 + &) J In the case of small deformations, when the derivatives of displacements are small compared with unity, these formulas can be simplified, as sin Yay = follows at _ ty, aw x ex? Vive dz ay > = 2 = oe, bu Paap mate (1.6) a ee eae? ay * ax BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 5 In the case of small deformations ¢,, ¢0, .-.» 7ro ate expressed by 1, Hos u, in the following manner: ene Ye = Hey 1 Oe or? Oe 00" 1 aw, & au, Oty, =e, yy = SS, : 0? ae ae a7 au, 1 Gu, , Gp we =) = — +t - =. ee OF OO or The above formulas and equations are true for any continuous body, both elastic and inelastic. Derivation of these formulas can be found in textbooks of the theory of elasticity’. 2. The Generalized Hooke's Law The equations in Section 1 are insufficient to solve problems of equi- librium, motion, or stability of an elastic body. It is necessary to in cate additional relations between the components of stress and de- formation. For this purpose it is necessary to use a model which re- presents the elastic properties of the body. For small deformations, the model of an elastic body is taken to be a continuous body which obeys the generalized Hooke’s law. In all cases studied in this book we con- sider that elastic bodies, and plates in particular, obey the generalized Hooke’s law. In other words, the components of deformation are linear functions of the components of stress. An elastic body is called isotropic when its elastic properties are identical in all directions, and anisotropic when its elastic properties are different for different directions. A body is called homogeneous when its elastic properties are identical in all parallel directions passing through any of its points, or in other words, all identical elements in the shape of a rectangular parallepiped with mutually parallel edges possess identical elastic properties. We consider at first a homogeneous elastic body possessing aniso- tropy of a general type, i.e., there is no elastic symmetry. If we consider this body in arbitrarily chosen orthogonal coordinates x, y, z, we can 6 ANISOTROPIC PLATES write the generalized Hooke’s law in the following manner: Fx = Gi10x + Ai20y + G30: + Aratys + Aistez + Ai6Txys By = G20, + Azady Hot Aaetay, where @11, G2, .-. Gs are the elastic constants or the coefficients of deformation. In this general case, the number of independent con- stants is 21. A body accumulates potential energy while undergoing deformation. The expression for the potential energy of deformation per unit volume, or the elastic potential is: Vm 4 (ote + 048 + 0082 + Tytys + tates + Tol) (22) If we consider the stress components on the basis of (2.1), then this ex- pression in general will take the form of: Va M102 + 1200, + 30,0; FA a yT ys $1 57% xz +41 6FxT ry) Fda 20y + 2300. +A ra0yT ys 4 A250 sTas + A260 sTex 443302 +340:T 2 +03 50.2 + A36FTxy FM gaT 5s + asTysTre + act $45 ste. +O s6TeTy 2 +haeti:. | The potential energy of the entire body will be found by integration with respect to the total volume of the body «: Ve= Ife [Pdo. (2.4) When a body possesses symmetry of internal structure, its elastic properties would show the symmetry. This elastic symmetry, as it is usually called, is demonstrated in the following manner: each point of a body has symmetrical directions, in each of which the elastic prop- erties are—identical (equivalent directions). Crystals possess elastic symmetries. On the basis of elastic symmetries all natural crystals are ‘ided into nine classes. The elastic symmetries are also present in BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 7 specimens made of natural wood, delta wood, plywood and other anisotropic materials, Equations of the generalized Hooke’s law and expressions for the elastic potential are simplified in the presence of elastic symmetry. Some of the constants a,; become equal to zero and dependencies appear between other constants. We will not consider here all possible cases of elastic symmetry, but will study only the most important ones?. J. One plane of elastic symmetry. We assume that a plane may be passed through every point of a body and the body possesses such prop- erties that any two directions which are symmetrical with respect to this plane are equivalent in all respects; in a homogeneous body all these planes passing through different points are parallel. When the z-axis is perpendicular to the plane of elastic symmetry, then the general- ized Hooke’s law can be expressed in the following manner: bx = A118, + Ay20y + A130; + AroTsy, 1 = 1205 + Az20y + A230: + Ar6Txys Ez = A130, + G230y + A330; + As6T xy, (2.5) Yor = Agatys + AasTrsy Yar = AasTyz + AssTey Yay = A169% + A264) + Aze%z + Asotxys G14 = is = O24 = Gas = sq = Ass = Ae = As6 = 0. The number of independent elastic constants thus decreases to 13. The following example can more vividly demonstrate the properties of a body possessing a plane of elastic symmetry. We consider an ele- ment of the body in the shape of a rectangular parallelepiped, two sides of which are parallel to the plane of elastic symmetry. We assume that these sides are subjected to tension or compression by normal stress o, in Fig. 2. Deformation of this element will be characterized by relative elongation and shears which can be found from (2.5): & = 1302, ys = 0, 42302, Ys: = 0, (2.6) 2 = 33925 Yay = A362. 8 ANISOTROPIC PLATES It is evident from this that during a simple tension-compression in the direction perpendicular to the plane of elastic symmetry, the angles be- tween lines normal and parallel to the plane of elastic symmetry and those located on it do not undergo deformation and remain right angles. Fig. 2 Due to this, a body undergoing this deformation retains the shape of a rectangular parallelepiped, four sides of which are rectangles, and the remaining two, parallelograms. Where there are no planes of elastic symmetry, a rectangular parallelepiped, which is either under tension or compression in one direction, will be transformed into a general parallelepiped. The directions normal to planes of the elastic symmetry will be called the principal directions of elasticity, or in short, the principal directions. For this given case of symmetry only one principal direction passes through every point. Crystals of monoclinic symmetry, for example, feldspar, and orthoclase, possess this kind of elastic sym- metry. 2. Three planes of the elastic symmetry. When three mutually per- pendicular planes of elastic symmetry pass through every point of a homogeneous body, the equations of the generalized Hooke’s law as referred to coordinate system x, y, z with axes normal to these planes will be: by = A118, + 120y + 1392, Pox = AsaTyzs by = 120% + Gz20y + A2302, Vez = AssTxzs (2.7) &: = A130, + A230) + A302, Yay = Aostxy- BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 9 The number of independent elastic constants will be nine. Three mu- tually perpendicular principal directions pass through every point. A homogeneous body with three mutually perpendicular planes of elastic symmetry passing through every point is called orthogonal-anisotropic, or simply, orthotropic. (77 An element of an orthotropic body in the shape of a rectangular parallelepiped with sides parallel to the planes of elastic symmetry re- mains unchanged when subjected to tension or compression in one direction. The length of edges change during loading, but the angles between the sides remain undisturbed. Equations (2.7) are more obvious when instead of the coefficients of deformation a;; we introduce the so-called engineering constants, i.e, Young’s moduli, Poisson’s ratios and shear moduli. Then we can re- write (2.7) in the following manner: by = a= where E;, E:, Es are the Young’s moduli for tension (compression) along the principal directions of elasticity x, y, 25 12 is the Poisson’s ratio which characterizes the decrease in y-direction during tension applied in x-direction; v2 is the Poisson’s ratio which characterizes the decrease in ¥ direction during tension applied in direction, etc.; Gas, G13, Giz are shear moduli which characterize changes of angles between principal directions y and z, x and z, x and y8, Due to the symmetry of equations (2.8), the following relations between the Young’s moduli and the Poisson’s ratios exist: Ey = Evy2, Exvs2 = Esv2s, Estria = Eis. (2.9) The elastic constants of an orthotropic body, as shown in (2.7) and (2.8), are written for the principal directions of elasticity x, y, z, and are called the principal elastic constants (as opposed to the constants in equations for an arbitrary system of coordinates). The elastic symmetry considered above is the most important one, since this type of symmetry is encoutered most often in practice. Ma- 10 ANISOTROPIC PLATES terials such as wood with regular annular rings, delta wood or plywood can be considered homogeneous and orthotropic in the first approx- imation. Crystals of rhombic syngony (for example, topaz and barite) are also orthotropic. 3. A plane of isotropy. When through every opint of a given body passes a plane in which all directions are equivalent with respect to the elastic properties, then the generalized Hooke’s law, for a coordinate system, in which the z-axis is normal to this plane, can be written: by = 1184 + Ay20y + A130, ast ys5 by = y20, + Q119y + 1302) Yaz = AaaTaz> (2.10) = Gx, + Oy) + 43392, Yxy = Wir — G12) Try ‘The number of independent elastic constants hereis five. A body possess~ ing anisotropy of this type is called, according to A. Lyav, transversely- isotropic.* A direction which is normal to the plane of isotropy and all directions in this plane are considered to be principal directions, By introducing the engineering constants, (2.10) can be written as follows: 1 y & = (x, — 19,) —- = 4,, iM ) I ” & = Eo vox) — — ” ) & = (0, + oy) + BP Where Eis the Young’s modulus for directions in the plane of isotropy; E' the Young’s modulus for directions perpendicular to this plane, » the Poisson’s ratio which characterizes the contraction in the plane of iso- tropy when tension is applied in the same plane; »" the Poisson’s ratio which characterizes the contraction in the plane of isotropy when ten- sion is applied in the direction perpendicular to this plane; G = E/2(1 + ») the shear modulus for the plane of isotropy; and G’ the shear modulus which characterizes the distortion of angles between the iso- tropy plane and the normal. Crystals of the hexagonal system (for example, beryl) are transver- sely-isotropic crystals, BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY il 4. Complete symmetry, isotropic body. Every plane of an isotropic body is a plane of elastic symmetry, and every direction is a principal direction. The generalized Hooke’s law for an isotropic body will be: 1 1 & = Zl — 4+ 9)), Ys = Gu & [o, — x + )], Yaz & Tes (2.12) t= Ele et te = te where E is the Young’s modulus; » the Poisson’s ratio and G = E/2(1 + ») the shear modulus. The number of independent elastic con- stants here is two. For isotropic bodies, when we use any system of coordinates x’, y’, 2’ instead of x, y, z, (2.12) will not change and the elastic constants E and will preserve their numerical values also in the new system. On the other hand, in the case of anisotropic bodies, going from one system of coordinates to another, new elastic constants a’, are required which can be expressed in terms of the old constants. Some problems related to the recalculation of the elastic constants of anisotropic plates in the case of new axes will be considered later*. 3. Curvilinear Anisotropy A homogeneous anisotropic body, as said before, is characterized by the equivalence of parallel directions passing through different points. In addition to this type of anisotropy, which can be called the recti- linear, there is another kind of anisotropy, the curvilinear. The latter is characterized by the fact that in such a body equivalence is not found in parallel directions but follows some other directions. If we choose a system of curvilinear coordinates in such a manner that co- ordinate directions coincide with equivalent directions at different points of the body, then infinitely small elements of the body, which are delineated by three pairs of coordinate planes, will possess identical elastic properties. On the contrary, the elastic properties of elemental rectangular parallelepipeds with mutually parallel sides will not be identical. The number of possible types of curviline r anisotropy is 12 ANISOTROPIC PLATES unlimited. But the most interesting and frequently encountered in practice is the cylindrical anisotropy®. A straight line g in a given body with cylindrical anisotropy represents the axis of anisotropy (it can pass either externally or internally). All directions which cross this axis at right angles are equivalent. All di- rections parallel to the anisotropy axis, as well as those orthogonal to the latter are also equivalent. All infinitely small elements 4;, 42, ... cut from the body by three pairs of surfaces: (a) two planes passing through the axis of anisotropy; (b) two parallel planes normal to g and (c) two concentric cylindrical surfaces with the axis which coincides with g (Fig. 3) have identical elastic properties. It Fig. 3 is more convenient to use cylindrical coordinates, r, 9, z, during the study of equilibrium or motion of such a body, with the z-axis coincid- ing with the axis of anisotropy g and with an arbitrarily chosen polar axis x, from which angles 0 are measured. The equations of the generalized Hooke’s law for 2 body with cy- lindrical anisotropy of the general type without any elastic symmetry are: r= A110, + Gy 209 + A130, + AyaTos + Gistrs + Ai6Tros 8 = Gi20, + aay bee + Aretros G1) Yea = A160, + Gr6_ + BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 13 Coefficients a,, are the elastic constants. The number of independent constants in general is 21. It should be noted that the equations of the generalized Hooke’s law can also be written for arbitrary Cartesian system of coordinates, They will be of type (2.1), but coefficients ayy would not be constant but will change from one point of a body to another. When equations of the generalized Hooke’s law for a homo- geneous body with rectilinear anisotropy are written in an arbitrary system of cylindrical coordinates, r, 0, z, they will be in general of type (3.1) with a,, as functions of angle 0. Different types of elastic symmetry are also possible for a body with cylindrical anisotropy. When each point of a body has a plane of elastic symmetry normal to the axis of anisotropy g, then (3.1) can be sim- plified and become analogous to (2.5): 34 = Ars = Arg = Aas = 34 = 3s = Gag = M36 =0. (3.2) If at each point there are three planes of elastic symmetry, of which one is normal to the axis of anisotropy, the second passes through that axis, and the third is orthogonal to the first two, then the equations (3.1) become of type (2.10), since a1¢ = d26 = dg = dag = 0. In this case the body is called orthotropic with cylindrical anisotropy. In similarity to the case of a homogencous orthotropic body it is advanta- geous here to introduce the engineering constants. Then the Hooke’s Jaw for an orthotropic body with cylindrical anisotropy will be written as = do, - mo, 1 ee = Pra. 1 = — rs = Trey ie ‘@ E V Ga (3.3) e Vez = Yr = — tre E, " G," where E,, E, E, are the Young’s moduli for tension (compression) in directions r, 6, z, the radial, tangential and axial directions (which are at the same time the principal directions of elasticity); v,» is the Poisson’s ratio which characterizes the compression in the 6-direction when ten- sion is applied in the r-direction, etc; and Gy., G,:, Gre are the shear moduli which characterize the change of angles between directions 0 and z, rand z, rand 0. 14 ANISOTROPIC PLATES A wooden beam with regular annular rings can be an example of a body with cylindrical anisotropy. If we disregard inhomogeneity, we can consider it as an orthotropic body with cylindrical anisotropy’. The central line in this case can be the axis of anisotropy g (Fig. 4). ‘A body with cylindrical anisotropy can be constructed artificially from homogeneous (rectilinearly-anisotropic) elements possessing “ene Fig. 4 Fig. 5 similar elastic properties. Imagine a great number of homogencous anisotropic elements (“bricks”), the two opposite edges of which form a small angle. If an arch is constructed of these elements, as shown in Fig. 5, then the arch as a whole will exhibit the properties of a body with cylindrical anisotropy. The axial directions of the elements in this arch will be equivalent to the radial directions. This type of anisotropy will be considered in Chapters 2, 3, 8 and 9. We will not consider other cases of curvilinear anisotropy. 4. Basic Equations and Basic Problems of the Theory of Anisotropy The state of stress of an elastic body is known if the stress components at every point are known on three planes which are normal to the co- ordinate directions. (We can say that it is true at any given time if we consider the motion of the body.) The state of deformation is deter- mined by the components of deformation which depend on three dis- placements in the coordinate directions. Consequently, in order to have a complete picture about the state of stress and deformation of a given BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 15 elastic body which is subjected to external forces, it is necessary to determine the following nine functions: six stress components and three displacements. If we use the Cartesian systems of coordinates, then the unknown functions of coordinates x, y, z (and in general case also time #) are o,, Oy, 02, Tyzs Txz» Txys U, V, W. In order to determine them we need nine independent equations. Asa specific case we consider here the equilibrium of a homogeneous anisotropic body. By adding the generalized Hooke’s law (2.1) to the equilibrium equation (1.3) of a continuous medium we obtain a basic system of nine equations: a0, | Oxy + + oe +X=0, ox" dy” az Be = Grids + A120) + i302 + AraT ye + Aistes + Arete» | (4,1) by = G20, +22, Hore + Gr6tays Yep = G160z + Arg) Hore crete es + Agetxys The relation between the components of deformation and displace- ments in the case of small strain is expressed by (1.6). Ifa body possesses an elastic symmetry, then, naturally, instead of the general equations (2.1), we consider those which would correspond to a given type of elastic symmetry (for example, (2.7) or (2.8) for orthotropic body). The nine unknown functions determining the stress-deformation state of a body can be found by integrating the basic system (4.1) (or a system equivalent to the basic system), taking into account the conditions at the body’s surface (the boundary conditions). Depending on what is given at the surface, there are several distinct problems: the first funda- mental problem, these second fundamental problem and the problem of mixed type (which is called sometimes the third fundamental problem of the elastic body)*. First fundamental problem. External forces and body forces are given on the surface. Designate by X,, Y,, Z, the external forces with respect to a unit area, and by n the direction normal to the surface of 16 ANISOTROPIC PLATES the body, the conditions on the surface can be written as Gq COS (11, X) + Tyy COS (MY) + Tz COS (M, 2) = Xos Ty COS (N, X) + 0, COS (n, Y) + Tz COS (n, z) = Yn, (4.2) Taz COS (Mt, X) + Tye COS (1, Y) + 4, COS (14,2) = Zn Instead of the external forces we can express the forces in terms of the normal and tangential stresses on the surface. ‘Second fundamental problem. Displacements on the surface and body forces are given. The boundary conditions in this case are u=ut, vat, w=wt, (43) where u*, v*, w* are the given displacement components in the di- rections of axes x, y, z. Problem of mixed type. In this case external forces are given on one part of the surface and displacements, on another. This type of problem also includes problems where tangential forces and normal displace- ments are given on the surface, or normal forces and tangential dis- placements are given, etc. The uniqueness of solution of the equilibrium equations of elastic bodies in the case of small deformations (when the components of de- formation are linear functions of the derivatives of displacements) is assured by the Kirchhoff theorem?. Problems concerning the stability of elastic bodies such as rods, plates, and shells are defined differently. The basic part of these prob- lems is confined to the determination of critical loads, those for which the state of eqilibrium corresponding to small deformations and loads (the basic state) ceases to be unique and stable. The basic system of equations of motion of an elastic body is of the same type as the system (4.1), except that the equations of equilibrium of the continuous medium are replaced by the equations of motion. In other words, the right-hand-side of the first three equations will not be zero, but the inertial terms: BASIC EQUATIONS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 17 In those cases when an exact solution of the problem is impossible to obtain (due to difficulties related to determination of the functions which satisfy the differential equations and boundary conditions), one can use approximate methods and obtain an approximate solution of the problem. Among these important methods are the variational me- thods which were presented in detail by L.S. Leybenzon’®. Later we will use several approximate methods, including one variational method which is based on the principle of virtual displacements from which is derived a theorem about the minimum of a certain integral. Let us consider briefly this principle. Under virtual displacements, an elastic body is displaced such that the body remains continuous and the boundary conditions are satis- fied on those parts of the surface where displacements are given. In other words, these displacements are admissible in terms of the geo- metrical relations which must be in the satisfied elastic body. Let a body be in equilibrium as a result of external loads. Denote by 2 the potential energy of deformation of the entire body (expressed in terms of displacements), minus the effect of the external forces, both surface and body: D=Sff Pdo — ff (Xue + Yaw + Z,w) ds — fff (Xu + Yo + Zw) dw (44) (The triple integrals are taken with respect to entire body, and the double integrals with respect to that part of the surface where the forces are given.) Consider the expression 9, in which u, v, w are the virtual dis- placements (among which include the actual displacements obtained by a body when it changes from the initial state to a state of elastic equi- librium under the action of external forces). On the basis of the principle of virtual displacements we can write the following theorem: the actual displacements differ from all virtual dis- placements by the fact that the former minimize the value of 9"*, ‘The explanation of how this approximate solution, which is based on the above theorem, is obtained most simply as follows. An expression is found for the displacements in a form of sums with undetermined coefficients. By selecting the terms of these sums in a particular manner, one can make these displacements satisfy the compatibility conditions and the boundary conditions (on those parts of the surface where they are given). Unknown coefficients are determined on the basis that 3 is minimized. The problem is confined, in the end, to finding the minimum 18 ANISOTROPIC PLATES of a complete algebraic function of second degree with respect to the coefficients. By the same method we can obtain an approximate solution for an elastic body (of finite dimensions) performing simple harmonic vibrations with frequency p. Only in this case instead of 9 we should minimize the following expression'* =9-T=9 = fffew +0? +) do (45) (Tis the kinetic energy of the body). References 1, Leybenzon, L.S., Theory of Elasticity. Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947, Chapters [and II. Lyav, A., Mathematical Theory of Elasticity. ONTI, Moscow-Leningrad, 1935, Chapters I and I. 2. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Theory of Elasticity of an Anisotropic Body. Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950, Chapter I’. Lyay, A., Mathematical theory of elasticity ONTI, Moscow, 1935, Chapter IV. Bekhterev, P., Analytical Study of the Generalized Hooke’s Law. Leningrad, 1925, Chapters I and II. Zh. Russ. Fizicheskogo Obshchestva, vol. LVII, No. 3-4, 1926; vol. LVIII, No. 3, 1926. 3. Sekerzh-Zen’kovich, Ya.I., Stability of a Plywood Sheet as an Anisotropic Plate. Trudy TsAGI, No. 76, 1931, p. 8. Rabinovich, A.L., On Elastic Constants and Strength of an Anisotropic Ma- terial. Trudy TsAGI, No. 582, 1946. 4. Lyav, A., Mathematical theory of elasticity ONTI, Moscow, 1935, p. 172. 5. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Theory of elasticity of an anisotropic body. Gostekhizdat, Moscow, 1950, pp. 33-45. 6. de Saint-Venant, B., Memoire sur les divers genres d’homogeneite des corps solides. “Journal de Math. pures et Appl.” (Liouville), t. 10, 1865. Voigt, W., Uber die Blastizititsverhaltnisse zylindrisch aufgebauter Kérper. “Nachrichten v. d. Kénigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften und der Georg- Augustin zu Gottingen”, 1886, No. 16. 7, Matinskiy, A.N., Elastic Constants of Wood as an Orthotropic Material. Trudy Lesotekhnicheskoy Akademii im. S.M.Kirova, No. 63. 8. Muskhelishvili, N.I., Some Basic Problems of the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity. Publ. by Academy of Sciences of the USSR, 1954, p. 65. 9. Leybenzon, L.S., Theory of elasticity. Gostekhizdat, Moscow, 1947, pp.309-311. 10. Leybenzon, L.S., Variational Methods for Solution of the Elasticity Problems. Gostekhizdat, Moscow, 1943. 11, See Ref. 9, p. 317; and Ref. 10, p. 14. 12, See Ref. 9, p. 459; and Ref. 10, p. 25. CHAPTER 2 Plane Problems of the Theory of Elasticity of an Anisotropy Body 5, State of Generalized Plane Stress of a Homogeneous Plate We consider an elastic homogeneous anisotropic flat plate of uniform thickness which is in equilibrium as a result of the forces distributed on its edge and the body forces. We assume that (1) at each point of the plate there is a plane of elastic symmetry which is parallel the to middle plane; (2) the forces applied to the edge and the body forces are acting within planes which are parallel to the middle plane and they are dis- tributed symmetrically with respect to this plane and that they change slightly with the plate thickness; (3) deformations of the plate are small. A state of stress in a plate which satisfies the above conditions is called a state of generalized plane stress. The middle plane does not bend while undergoing deformation and remains plane. We take the middle plane as the coordinate plane xy. Point 0 is the origin and axes x and y are directed arbitrarily (Fig. 6). We designate Fig. 6 the plate thickness by h; X,, Y,, the components of forces distributed at the edge per unit area; X, Y, the components of the body forces per unit volume (Z, = Z = 0 according to the conditions above); and 911, @12,..., dee the elastic constants of the material, as refered to the Coordinate system x, y, z. 20 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In studying the state of plane stress, we introduce the average values with respect to the thickness of the stress components and displace- ments: G,, Gy, fay5 Gz, 7, D. These values are designated as integrals of corresponding stresses and displacements taken over the thickness and divided by it: 2 2 1p aeGl o,dz, oa oe Ty, =ny2 =n2 AS -n2 1 1 __ 1 pe = i. edz, Gad we, bab” vee. A Jeno Ad -n2 Adan J The value of G, is negligible as compared with 6,, 3, and Z,). It is easy to obtain five equilibrium equations, which correspond to the number of unknown functions, from the basic system of equations for average stresses and displacements. We multiply the first and the sec- ond equation of the system in (4.1) and integrate both equations with respect to z from —A/2 to h/2. The same thing is done with the first, second and sixth equations which express the generalized Hooke’s law which should be taken in this case in the form of (2.5). Upon so doing we obtain equations which satisfy the average values 5, | diy +22 4¥ ox" éy oa (5.2) % 4 ¥=0; ay | A118 + Ay25y + Arotsys 1285 + Ar28y + Aret sy, (5.3) Fey = ist, + Gr6Fy + Agetxy- Here yi”? y_l ==> Xdz, Y= al Ydz Ha na are the average (with respect to the thickness) values of the body and &, &, and 7, are the average (with respect to the thickness) values of the components of deformation which are equal to: @ tye ey B. (6.4) ay ; PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 21 When external forces X,, Y_ are given at the edge of the plate, then the boundary conditions can be found from the first two equations of (4.2) by averaging them (ie., by multiplying by dx/h and integrating over the thickness). We obtain: GCOS (Nn, X) + Fy cos (1, y) = Xyy (1x) ay =X | a gy 605 (14, x) + &, cos (n, y) = ¥,. Here ee ee: K=1[ xa, ¥, all Yide. hove 7 ya We assume that body forces are derivable from a potential U(x, »), so that they can be expressed by (5.6) The equilibrium equations are satisfied by the introduction of a stress. function F(x, y) and by assuming that er 2p 8 32 a= P46, 4-78 45, 4,--2F oy 67) Ox? ax dy" By differentiation of displacements @ and @ in (5.4), we obtain the condition of compatibility of deformation ve, 0%, oy? ax? Ox oy (5.8) Substituting the expressions %,, %,, 7ay from (5.3) and expressing the stress components through F, we obtain the differential equation which must be satisfied by the stress function, ar atF atk 422 Te 7 GR ay + (2a12 + se) wo OF oF eu — 2ay6 —— + a1 — = —-G@i2 + a2) — Mapp ba pe 7 Ge ta) SS eu eu + is + 20) Fe as + au) (5.9) 22 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In the case of the absence of body forces we have the following homo- geneous equation instead of (5.9): OCF OtF - —— + a2 + 22 Te 28 Top Qay2 + 66 ar OF = das ae + ai =0. (5.10) In particular, for an orthotropic plate, by superposing the directions of axes x and y on the principal directions of elasticity, we obtain’: 1 OF (1 2) OF 1 OF E, | éx* (G %) ao "Eo where E,, Ey are the Young moduli for tension (compression) along the principal directions x and y; G = G12, the shear modulus which characterizes the change of angles between principal directions x and y; and »; = ¥42 the Poisson’s ratio which characterizes the decrease in direction y during tension in direction x, as in (2.8). In order to study the stresses and deformations in an orthotropic plate subjected to a state of generalized plane stress, it is sufficient to know only these four elastic constants from the total number of nine: E,, £2, G and »,. In what follows we will make the directions which coincide with the principal directions of elasticity of the orthotropic plate, the axes x and y, and call them principal axes. In an isotropic plate E, = E, = E; G = E/2 (1 + ») and (5.11) be- comes the biharmonic equation? , 6.11) ViVeF =0, (5.12) where a ve, 2, ax? * ay? Expanded, this equation is written as: OCF OtF ie ox* ax? dy =0. (6.13) Speaking about the boundary conditions (which are transformed into the conditions at the contour edge of the plane figure S situated on plane xy), we can say that, for a given set of external conditions, they PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 23 be confined to the stipulation of the first derivatives of the stress func- tions. Let the area of plate S be defined by an external contour and one or several internal contours. (For the sake of generality we assume that the plate has one or several openings, or, in other words, Sis a multiply connected area). The equation of the contour can always be represented in a parametric form by taking as parameter the arc length s of the Fig.7 contour from an initial point (0' at the external contour; 0” at the in- ternal contour): v= x65), » = y6)- (5.14) The counterclockwise direction along the contour will be considered as positive (both for the external and internal contour (see Fig. 7)).? Then we obtain 2, cos (n, y) = re. cos (n, x) = where n is the direction of external normals to both the external and internal contours. We take the upper signs for the external contour, and the lower for the internal. By introducing these expressions into (6.5) and integrating along arc s from a point on the contour which is considered the initial point, to a variable point, we obtain the boundary conditions for given external forces X,, Yn: E-f (#%, - oS) as +e, ox Jo ds (5.15) F=f ( 2 OD) ds +c a Jo ds } He 24 ANISOTROPIC PLATES where c,, c2 are constants which can be fixed arbitrarily on one of the contours. After defining the stresses we can determine the displace- ments by integrating equation (5.3). For given displacements u*, v* at the plate edge, the boundary conditions can be obtained from (4.3) by averaging them (5.16) In what follows, when considering generalized p plane stress, we will omit the bars over the symbols for stresses and displacements for the sake of simplicity, and we will understand that o,, 0,, ty, » are the average values with respect to thickness. 6. Plane Deformation in a Homogeneous Body The problem of plane deformation which also leads to a plane problem (ce., to a problem in two dimensions), has many things in common with the problem of the elastic equilibrium of plate subjected to generalized plane stress. Consider a homogeneous anisotropic body in the shape of a long cylinder of arbitrary cross section, which is in equilibrium with the forces distributed on the lateral surfaces and with the body for- ces (Fig. 8). We assume that (1) each point of the body possesses a plane Fig. 8 of elastic symmetry which is normal to the generator; (2) the forces are acting in the planes normal to the generator and they do not changealong the generator; and (3) the deformations are small. PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 25 It is obvious that the cross sections which are far away from the ends can be considered as being plane. At the same time they are all subjected to identical conditions. By assuming that u=u(x,y), v= v(x, y), w= 0, (6.1) we obtain ou ov &=, Y=, > x oy (6.2) = ys = Yar = 0. The basic system (4.1) will then be: a: , te 4 x =0,| ox ay | (6.3) So 9 4 y 20; ax ay bx = Biss + Bi20y + Brotxy, = Brats + Br20y + Baetsrs (6.4) Yay = Brox + Br6oy + Bostsys 1 = ~—— Gist, + 230) + GsoTxy)> 435 65) Ty: = Tez = 0, where B,, are constants which can be called the reduced coefficients of deformation. They are related to ai, by the following formula: Buy = ay — SE (6.6) 33 7=1,2,6. By assuming that the body forces are derivable from a potential, i.e., ye 20, yu en ex ay? 26 ANISOTROPIC PLATES we find formulas analogous to those obtained in the previous section: a ar 2, fF eu =the, w= =; 68) ay? ax? ae ar oF far SE Dag OE + Ota + Bae) SOE oF eu ~ iw ~ Crs + Ba) SS 63) The boundary conditions are reduced to conditions at the contour of the cross section and coincide with conditions (5.15) or (5.16) for a plate subjected to generalized plane stress. Formulas and equations given here do not consider conditions at the ends of the cylinder. Strictly speaking they are true only for an infinite cylinder. In the case of free ends we can consider approximately their influence on the stress distribution, using the well-known Saint Venant’s principle, according to which the statically equivalent loads applied to the ends of a cylinder produce identical effect in all the points far from the ends. Let the cylinder’s cross section be of finite dimensions. The origin of coordinates is placed at the center of mass and axes x and y run along the principal directions of the cross section. Determining the stresses o,, 0), T,y Without considering the conditions at the ends, we obtain from (6.5) the normal stress 6, acting on all cross sections. In special cases it might happen that it is equal to zero. Then the condi- tions at the free ends will be fulfilled. But in the general case, stresses o, ‘on each cross section (and consequently, at the ends) can be reduced to a force P, which is directed along the geometrical axes (z), and to a moment with components M, and M,, relative to axes x and y. In order to eliminate the “surplus” force and moments at the ends, ‘we superimpose a force and moments, which are equal in magnitude to P, M, and Mz, but opposite in direction, on the stress distribution of plane strain, In other words, to stress a,, calculated from (6.5) we add a correction PM M2 do, = ~P— Mry_ May, 6.10) ° Son nh oa PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 21 where S is the cross sectional area; J, and J; are the area moments of inertia with respect to the principal inertial axes x and y. There is no need for any corrections when the cylinder’s ends are fixed. By con- sidering SaintVenant’s principle, we can assert that the stress distribution in all parts of a cylinder of finite length, with the exception of regions at the ends, will be of the same order as in the case of an infinite cylinder. Due to the almost complete identity of the basic equations and the boundary conditions for plane stress and plane strain (the difference is only in the coefficients), both problems are solved by identical me- thods. The solution for plane stresscan be fully applied to the correspond- ing case of plane strain. 7. General Expressions for Stress Functions Tt was shown in the two preceding sections that the plane problem of the theory of elasticity is reduced to determination of a stress function F(x, y) in region S on plane xy, which satisfies the differential equation of fourth order (5.9) or (6.9) and the boundary conditions at the con- tours. Let us consider a case of the generalized plane stress. When the body forces are absent, the function F satisfies the equation oF oF oF oF ct + Qa +a = 2a,,—2F_ xt ° ax? ay Oars + a0) Saas 2 dy? ax oy? (1) This equation can be integrated in its general form, by writing it sym- bolically with the use of four linear differential operators of the first order: D,D,D3D.F (7.2) D, (k = 1,2, 3, 3) designates the operation a a Dy = — Me 7.3) Kaa Be ox (7.3) where y, are the roots of the characteristic equation 4i1M* — 2a ou? + (2di2 + doo) mM — aro + G22 = 0. (7.4) 28 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In the case of an orthotropic plate, equation (7.4) takes the form re- lative to principal directions of elasticity: Ey Ey 4+ (—— - 2s P+ KH (@ 1) 2 (7.5) The author of this book proved that the characteristic equation (7.4) (and the corresponding equation for plane strain) could have either complex, or purely imaginary roots but could not have real roots in the case of any ideal elastic body with constants a,;, 2a,2 + 66, 422 finite and not equal to zero*. The following special cases constitute the only exception: (1) @22 = dz = 03(2)G22 = G26 = 2ay2 + dg6 = dig = 0; 3) G11 = a6 = 03 (4) Gir = Gre = 2ai2 + Gos = G26 = 0. In the first case two roots are equal to zero, and in the second, all four roots are equal to zero. In remaining cases, two or all four roots are equal to infinity. In the future, when there is no stipulation made, we will exclude from our consideration these special cases and assume the roots px as either complex, or purely imaginary numbers. For these roots we use the following designations: 4, 2, 1, fia. Two cases are possible, depending on the relations between the elastic constants: (1) The roots of (7.4) are all different Mi =o + Bi, Wa = + Oi, fy =o — Bi, fiz =y — i (7.6) («, B, 7, 6 are real numbers, 6 > 0, 6 > 0); (2) The roots of (7.4) are pairwise equal Hi = #2 =% + Bi, fy = fla = 0 — Bi (6 > 0). (7.7) For an isotropic plate 1. (78) We will call quantities z, and 2 the complex parameters of the first order of plane stress (or plane strain, correspondingly), or simply the complex parameters. Complex parameters can be considered as num- bers which characterize the degree of anisotropy in the case of plane problems. According to their values we can judge how much a given body differs from that of the isotropic, for which always , = “2 = i, and |, = |#2| = 1. When a given material is orthotropic and the directions of axes xand y coincide with the principal directions of elasticity, then aig = 426 = 0 Mr =f, =i, fy =f, = -i, « =0, B PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 29 and the following three possibilities exist for the complex parameters (the special cases are excluded): Case I: 4, = fi, 22 = 4i (complex parameters are purely imaginary and unequal). Case II: 4: = 2 = fi (complex parameters are equal). Case IIE: wy =o + Bi, uw, = —a + fi. By representing (7.1) by (7.2) we can reduce its integration to the integration of four equations in partial derivatives of the first order, In fact, by letting. DF = 83, DsDsF = 82, D2DsDsF = &1, (7.9) we obtain the equation Dig, = Et = p, Bt (7.10) oy ax By integration we find that 81 =fie + my), (7.11) where f; is an arbitrary function of the variable x + ,y. Further, we obtain from (7.9) Og. _ | O82 ay ox = 8 (7.12) By integrating these non-homogeneous equations one after another, we obtain the following expressions for F: (1) in the case of different complex parameters F = F(x + psy) + Fa + pay) + Fao + fay) + Fa + fay); (7.13) (2) in the case of pairwise equal complex parameters F = F(x + wy) + + My) Fae + sy) + F(x + fay) + (& + my) Fae + iy) (7.14) 30 ANISOTROPIC PLATES here F;, F2, Fs and F, are arbitrary functions of the variables x + jy or x + fy.) The variables x + ~,y are complex, and not of the ordinary type x + iy, but complicated and generalized. By introducing the following 2 =X +My, =X + pay, 2, =X + hay, Fe =x + fay (7.15) designations for them and considering that the stress function should be a real function of variables x and y, we can express (7.13) and (7.14) differently: (1) in the case of different complex parameters F = 2Re [Fy(z:) + Fa(za)]; (7.16) (2) in the case of pairwise equal complex parameters F = 2Re [Fi(z:) + 2,Fx(z,)] (7.17) where Re is the designation for the real part of any complex expression. In particular, for an isotropic body z, = x + iy =z, 2, = 2. By changing designations of the arbitrary functions, we obtain the follow- ing well-known expressions’ F=ReGp@) +2@)- (7.18) Sometimes it is of advantage to introduce new variables m=Z2+hzZ, zh =72 + dz, (7.19) where a ettin 3g, Lt (7.20) Lig, 1 — iva These variables differ from z, and z, only by constant factors. The quantities 2, and 2,, which depend eventually on the elastic constants, are called in contrast to z, and 2 the complex parameters of the second order, For isotropic body 4, = 42 = 0. For an anisotropic body these quantities are complex in general, with a modulus which does not ex- ceed unity. Designating by ©, and @, arbitrary functions of variables z{ and z{, let us rewrite the general expression for the stress function in the case of non-equal complex parameters: F = 2Re [0,(z}) + ,(25)]. (7.21) PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 31 When a body is subjected to body forces derivable from a potential U, then the stress function will satisfy, generally speaking, the non- homogeneous equation (5.9) or (6.9). The general expression for this function will be written as the sum of expressions (7.16) or (7.17), and (7.18), or (7.21), respectively, and any special solution of the non- homogeneous equation. Finding this special solution presents no diffi- culties. It is also possible that function F satisfies the non-homogeneous equation (7.1) in the presence of body forces. As an example we can cite the stress distribution in a homogeneous body caused by its own weight. The body forces in this case have a potential which depends linearly on coordinates and, consequently, all its second derivatives are equal to zero. 8. Relation Between Plane Problems and the Theory of Functions of Complex Variables As shown in (7.16), the stress function in the case of unequal complex parameters is expressed by two arbitrary analytical functions of complex variables z, =x + uy, 22 FX + moy or zf = 72 +A, z{ =z + 4,2 (complicated and generalized). In the case of equal para- meters we obtain one complex variable z, or zj. By knowing the expression for function F it is easy to find the ex- pression for stress components, and by integrating (5.3) and (5.4) it is easy to obtain formulas for displacements. Let us consider the case when the complex parameters are different and three are no body forces. By introducing the designations dF, a, d®, @, eat A = de? 121) da’ (22) ds (8.1) iF, 2) =F, 2.) = i we obtain the following formulas on the basis of (7.16) oO, = 2Re [ui (2) + 43 (@.)], 'y = 2 Re [P{(Z.) + M3 (22)], (8.2) Try = —2 Re [ii (21) + 423 (22)]3 u = 2Re [p91 (21) + p2®2(2)] — wy + Ho, | (8.3) v = 2Re [qy, (21) + 282 (¢,)] + ox + 00. | 32 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Here we have used the designations. 2 Pr = iii + G2 Grollss Pa = Aisa + G12 — Aroltas a a (8.4) Gs = Qy2ty +2 = ae, G2 = Ai2lla + —* — dae Mt M2 ©, Uo, Uo are arbitrary constants which appeared as the result of inte gration and which characterize the “rigid” displacement of the plate, i.e., displacement in plane xy without deformation (w characterizes the rotation, and wy and vo, the translational displacement)’. The normal and tangential stress components on a plane with an arbitrarily directed normal n can be found by the formulas G, = 0, COS?(n, X) + 0, C08(n, y) + ty COS (n, x) cos (n, Y), | (8.5) Tr = (0 ~ 44) C08 (1, x) COS (n, Y) + Try [COS*(n, x) — cos*(n, y)]. | Substituting the expressions for o,, ¢,, Ty, We obtain oy = 2Re {[cos (n, y) — #41 cos (2, x) Piafz1) + [cos (x, ») — #2 cos (n, x)? P52)}, T, = 2 Re {[cos (n, y) — ms cos (n, x)] x e6 [e0s (1, x) + ps 608 (15 9)] ®1(2) + [cos (n, y)— 2 cos (n, x)] x x [00s (a, x) + p12 605 (n, 3)] ®4(22)}. For given external forces X,, Y,, the boundary conditions will be (see (5.15): 2Re [®, (2,) + 92 (z:)] = #f ¥,ds + ¢1, | : 67) 2Re [iP (22) + P(e) = #f Kids + 3. | ; We obtain the following boundary conditions when the displacements are given 2 Re [p.®, (21) + p2P2(Z2)] = u* + wy — Uo, | (88) 2Re [g:P, (21) + 202 (22)] = * — wx — vo. PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 33 The above equations indicate the relation between the stress and dis- placement components and the functions of the complex variables. When we introduce the designations X= x+y, Yr = By; (8.9a) X2=X+ 7, V2 = Ys (8.9b) the functions ®, and ®, can be considered as functions of ordinary complex variables of the type 21 =X +1, 22 =X. + ir. But when we take this viewpoint, the functions #, and ®, should be defined not in that region S'which is really occupied by the plate, but in certain regions S, and S; obtained from S by the affine transforma- tion given by formulas (8.9) and (8.96). Fig. 9 shows how regions S; and S, are obtained from S. Thus, the plane problem of an anisotropic body can be considered as a problem requiring the determination of functions ®,(z,) and ®,(z,) in regions S, and S which would satisfy the boundary condition (8.7) or (8.8) (at the contour of the transformed regions. In the general ty co y-Aa Sl YY ox Xp-eAYY (a) (b) (c) Fig.9 case this problem is a complicated one. We can indicate a number of special cases, for which it is possible to obtain exact solutions. Our study indicates that functions ®, and ®, should satisfy the following conditions inside of their regions:* (1) When the region of plate Sis finite and simply connected (has no openings), then functions ®, and ®, are holomorphic and single-valued in their respective regions S, and S.; 34 ANISOTROPIC PLATES (2) When region S is limited by several contours or we have an in- finite plate with openings, but the resultant forces applied to each contour are equal to zero, then functions ®, and ®, are holomorphic and single-valued in their respective regions S, and S.; (3) When region S is limited by several contours or we have an in- finite plate with openings but the resultant forces are not equal to zero even at only one contour, then functions ®, and ®, will be multivalued. When, for example, the plate has one opening and its edge is subjected to forces, the resultant of which has components P, and P,, then func- tions ®, and ®, at any closed contour which is fully located within the plate and surrounds this opening will be increased by 4, and 4,. These increases will be found from the following equations:° A, +4,4+4, +4, = HAs + 242 + A + fd, = WA, + W3A2 + MA, + 7342 = ay hay 4a, 44a, +47, +44, = wy ta Ay fa a2. h anh ay: Pr, dae Py 2 Pe, are Py (8.10) (The determinant of this system is d= ps. CFP +) In the case of unequal complex parameters, evidently, d > O always.) When we express function F by functions of complex variables z/ and z} using (7.21), then instead of (8.2) and (8.3) we obtain Re Wil + A) led) + WAU + 22) HED. a, = 2Re[(l + A) (zi) + (1 + 2) (EDI, 6.11) Tay = —2Re [a(l + Aa) (es) + wal + 2a) MEDI: u = 2Re [pipilzi) + pap2(z2)] — wy + Uo» | v = 2Re [qpilzi) + qaplei)] + ox + 00. | [@ - 7 + @ - 97): [@ 7) ++ 9"). 6, (8.12) PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 35 We introduced here these designations a 0. = 4 2) 192 | wiz) = (lL + Ar) “i g2(z2) = (1 + 42) dE 4 (8.13) ola) = pi(zi) a’ Coefficients p1, p2, qi, q2 are determined by (8.4). Stresses o, and 7, on any arbitrary plane will be found by formulas obtained from (8.6) by substituting for ©{(z,) and ®4(z3) with (1 + 21) @i(zi) and (1 + 43) pi(z3), respectively. The boundary conditions for functions gigi) and ¢3(z3) are identical with conditions (8.7) and (8.8) for ,(z,) and (22). On the basis of the general expression (7.18) we obtain for the iso- tropic plate the well-known formulas of G.V.Kolosov—N. I. Muskhe- lishvili?°: 0, ~ 05 + Dit, = 2p") +¥'@I | (8.14) 6, +0, =4Rely'@l | 2u(u + iv) = xg(z) - Z9'@ - ¥@)- (8.15) Where (z) = z'(z); @’, % are functions conjugated with y’ and y; y= Gis the shear modulus; » = ; = » . en ; and 9 is the Poisson’s ratio. > The boundary conditions for the functions p and p have the the following form when the external forces X, and Y, are given: oz) + 29'@ + ¥® = #[ (iX, — Y,) ds +c. (8.16) ° We take the upper sign when considering the external contour, and lower, while studying the contour of the opening; c is the integration constant. When displacements are given on the contour of an isotropic plate, the boundary conditions can be written as BO ~ HO = we + wv). (17) We are not going to study a case involving the pairwise equal com- plex parameters, By substituting the variable and changing the contour 292 36 ANISOTROPIC PLATES of the region S, the solution of this problem will be reduced to the case of isotropic body. The plane problem of the elasticity of anisotropic body can be re- duced to integral equations whose properties are well known. The re- duction of the plane problem to integral equations makes it possible to study the existence of a unique solution to this problem and to plan general methods of finding the solutions for any case. These problems were studied by S.G. Mikhlin, who considered the plane problem for a finite single-valued region with given external conditions. He reduced this problem to a system of integral equations with two unknown func- tions.'' G. N. Savin studied the case of an infinite region with an open- ing (a plate with an opening).1? D.I.Sherman studied the case of a multiply connected region.*? In his other works D.1. Sherman reduced the plane problem of a multiply connected region with given external conditions to one integral equation with one unknown function.’* An identical problem for the case of given displacements was subsequently studied by T.B. Ayzenberg. He not only obtained the integral equation, but also solved it for a specific case of anisotropic plate in a shape of circular disc.'> I. Vekua also obtained an integral equation with one unknown function for the plane problem by using a slightly different method.’® The work of V.D.Kupradze and M.O.Basheleyshvili should be also noted. These authors showed in their work that the plane problem can be reduced to the determination of potentials of a simple or double layer. The densities of these potentials satisfy well known integral equations.!7 The solutions for simple regions, which are presented below, were obtained by comparatively simple methods not related to integral equations. (However, we know only one work of ‘T.B. Ayzenberg in which the solution of an actual problem was found by integral equations.) The photoelastic method of studying the stresses in plates subjected to generalized plane stress should be mentioned in conclusion. The photoelastic method is very effective when we seek stresses in isotropic bodies (especially in those cases when it is difficult to find the theoreti- cal solution of a plane problem). This method is presented in detail in the well-known text of Coker and Filon.t* The application of the photoelastic method to the study of plane stress of anisotropic bodies is complex and has been studied little. The most important theoretical and experimental results in this area were obtained by V.M. Krasnov and A. V.Stepanov.1* PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 37 9. Determination of Elastic Constants for New Coordinate Systems In the study of the state of plane stress of an anisotropic plate a problem is encountered frequently when the elastic constants are known for a certain system of coordinates x and y and it is necessary to find the elastic constants of a new system x’ and y’ rotated at an angle @ re- lative to the first system of coordinates (Fig. 10). Principal elastic constants are usually given for orthotropic plate. However, it is possible that the principal system of coordinates cannot be used and we need to recalculate the elastic constants and complex parameters. Formulas for recalculation of the elastic constants can be obtained from the following.?° We consider now generalized plane stress of anisotropic plate, the middle plane of which is taken as plane xy. Let a,, be the elastic con- stants for coordinate system x, y and aj, are the elastic constants for the new axes x’ and y’ rotated at angle p around the origin 0 with respect to x and y. By assuming that there are no principal directions of elastic- ity in plane xy, we obtain then the equations of the generalized Hooke’s law (for average stress and strain components) and the expression for the elastic potential: 4s 105 + Ay20y + As6Toys by = 420, + G220y + Ar6Tay, @.1) Yay = A160x + A269) + Asstay3 Vm darso2 + 020.0, + a1c0etey + Ha203 + dr60ytey + Misot?,. (9.2) 38 ANISOTROPIC PLATES For the new system x’ and y’ we have: fx = QO, + Aj20y + AyoTeys 8 = iz + i205 + asety, )) Vox = Mos + A566; + AooT ry} V = fare? taj 2040; + aieoitl, +420; + a360;thy + deers. (9.4) We express o,, 0, Ty by of, 0), Try, using (8.5) which in this case will o, = 0, c0s*p + 04, sin? — 2r1, sin y cos @, a, = of sin? + 0; cos*y + 2th, sin pcos p, (9.5) (co; — 0) sin p cos p + thy (cos? — sin?g). Next we substitute these values into the formula for the elastic po- tential (9.2) and compare the resultant expression with (9.4). From this we find the desired transformation formulas of the elastic constants ex- pressed in terms of the new axes: Qi, = 1, COS*Y + (2dy2 + doo) Sin?y COS*p + daa sin*p | + (dig COS*p + re Sin?g) sin 2p, yy = ay, Sin*p + (ay. + dee) Sin? y COS? + da2 COs*T — (ig sin?@ + a6 cos?¢) sin 2p, Qa = ya + (ss + G22 — 2dy2 — ge) Sin? y COS? + Are — di) sin 2p cos 2p, Gig = dog + A(Aiy + daa — 2dy2 — dee) Sin? COS? p + (dae — aye) Sin 2y cos 2p, 66) ie = [a22 Sin? p — a,, cos?@ + 4(2a;2 + eo) COS 2p] sin 2p + dy6c0s¢ (cos? — 3 sin?) + az¢ sin? (3 cos? — sin?9), 35 = [422 C08? —p — ay Sin? p — }(2dy2 + doe) COS 2g] sin 2p + @yg sin? (3. cos? — sin?) + a6 C0s*@ (cos? — 3sin2g). PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 39 We note two invariants, i.e., two expressions which preserve their nu- merical values during any rotation of angle g: iy + ah, + Qaia = diy + daa + 2ar>, | 0 Gog — Adis = gy ~ 4012. | In particular, when the plate is orthotropic and the directions of axes x and y coincide with the principal directions of elasticity, then equa- tions of the generalized Hooke’s law (9.1) will be of the type: fs (9.8) Ixy = Te G In the case of the new axes, we obtain the equation of the generalized Hooke’s law and after introduction of the “engineering constants” we rewrite it in this form, (9.9) Yo = here Ej, Ej are the Young’s modulus ¥;,, » the Poisson’s ratios; G’ shear modulus for the new directions; and 7, 1, are coupling coeffi- cients which disappear in the principal.2* The moduli and coefficients for the new axes are determined by formulas derived from (9.6): 1 _ costy (1 24), 4, sinty =F + (= - =) sin2y cos?g +", EE (G z) Pere B 1 sinty (1 2\ 4 4, costp = SEP 4 (21) sin? cos?y + SSP, El O& (G Ey ) POn eR, 40 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 141) stay, , , +H 1+ 1 2 = Lem 1) in229], 9.10) y (# i( Ft RE — &) sinrap 9.10) yan, i sinty cos?p 1/1 . fre: 1 (1 _ 2%) cos 29 | sin 29, a ‘| E: Ei 2\G “yn 1 pf costy — sinte 1/1 2» . mek [= — SE (5 Fore] 2p. The invariants will be expressed by 1 mo tlt mw (9.11) In practice the following problem occurs: in an orthotropic plate we know the elastic constants a,, refered to an arbitrary system of co- ordinates x and y and we need to determine the principal elastic con- stants. The solution in this case can be obtained from the last two formulas (9.6). We designate in this case x’ and y’, the principal axes, and ai, the principal elastic constants. The unknown angle ¢, which is formed by axis x with one of the principal directions will be determined as the smallest angle which will satisfy simultaneously the two equations: aig =0, ae = 0, (9.12) These equations will produce the following expressions after simple transformations: tg 2p = aig + Ar6 ; @i1 — G22 (9.13) G6 — G26 43, +22 — 2aiz — ace | te 4p = PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 41 The condition that these two equations be identically satisfied is (@ie — 426) ir — G22 + G16 + G26) (Qi — G22 — Gis — G26) = (Gio + G26) (Ais — G22) ir + G22 — 2ai2 — Goo). (9.14) When this condition is not satisfied, then there are no principal di- rections in plane xy, i.c., the plate is not orthotropic. Formulas for the calculation of the reduced constants of plane strain ,; are identical with (9.6) in the case of the new axes. Example. We know the elastic constants of an anisotropic plate which are referred to a certain system of coordinates xy. Namely, G16 = Ga6 0, Gis = G32, Gis + Gar — 2ay2 — deg > 0. The condition of the existence of principal directions (9.14) is satisfied, obviously. Equation (9.13) takes the form te2p = 0, tg4y =0. (9.15) From the first equation of (9.15) we find g = 7, 3%, 5%, 7 g4° 4° 4 . The solutions of the first equation . and am 3x from the second, = 0, are applied to the second. Consequently, we can assume that p =~. The 4 principal directions of elasticity exist, they are the directions of the bi- sectors of the angles between axes x and y. The principal elastic con- stants aj, can be determined from (9.6) by substituting the numerical values of ai, and p = 10. Change of Complex Parameters Due to Coordinate Transformation When complex parameters of the first order 4 and 22, calculated for axes x and y are known, there is no need for the equations of the fourth order (7.4) when using the new axes x’ and y’. It is not difficult to derive formulas which, by knowing the parameters for one system of coordinates, can be used for the determination of complex parameters for any other system rotated by angle ¢ relative to the first (see Fig. 10). The equation for the stress function F can be expressed symbolically. 42 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In the old system of coordinates x and y we have D,D2D,D,F = 0, (10.1) where — mo k=1,2; (10.2) 7 Hus fy are the roots of equation yiet — 2ay op? + (2a21 + Gee) MW? — 2aaoft + Go2 (10.3) We consider now the new axes x’ and y’. The transformation formulas are (see Fig. 10): x’ =xcosy +ysing, | (10.4) y —xsin p + yoosy.| By expressing derivatives with respect to x and y by derivatives with respect to x’ and y’ we obtain a. a — =cosy + sing—, ay oy’ ox’ (10.5) a . 8 é@ — = -sin gy — + cosp—. ox oy" ox" Dividing by a constant factor, we rewrite equation (10.1) in the form: D,D:DD4F (10.6) where , uxcosp —sing 2 a. @ k= a cos p + fy ex" 6x" (10.7) From here we obtain the desired formulas which can be used for the determination of complex parameters for the new axes:?? wi, = Hicese sing, _ macosp —sing gg) cos p + fi, sing cos p + fz sing PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 43 We note now certain important properties of complex parameters which are evident from formulas (10.8). 1. When parameters j«;, 22 are complex numbers for any system of coordinates x and y, then parameters yj, uj will be complex or, in special cases, purely imaginary quantities for system x’ and y’ rotated at angle ¢, with respect to the first system. On the contrary, if quantities /41, #2 were real for any system of coordinates, then, in any rotated system the corresponding j2;, 1; will be real numbers (and this case is excluded for the elastic plate, unless we consider certain exceptional cases). 2. When parameters jz, and 2; for any system of coordinates x and y are unequal, then for any other system x’ and y’ rotated at angle p with respect to the first one the corresponding jj and jz will be unequal. Conversely, when “, = “2, for any system of coordinates, then i = ws for any other system. 3. When for any system of coordinates one of the parameters is equal to i = /—1, then the corresponding parameter of any other system rotated with respect to the first will be equal to i, ic, remains un- changed on going from one system of coordinates to another. In the case of an isotropic plate, as we noted before, both parameters are equal to i for any system of coordinates. It is easy to obtain the transformation formulas for complex para- meters of the second order on transforming to new axes. Let 41, 42 be complex parameters of the second order for a system of coordinates x and y, which can be determined from (7.20) and 2;, 2! be the same values for a new system x’ and y’ rotated with respect to the first by angle g: (10.9) Substituting here the expression from (10.8), we obtain the simple formulas: 1 — net A= hen, A =e, (10.10) Since the modulus of the complex number e~?*" is equal to unity, then it follows that ; Wil = lil, [al = Wal, (10.11) or, in other words, moduli of the complex parameter of the second order preserve their constant values in any rotated system of coordinates, i.e., they are invariants. 44 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Formulas (10.10) have a simple geometrical explanation, Let 2g = Gs + ing be in a system of coordinates x and y, and A = & + ing in system x’ and y’, It follows from (10.10) that & COS 2p + 7, Sin 2p, m = —§ Sin 2p + 7, cos 2p (10.12) k =1,2). If we introduce the complex plane £7, then the complex numbers 4; and 4; can be presented in it as vectors of length |4,| and [22] whi start at the origin of the coordinates and which in general have ar- bitrary directions, Projections of these vectors on axes € and 7 are equal to £, m: and 2, y2, respectively. Formulas (10.12) indicate that the transformation to a new system of coordinates x’ and y’ rotated by angle y with respect to x and y is equivalent to transformation to a new system é/, and 75, rotated by angle 2p with respect to €, and (Fig. 11). The real and imaginary parts of 2/ and 23 are determined as projections of the same vectors onto new axes &’ and 7’. For every anisotropic body subjected to generalized plane stress or plane strain there is a pair of completely determined vectors in the £x plane. The lengths of these vectors are equal to |4;| and |22| and the angle be- tween them y has a definite value when both moduli differ from zero. This angle becomes indeterminate if one of the moduli |A,| or both are equal to zero. Thus, the anisotropy of a body in the case of plane prob- lems can be characterized by the numerical values of three real quanti- ties which do not depend on the selection of the coordinate system, Vail, [al and y. The formulas expressing these quantities in terms of the real and imaginary parts of the parameters of the first order for an arbitrarily PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 45 selected system of coordinates x and y have the following form: i) Without mentioning these data we are going to present some numerical values of the elastic constants for three anisotropic materials (plates) of non-crystalline nature, namely, pine wood, delta wood and plywood. 1, Natural pine wood. We consider a rectangular plate cut off from a natural pine wood with normal annular rings. The plate is shown in 46 ANISOTROPIC PLATES. Fig. 12. If we disregard the non-homogeneity and curvature of rings, we can distinguish in it three planes of symmetry, which at the same time represent the planes of clastic symmetry. One of them, yz, is nor- mal to the wood fibers, the second (tangential), xy, is parallel to the Fig. 12 plane of annular rings, and the third, radial, xz, is orthogonal to the first two. All planes parallel to those just described are also planes of elastic symmetry and the wood can be considered in the first approxi- mation as a homogeneous orthotropic material. The equations of the generalized Hooke’s law will be written as (2.7) or (2.8). They will have nine independent elastic constants.?° Let the plate, the edges of which are parallel to the annular layers (not necessarily rectangular) be subjected to generalized plane stress. Then the equations of the generalized Hooke’s law, which relate the average values of stress and strain components with respect to the thickness, can be written as & =o, — - " 1 s = tho +— oy, Wd E, nn? (11) Ym ate in = Gtr | Here axis x is directed along the wood fibers; E, is the Young's modulus for tension (compression) along the fibers; E, the Young's modulus for tension (compression) along directions located within the plane of the annular layers and normal to the fibers; »,, v2 the respec- tive Poisson’s ratios (Ex, = Exv,); and G the shear modulus for planes of the annular layers. The notations which indicate the average values are eliminated. PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 47 The numerical values of the elastic constants from (11.1) for pine wood given below were taken from the work of A.L. Rabinovich :*” E, = 1- 10° kgjem?, E, = 0-042 10° kgjem?, | 0-01, G = 0.075 - 10° kg/em?. | On the basis of these data we obtain the following values for the complex parameters: fy = 326i, 2 = 150i, | (11.2) v2 4, = —0°530, 4, = —0-198, (11.3) [ay] = 0530, [42] = 0-198, yp = al If axes x and y are interchanged we have: = 0:307, = 0-668i, wh Aa | (114) 4, = 0530, 2, = 0-198. By knowing the elastic constants for the principal directions, the longi- tudinal and the tangential, we can find from (9.10) the constants for any direction within plane xy. Thus, the Young modulus £, for any direction x’ within plane xy, which forms an angle g with direction x, can be determined from E,= tt Ey , Ei. costp + (—* — 20, ) sin? cos*y + —*sin* ® (2 ») CA maa Fi (11.5) Fig. 13 shows the change of E, occurring with the change of ¢ for pine wood. This graphical representation was taken from the work of A.L. Rabinovich. y E, = = x Curve r= z + SP Fig. 13 48 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 2. Delta wood. Delta wood is made of wood layers (veneer sheets) impregnated with resin and compressed. After every ten layers with identical directions of the fibers, comes one layer with fibers perpendic- ular to the first fibers. Such a plate in the first approximation can be considered as a homo- geneous orthotropic plate, in which one plane of elastic symmetry is normal to fibers of the predominant direction, and the second is par- allel to the middle plane. Equations of the generalized Hooke’s law (11.1) can be applied to delta wood subjected to generalized plane stress (plane xy is considered as a middle plane, the direction of the predominant fibers is taken as the direction of axis x). For the averaged elastic constants we obtain E, = 305-10 kgjem?, E, = 0-467 - 10° kgjem?, | vy = 0-02, G = 022-105 kgjem?. | (11-6) The corresponding complex parameters are equal to yy = 362i, pz = 0-706, ay = -0567, 42 = 0-172, (117) la] = 0567, a.) = 0-172, p= a. When we take axis y instead of x as running along the fibers, we get yy = 0-276, pr. = 1-416i, ay = 0-567, ay = vorn.| oe Fig. 14 shows the change of the Young’s modulus E, with the change of angle ¢.2* 1 Fig. 14 PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 49 3. Plywood. Plywood is an example of an anisotropic material. Spe- cifically we will study here birch plywood made of odd numbers of wood layers (veneer sheets) arranged symmetrically with respect to the middle layer and glued with bakelite. The directions of the fibers in adjacent layers in such a plywood are mutually perpendicular (Fig. 15). The ply- wood plate is non-homogeneous, but for a study involving plane stress Fig. 15 it can be considered in the first approximation as homogeneous and orthotropic. One of the three planes of elastic symmetry coincide with the middle plane, the second is perpendicular to the external layers (or, in other words, to the external fibers), and the third is orthogonal to the first two. In studying the plane stress in such a plate, we assume the middle plane to be plane xy and axis x parallel to the external fibers. The equa- tion of the generalized Hooke’s law for this plate will have the form of (11.1), where E,, E>, ¥, ¥2. G are the average elastic constants for the plate as a whole. The above values depend on the elastic properties of the wood layers from which the plywood is made, and on their num- ber and thickness.?° The numerical values listed below are constants E,, E, and G and the Young’s modulus E’ for tension applied at 45° relative to the external layers for a three-layer plywood of thickness 1, 1:5, 2, 2:5, 3, 4, and 5mm, which were taken from “Handbook of Aviation Construction” :?° Ey = 12-10% kglom?, E; = 06" 10° kglem*, | (11.9) G = 0:07- 10% kgjom?, E’ = 0-24- 10° kg/om?. | The Poisson’s ratios are not given in this handbook, but they can be calculated from formulas (9.10), by assuming that p = 45° and sub- 50 ANISOTROPIC PLATES stituting the known values of (11.9). As a result we obtain v, =0-071, », = 0-036. (11.10) The complex parameters have the following values: My = 411i, M2 = 0:343i, 2, = —0:609, 2, = 0-489, (iL) 0-609, [ao] = 0-489, yp = If axis x runs not lengthwise but crosswise to the external layers, we obtain Maal my = 0243, w= 291i, | 2, = 0-609, 4, = —0-489. | Fig. 16 presents the change of E, with the change of direction. This graphical representation is made on the basis of (11.5) and the numer- ical values taken from (11.9)-(11.10). (11.12) Fe Curve r= = 1 12, Plane Problem for a Body Possessing Cylindrical Anisotropy In Sections 5 and 6 are given the equations of the plane problem for a homogeneous body in which parallel directions passing through various points are equivalent in the sense of their elastic properties. The equa- tions of the plane problem in the case of a body with cylindrical aniso- tropy can be obtained in a similar way.3° PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY Si We consider first the equilibrium of a plate which has a constant thickness and possesses cylindrical anisotropy, as a result of forces distributed along the edges and body forces. With respect to elastic properties we will assume the following: 1, The axis of anisotropy g is normal to the middle plane of the plate (the intersection of the axis of anisotropy with the middle plane, which we call the pole of anisotropy, may be located inside, outside, or on the edge of the plate). 2. Each point has a plane of elastic symmetry which is normal to the axis of anisotropy (and, consequently, isparallel to the middle plane). We will also assume that the surface and body forces are parallel to the middle plane, as well as distributed symmetrically relative to this plane and differ only slightly with respect to the thickness. We consider that the deformation is small. The axis of anisotropy is the z axis of the system of cylindrical co- ordinates r, 0, z and the direction of the polar axis x is arbitrary within the middle plane (Fig. 17). ‘We denote by / the plate thickness and by R, @ the components of the body forces (per volume unit) in coordinate directions r, 6(Z =0). Fig. 17 We also introduce the average values with respect to thickness of the components of stress and displacement: 1 1p =f o,dz, mail. ondz, -"2 =n an: ae wif ods, =f nade, (121) -n2 - 1 a ell” uae t=t[ ude, ty =4[ tyde. 52 ANISOTROPIC PLATES We introduce also the notation: 4 pe _ ape R= il Raz, O= iJ dz; (12.2) hd -ne 2 . bile ity he 4H 5 — 2 Gee 4 Sits _ te 7.3 ar? oe te oF aot a and consider the case when the body forces are derivable from a poten- tial U(r, 6), ie., are determined from formulas ae -@, 1, or 7 00 By averaging the equilibrium equations in cylindrical coordinates (1.4) as well as the equations of the generalized Hooke’s law which correspond to a given type of anisotropy, and by disregarding 3., we obtain 1 fis ie yd B= (12.4) (12.5) = A118, + Gy209 + Ay 6Tro, By = 120; + Q22% + retro, (12.6) Pro = G16%} + A2694 + Aostro- By eliminating displacements from (12.3), we obtain the equation of compatibility: Oe Pre) _ OTe) _ Oe 60? or? or 00 or We can satisfy the equilibrium equation by introducing a stress func- tion F(r, 6), similar to the case of an isotropic body: 2 — 1 Fd OF .0, =0. (12.7) ror rt 66? ol (12.8) PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 53 On the basis of the equation of compatibility (12.7), and (12.6) and (12.8), we obtain the differential equation which must be satisfied by the stress function: 1 @F + Qa, + 2ar2 + G66) - : r 20? 1 OF 1 OF +45 + 2 +a — Ou Sp + Ware + ae) 5 eu 1 ew =-@2 tan) Te + (die + 420) 5 —@i~ 412) 1 0 1 a + (@iy ~ 2aa2 — G12) —- — + (is + a6) ror This equation corresponds to (5.9) for the homogeneous plate. But this equation is considerably more complex than it was in the case of the homogeneous plate, for it contains the derivatives of function F of different orders, from the first to the fourth, instead of only the fourth order. Due to the complexity of (12.9) we have been unable to find the general expression for F in terms of arbitrary functions, which would be analogous to (7.16), (7.17) or (7.21). If the plate with cylindrical anisotropy is at the same time also ortho- tropic, i.e., has three planes of elastic symmetry at each point, of which one is parallel to the middle plane, and the second passes through the axis of anisotropy, then (12.6) can be written: — 22 a5, 0 (12.10) 54 ANISOTROPIC PLATES here E,, E, are Young’s moduli for tension (compression) along prin- cipal directions r and 9; 7,, ¥% the Poisson’s ratios; and G,, the shear modulus for principal directions r and 0. Equation (12.9) for this case is simplified to 1 oF (A m1 OF 1 1 er 2 1 OF Ey ort (& =); or? 602 BE, r* 00% Ey r or? (4m) 1 OF Go EJP or 0? L\l oF yt)l. oF GoJr* 007 E, re or fle 20 tae 1 8 (2 Lend Ey | ar? Oe . . The boundary conditions for given forces at the plate edge can be expressed in terms of the first derivatives of the stress function 0F/ér and dF/00 at the contour of the region occupied by the plate. The problem of plane strain is completely analogous to the problem of plane stress of the plate. If a body represented in Fig. 8 (Section 6) possesses cylindrical anisotropy with the anisotropy axis z parallel to a generator, equations (12.5)-(12.9) will apply to this body. It will only be necessary to substitute for a,, the reduced coefficients of deformation By = a, Se, (12.12) (i,j = 1,2, 6). In addition to o,, 9 and t,,, we obtain in this case also the stress o,, which is acting on the cross sections and is equal to a, = —L (aso, + 02309 + asete)- (12.13) ass P.N. Zhitkov studied the generalized plane stress of orthotropic body with cylindrical anisotropy, the moduli of elasticity of which are func- tions of coordinates r and 6. In this case instead of (12.11) a more complex equation of the fourth order with variable coefficients is ob- tained.°? PLANE PROBLEMS OF THE THEORY OF ELASTICITY 55 References 1. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Effect of the concentrated forces on stress distribution in anisotropic elastic medium. Prikladnaya matematika i mekhanika, v.3, No. 1, 1936. Some plane problems of the theory of elasticity of anisotropic body. Experi- mental methods for the determination of stresses and deformations in elastic and plastic zones, Collection of works, ONTI, 1935. 2. Muskhelishvili, N.I., Some basic problems of the mathematical theory of elasticity. Published by the Academy of Sciences of USSR, Moscow, 1954, p.107. 3. Ibid, p. 113 and 143. 4, See Ref. 1. 5. Lekhnits! S.G., Plane statical problem of the theory of elasticity of aniso- tropic body. Prikladnaya matematika i mekhanika, v.1, No. 1, 1937. 6. See Ref. 2, p. 111. T. See Ref. 5, p. 81. 8, See Ref. 5, pp. 83-87. 9. See Ref. 2, pp. 113, 114 and 143. 10. Mikhlin, S.G., Plane deformation of an anisotropic medium. Works of Seismo- logical Institute of Academy of Sciences of the USSR, No. 76, 1936. 11. Savin, G.N., Basic plane statical problem of the theory of elasticity for an anisotropic medium. Works of the Institute of Structural Mechanics of the Ukrainian Academy of Sciences, No. 32, 1938. 12, Sherman, D.I.A., Plane problem of the theory of elasticity for an anisotropic medium. Works of the Seismological Institute of the Academy of Sciences of USSR, No. 86, 1938. 13. Sherman, D.I., A new solution of the plane problem of the theory of elasticity for an anisotropic medium. Prikladnaya matematika i mekhanika, v. VI, No. 6, 1942, 14, Ayzenberg, T.B., A plane problem of the theory of elasticity for an anisotropic medium with given boundary displacements. Collection of works of All-Union Polytechnical Institute, No. 6, Moscow, 1954. 15. I'ya Vekua, Application of N.I. Muskhelishvili’s method for solving boundary problems of the plane theory of elasticity of an anisotropic medium. Soobsh. Gruzinskogo Filiala AN SSSR, vol. I, No. 10, 1940, 16. Kupradze, V.D. and Basheleyshvili, M.O., New integral equations of the aniso- tropic theory of elasticity and their application to the solution of boundary problems. Soobsh. Gruzinskogo Filiala AN SSSR, vol. XV, No. 6 and 7, 1954, 11. Coker, E. and Filon, L., Optical study of stresses. ONTI, 1936. 18. Krasnoy, V.M., Optical determination of stresses in cubic crystals. Uchenye zapiski Leningrad, Gosudar. Univ., seriya matemat. nauk, No. 87, 1944. Krasnov, V.M. and Stepanov, A. V., Optical studies of the deformation centers. Zhur. eksperiment. i teoret. fiziki, v.23, No. 2(8), 1952. Krasnov, V.M. and Stepanov, A.V., Optical study of the stressed state of an anisotropic plate subjected to a concentrated force. Zhurn. eksperim. i teoret. fiziki, v.25, No. 1(1), 1953. 56 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 25. 26. 21. 28. 29, 30. ANISOTROPIC PLATES Lyav, A., Mathematical theory of elasticity, ONTI, Moscow-Leningrad, 1935, pp. 163, 164. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Theory of elasticity of an anisotropic body, Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950, pp. 33-45. Bekhterev, P., Analytical study of the generalized Hooke’s law. Leningrad, 1925. Rabinovich, A.L., On the elastic constants and strength of an anisotropic material. Works of TsAGI, No. 582, 1946. Rabinovich calls constants { and 73 “the coefficients of mutual effect of first type”; they characterize elongations caused by tangential stresses. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Complex parameters which are present in general formulas of certain problems of the theory of elasticity of an anisotropic body. Uchen. Zapiski Leningrad. Gosudarstv. Univer. seriya Fiz.-Matem. Nauk, No. 3, 1944. Voigt, W., Physics of Crystals, Textbook. Leipzig-Berlin (Teubner), 1928. Auerbach, F., Elasticity of Crystals. Handbook of the Physical and Industrial ‘Mechanics, vol. III, Leipzig, 1927. . Geckeler, J.W., Theory of Elasticity of an Anisotropic Body. Handbook of Physics, vol. II, Berlin, 1928. Mitinskiy, A.N., Elastic constants of wood as an orthotropic material. Trudy Lesotekhnich. Akademii im. S.M.Kitova, No. 63, 1948. See Ref. 21, p. 40. See Ref.21, p. 48, from which we took the numerical values of the moduli of delta wood, as well as Fig. 14. Rabinovich, A.L., Calculation of the orthotropic layered panels for stresses, shear and bending. Ministry of Aviation Industry of USSR, Collection of works, No. 675, 1948. Handbook of Airplane Design, vol. III, Strength of Airplane. TsAGI, 1939, p. 325, Table 63. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Plane problem of the theory of elasticity for a body pos- sessing cylindrical anisotropy. Uchen. Zapiski Saratov. Gosudarstv. Univers., vol. I(XIV), No. 2, 1938. CHAPTER 3 Bending of Flat Anisotropic Bars and Curved Beams 13. The Simplest Cases In this section we will consider some cases of stress distribution caused by bending forces in a rectangular flat plate, in a wedge-shaped canti- lever with rectangular cross-section, and in a curved beam in the shape of a segment of a flat circular ring. In all cases it is assumed that each point of the body possesses a plane of elastic symmetry which is parallel to its middle surface (which is taken as plane xy or r0). We consider at first the simplest cases of the equilibrium of a homo- geneous anisotropic rectangular plate of thickness h which is subjected to generalized plane stress caused by forces distributed on its edges. In all cases when we consider the homogeneous beam, it is assumed that the generalized Hooke’s law, which relates all the average stress and strain components with respect to the thickness, has the following form: x = M110, + 120 + Ar6Tey, by = A420, + 229, + Ar6try, (13. Yay = 169% + G268y + Aostay- When a plate is orthotropic and the principal directions are the direc- tions of axes x and y, the coefficients a; and az. are equal to zero, and the remaining coefficients are expressed by Young’s moduli, Poisson’s ratios and the principal shear modulus: (13.2) 58 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The solutions for the simplest cases are elementary and are given here without derivation: 1. Tension. A rectangular plate is subjected to tension by normal forces p dustributed uniformly over two sides (Fig. 18): =P, 0) = Ty =0; F=4tpy? (13.3) (p is the intensity of the force per unit area). The stress distribution is identical to the case of an isotropic plate subjected to tension, and the strains are determined from (13.1): &e = AisPy &y = Ai2P) Yxy = Ar6P- (13.4) As a result of the tensile forces the anisotropic plate becomes elon- gated in the direction of the axis, and becomes shortened in the per- pendicular direction (when a@,, <0). In addition it becomes skew or oblique in plane xy (see broken line in Fig. 18). The degree of obliquity is determined by constant a;,. An orthotropicplate remains rectangular. 2. Shear. Tangential forces of intensity ¢ are distributed uniformly over the edges of the rectangular plate (see Fig. 19). We have here: F= -1y; (13.5) &x = Aol, by = rot, Yay = aot. (13.6) 0, = 0,=0, t= 1 $sfagtt = Fig. 19 BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 59 The anisotropic plate is subjected, in this case, not only to shear in plane xy, which is determined by constant a¢¢, but also to elongation or shortening of its sides, depending on the signs of aig and ay.. An orthotropic plate experiences a pure shear without elongations. 3. Pure bending. Forces are so distributed on two sides of a beam that they cause moments M (in kg.cm) (see Fig. 20). We have: (13.7) The stress distribution is identical to that of the case of an isotropic beam (when we do not consider local stresses at the ends, which accord- ing to St.Venant’s principle do not materially affect the stresses in areas far from the loaded surfaces). Fig. 20 Displacements of points in the beam (found by integrating (13.1) are equal to: ua M aay + dary?) — wy + Uo, | Tr (13.8) ae 3g ae? = 1x") + OX + v0, ve where «, uo, Yo are constants which express “rigid” beam displacements in the middle plane, i.e., the displacements not accompanied by de- formation. The first expression in (13.8) shows that the cross sections of the anisotropic plate do not remain plane; their warping depends on 60 ANISOTROPIC PLATES constant aig. Cross sections of an orthotropic beam do not warp dur- ing deformation. The equation of the axis of a bent beam with ends fixed x = 0 and x = Thas the form of May, C = 1 (x - x), 13.9) n ay ¢ ) (13.9) where 7 is the ordinate of the bent axis. The curvature of the bent axis is equal to Li Ma M an J Ev’ (13.10) The relation between the curvature of the bent axis and the bending moment is the same as in the case of an isotropic beam, but instead of modulus E (which is identical for all directions in an isotropic beam), modulus £{ for tension (compression) along the axis is used. 14. Bending of a Beam by End Forces ‘A beam with a rectangular cross section is fixed at one end and is bent by a transverse force P applied to the other end (Fig. 21). The solution in this case is obtained using a stress function in the form of a poly- nominal of the fourth order* Fleet J Bx, a6 ++ 6 8 24ai. wy? - 9]. (14.1) The components of stress are determined from the formulas: wey Z.m(H»),] J Jo a,\2 0, = 0, P (b? (14.2) ee) BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 61 These stresses completely satisfy the conditions at the long sides y = +6/2, and at each cross section they reduce to a force and a mo- ment which balance the external force P. Pp Pp th 1 — i | t+ yy y Fig. 21 In an orthotropic beam in which the direction of axis x is the prin- cipal direction a,, = 0 and the distribution is practically the same as for an isotropic beam?: P P (bh = -=xy, 4 =0, t%=-(—-y). 143 2a 3 = ( == y ) (14.3) For a beam for which coefficient a, is not equal to zero (the case of an anisotropic or orthotropic beam in which the axial direction x is not a principal direction), stress o, is not distributed across the cross section linearly, but according to a parabolic law. Fig.22 shows the P FS 4, Fig. 22 Stress distribution across the cross section (in an arbitrary scale and for (@i6 > 0)). The dotted line shows the stress distribution for an isotropic beam. The highest normal stress is obtained at points y = b/2andy = —/2 of the fixed cross section. For a; > 0 it is equal to 6PI/, , ais mx =——(1 +o. 14.4) ° al ai 7) (144) 62 ANISOTROPIC PLATES (compressive stress) and for aig < 0 Gna, = FE (y — S18 b (14.5) ne ays 3l (tensile stress), It should be noted that the formula for the curvature of the bent axis of the beam (regardless of its being orthotropic or anisotropic) is of the same type as in the case of simple pure bending, i.e., L_Man_ M_ (14.6) es EW However, in this case the bending moments change along the beam: = —Px. (14.7) The parabolic law for the distribution of normal stresses at the cross sections does not influence the equation of the bent axis, which is of the same type as the isotropic beam: P 3 = (x9 - 3Px + 27). 14.8) "= Seg Ce ) (14.8) E.Reissner studied the limiting case of an orthotropic beam, when Young’s modulus E; in direction y, which is perpendicular to axis x, is negligibly small relative to modulus E, for the axial direction, He used his solutions for the study of stress and strain in a member that had shape of a box?. 15. Bending of a Beam by a Uniformly Distributed Load The stress distribution in a beam loaded uniformly along its length is obtained using a stress function taken in the form of a polynominal of the fifth order. The arbitrary constants of this polynominal can be chosen in such a manner that stresses at the long sides satisfy the boundary conditions and those at short sides provide forces and mo- ments which balance the external load. We give now the solutions for two cases of end supports*. BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 63 1. Cantilever beam. A beam with a rectangular cross section is fixed at one end and is bent by a normal load q (per unit length) uniformly distributed on one of the long sides (Fig. 23). ah femme }-———1—__+1" Ww Vy Fig. 23 We obtain the following formulas for the stress components: 9x. o, = - poe Se. F(1- 2) a hla, 6b e 2ai2 + qi 4y> 3y 4 2 (2412 + aos _ Gio _ 3y ( 4ay, Gy B 5b (15.1) The bending moment M and shear force N at an arbitrary cross sec- tion x are equal to 2 M=-2, w= -ax. (15.2) The first terms of expressions o, and t,, are the stresses which are determined by the elementary theory of bending, and the second terms, which depend on elastic constants, are additional stresses 4c, and At,, which are not accounted for by the elementary theory. Formulas for the normal and tangential stresses in the transverse cross section (the 64 ANISOTROPIC PLATES first and the third of (15.1)) can be written in short forms as follows: Oy = 4, + Ao,, N /(b? roa ZF -») + Atyy. For an orthotropic beam, in which the direction of axis x coincides with one of the principal directions, we obtain from (15.1): (15.3) = — q ¥ =4A(-1432-4 15.4) * a bB j (154) Try = where m = 2412 + dee _ 1 (£1 _,), (15.5) a 2\G It is obvious from this that the distribution of o, and 7,, in an ortho- tropic beam does not differ from that in an isotropic beam. In the case of isotropic material m = 15, Determining displacements u and v by the integration of (13.1) we obtain the equations of the bent axis and the deflection (the largest deflection of the axis): = Be — apy + 30 1-7 © eee ; Fi - = (30 + 4dse — S. fis) (x —O 15.6) a 22 2 f ae - ae (se + 4g — 3 : ee). (5.7) 7 The first term in expression f is the deflection determined by the elementary theory, and the second is the correction obtained on the basis of the more exact theory of plane stress. BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 65 The curvature of the bent axis is determined by the formula: May, | qb ( 8 aie <= © (301, + dase — > - SE), 15.8 @ J 407 3 au (15.8) The proportionality between the curvature of the bent axis and the bending moment does not exist in this case. It is necessary to add a constant corrective term to the expression determined by the elementary theory, which depends on the elastic constants and the dimensions of the cross section. 2. Beam on two supports. For a beam simply supported at the ends and bent by a uniformly distributed load (see Fig. 24), formulas for o, il 1 Fig. 24 and t,, are derived in the same manner as in the case of the cantilever shown in Fig. 23 and stress o, is determined by this formula: q af _ a6 o, = Lp - xy +4) -Ss. Le - yy sds 2dr, + doo ie (= 3y +2 - fs -=)\I. 15.9) a ai Jb 5b ie The expressions for o, and r,, can be written in short forms like (15.3), except in this case M -40e =x), N= -qx (15.10) and the correction 4a, has a slightly different meaning (constant ai. will have a minus sign). 66 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The equations for the bent axis and for the deflection and curvature are: = 91 (4 — G22 4 5 Tagg OF ~ OP y qb 32 + F (ee + daes +> ai ae x); (15.11) an es 2 falda, WP (34. + bags + 22.2); (05.12) ma BOF a 1 May, qb 32 ais i 98 (34,5 4 bags + 22.8). 05.13 7 Tt agg (32 + Ades + (15.13) By taking the stress function in the form of polynomial, it is also possible to obtain the stress distribution in a homogeneous beam sub- jected to its own weight. After solving this problem we reach the follow- ing conclusion. The stress distribution o, and t,, in a beam due to its own weight, fixed at one end or simply supported at both ends, is the same as in a beam loaded by uniformly distributed normal forces of intensity g = ybh (per unit of length), where y is the specific weight of material. The nor- mal stresses o, on the longitudinal cross sections, which express the effect of longitudinal layers on each other, are distributed in both cases according to the formula: (1 -F) (15.14) 16. Bending of a Beam by a Linearly Distributed Load With the use as a stress function a polynominal of the sixth order it is easy to obtain the solution for a beam loaded by normal forces distri- buted lengthwise in a linear manner. Similar to previous cases, the solu- tion will satisfy completely the conditions on the long sides, and only approximately on short sides where stresses, broadly speaking, are reducible to moments and forces®. We consider two cases of a beam bent by a linearly distributep load. For simplicity we consider that the beam is orthotropic (direction of the axis coincides with the principal direction). BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 67 1. Cantilever. A beam is fixed at one end and is bent by a normal load distributed in a linear manner. Coordinate directions are shown in Fig. 25, and the equation of the load per unit length is: = 47> (16.1) where qo is the highest value of the load (at the clamped end). rT L p jo = L + |” yw Fig. 25 The bending moment and the shear force are equal to ol? 2I 3 a =-%, ya - (16.2) The final formulas for the stress components are written as: _M Py | oy rs 3 i} | Jox ” y = 4-—), . Sir =) (16.3) _ NB yt yt wt y m(i - 4 +805). ; tf _»,); p=). 2\G 12 In (16.3) the first terms of the expressions for o, and t., are obtained from elementary theory, and the second, the corrections 4o, and Ar,,, from a more exact theory. 68 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The equation of the bent axis is obtained by finding the displacements uand v. It is 2 (x5 = Site + ays) — 406? = Tae, JI 240E, JI (S -3 jee = 3Px +22). (16.4) The deflection and curvature are determined by the formulas Pf -3 cigooe acu ~ an); (16.5) ds in, ab? (@ - 3) x. (16.6) 0 Ev” 40E,J The corrective term in the formula for curvature is represented by the linear function of x. 2. A beam on two supports. A beam simply supported at its ends is bent by a load, the equation of which is l+x 21 9 = 4 F (16.7) where qo is the maximum value of load (Fig. 26). We give formulas for bending moment, transverse force and stresses: = 0 (p _ x M 1a x*) 31 + x), (16.8) N =-22.(P — 6lx — 3x2); 121 o, = M (0% = 32 J 10H qo a y , =e -1 -42), 6, au + »( +32 5) (16.9) w= 2(S- ~—%_m(1 24 + 80%), 27 160h1 e co BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 69 The equations of the bent axis and for its curvature in this case will be: qo = 3x5 + 15ix* — 10?x? — 90/%x? + 7I*. T5I*) n mea °* Ix: 01? x" W3x? + TI*x + 7515) - es (@ - 3s) + 3h? - Px - 32); (16.10) ; 1_ M_, qob® (4Ey === “21 _ 3, )(1 +2). 16.11 @ Es? a G 1) ( a (16.11) It is not difficult to find the solution for an anisotropic beam, but all derivations, final formulas and equations will be much more cumber- some (due to the fact that constants a1. and @z¢ differ from zero). 4d By b—1—-+4.— + vy Fig. 26 17. Bending of a Beam by Arbitrary Load Using a stress function in the form of polynomial it is possible to find the stresses in a homogeneous beam which is subjected to a normal load distributed along its length according to 4-4 +3, a(3). (17.1) When a load as function of x is given in the form of a polynomial of power 7, then the corresponding stress function should be taken as a polynomial of power n + 5 relative to x and y. It can be represented as 10 ANISOTROPIC PLATES the sum of the homogeneous polynominals: nts F=¥ Pix), (17.2) = where PAX, Y) = Acox + Aurxt ty + Agaxt-2y? + + Agay’s (17.3) Ay ate constant coefficients. Stresses which are equal to zero corre- spond, evidently, to terms of the zero and first power. They can be dis- regarded. Terms of the second and third order satisfy the equation for the stress function (7.1) for any values of the coefficients. The poly- nomial terms of higher orders, fourth, fifth, etc., possess four arbitrary coefficients and all others can be expressed by these four. One can be easily convinced of this by making the function P, the solution of (7.1), ie., by introducing P, into the left-hand side of this equation. The arbitrary constants of (17.2) can be arranged in such a way as to make the stresses satisfy conditions on the long sides of the beam. Generally speaking, it is impossible to satisfy conditions on short sides of the beam (i.e., the ends) with (17.2). We can only provide that those stresses at the ends (considering the method of clamping) be equi- valent to forces and moments which would balance the external load. In order, for example, to obtain the stress distribution in a beam with a load given as a quadratic function in x (according to a parabolic relation), it is necessary to take the stress function as a polynomial of the seventh power, or as a sum of homogeneous polynomial from the second to seventh power inclusively. The solution obtained in this man- ner is cumbersome, and we are not going to present it here. It need only be noted that in all cases when load is given by (17.1), the final relations for normal and tangential stresses in each cross section have the following form: a, = My + Ao, lay 5 oo E(B 2) + de where M and N are bending moments and transverse force in a given cross section. The first terms are the stresses which are obtained by the elementary theory of bending, and the second, the corrective terms, not considered by the fundamental theory. The expression for the curvature (17.4) BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 71 of the neutral axis has the analogous form: 1 M 1 = A(—). 17. @ Eu" (2) es The second term is not accounted for by the elementary theory. A solution for the more general case of elastic equilibrium of an anisotropic rectangular plate was obtained by A.A.Kurdyumovy.’ In his case, the normal and tangential forces on the long sides were given as polynomials. He found stress function as a sum: F = Shox. (17.6) He presented a method to determine the coefficients f;, (which are poly- nomials in powers of y) by considering the boundary conditions and equilibrium conditions. L.N. Vorob’ev later presented a slightly differ- ent method (“method of gradual approximations”) for the solution of the same problem.* When load is distributed along the beam according to a more com- plex rule, especially in cases when only a part of the beam is loaded, then the stress distribution can be obtained using a Fourier series. We will consider the application of this method to an orthotropic beam supported at ends and bent by a normal load distributed symmetrically relative to the middle according to an arbitrary law. Other cases of Fig. 27 beams, and beams on two supports loaded unsymmetrically can be studied by the same method with only minor differences. Let the plane of elastic symmetry be parallel to the beam edges, and, consequently, the axial direction is the principal one. By arranging the coordinate axes as shown in Fig.27, we expand the load q as function of x into Fourier series in the interval (—/, 1), 72 ANISOTROPIC PLATES wherever this load is non zero. The series will contain only cosines and a constant term: 4 = G0 + ¥ In cos a (7.7) where if! 2 cs AX. =—| adx, dn ==} qcos dx. == fa Im =F fe 7 The boundary conditions at the long sides y = b/2 have the form b when y=5 6 = % = 05 . (178) when y= —2 o, = —qo—¥ qncosm™, 4, =0. 2 mai L The equation for the stress function is pe lee oF 1 OF a) E, ax* G E, } ax?ay? Ey ay* The stress distribution caused by the constant load qo is known (see (15.9) and the second and third formula of (15.1)). The function which gives the stress distribution produced by the load max i cos AE Z 7 will be max is Fy = ful) cos (17.10) By substituting function F,, into (17.9) we obtain an ordinary differ- ential equation for function f_: low 1 2v, (= er 1 (= 7 py (1 _ 2) (mn on, 1 (mn\" og, 17.11 (GENT) eta (F) ae aun The form of function f,, depends on the roots of the characteristic equation se (2 - an) si 4 Fino. (17.12) G E- BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 73 When all moduli E,, E,, G are finite and not equal to zero, then the following three cases are possible. Case I. The roots are real and not equal. We designate them by ts, +52 (s:>0, 52 >0). Case II. The roots are real and equal. We designate them by ts (s>0). Case IIL. The roots are complex. We designate them by siti, -stti (s>0,t>0). Purely imaginary roots cannot be obtained here, since numbers s, and 52 are related with the complex parameters of plane stress by the simple dependencies s; = —iui, 8; = —iu2 (see equation (7.5)). In Case I the stress function F,, is Symay somay Fn = (40 ch 2Z + Bash + Cych + Dy sh 272% ) cos 07.13) (Ans Bn; Cn, Dm ate arbitrary constants; ch and sh are hyperbolic functions). In Case IT we have Fa =[n + Bay) ch Te + (Cu + Dyy) sh oe] cos 7 (17.14) In Case III, F,, can be represented in the form Fea [(4e ch——— ra mn Sh SY oe) cos = +(ce oh a + Dn naa nr cos me (17.15) In order to find the solution for the beam shown in Fig.27, we take the stress function as the sum of (17.15) (or correspondingly (17.14) and (17.15)). Next, according to (5.7) (when U = 0) we determine the cor- 74 ANISOTROPIC PLATES responding stresses, and add to them stresses caused by a constant load qo; provided that conditions (17.8) are satisfied. The boundary condi- tions provide a system of equations for the determination of constants Ams Bms Cn; Dm (for each ma new system is obtained). By solving these equations we find all the constants. As a result we obtain formulas for stresses in the form of series of rather complicated structure. The stresses o, at the beam ends can be reduced to moments, which can be found using the solution for pure bending. This type of problem for an anisotropic beam is, evidentialy, seldom solved. P.P.Kufarev and V.A. Sveklo provided a general solution of a prob- lem regarding the elastic equilibrium of an infinitely long anisotropic strip, loaded along the edges by normal and tangential forces*®, The authors direct the axis x parallel to the edges, and assume that the external forces, as a function x, can be integrated in the interval (— co, +0) and thus can be represented in Fourier integral form. Functions ;(z,) and ©4(z,), by which the stresses are expressed, are determined in the form of double integrals with infinite boundaries. 18. Bending of a Composite Multi-layered Beam It is possible to obtain the stress distribution for certain cases of bend- ing of a beam composed of an arbitrary number of anisotropic layers of uniform thickness by a polynomial stress function. We will consider here only the case of an orthotropic cantilever which is bent by a force and a moment.!! A beam is given which is made up of any arbitrary number of strips of the same thickness but with different elastic properties. One of its ends is rigidly fixed and the other is subjected to load which leads to a moment M and transverse force P. It is necessary to determine the stress in each layer, as well as equation of the neutral axis and the bending ridigity. The x coordinate is measured from the free end, and the x axis runs along the upper edge, as shown in Fig.28, We number the layer in order starting from the upper one, and introduce the following designations: nis the number of layers; / is the beam length; b is the beam height; his the beam thickness (the same for all strips); 0%”, o6, 1%, ux, 0, are the stress and displacement components in layer k; Ej”, E2?, v\?, 1? G® BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 75 are the principal elastic constants for the same layer; b,-, and 5, are distances from the upper rim to the upper and lower edges of k layer (k = 1,2,...,n; bo = 0, b, = d). Fig. 28 The stress components (averaged relative to the thickness) will be expressed by stress function F, (for each strip individually): oe = FR, pe Th, we -2h aan oy? ox? ‘ox oy Function F; satisfies the equation 1 oF, 1 2) oF 1 Fe 9, 82) ae ae * (gage) aaa EP ae Displacement components (also averaged relative to the thickness) are determined from the equations ou, I ke o® (18.3) 16 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The boundary conditions at the upper and lower rims are at y=0 of? = =0; u * (18.4) aty=b of =r =0. Since slippage of strips is excluded, then the following conditions hold at the contact surfaces: at y= By of = o®, te | (18.5) Mea = yy Me =O. | The stresses in each cross section should balance the external force and moment (this is also true for the end cross sections x = 0, x = /). It follows from here that ae Ore aes 2 dh Py dy = , Pe i ae as a (18.6) o(" way = -2. A Joe h The solution is obtained with stress functions of the type Fy = Auxy + By? + Cuxy? + Diy? + Exxy’, (18.7) which satisfy (18.2) for any coefficient values. The final results are the following. The stress components are determined by the formulas wo _ EP a op = EP i - Py Qsy- 5), of (18.8) (k =1,2,...,m3 ay = OF {s [E (3 = 6.) EY + 0? = BR) x 7s UL -S; [s = bE += ree} (k =2,3,...2- D3 + (18.9) wp = SEE sy - sy, » _ SPE” Ty AS [S82 — Ga +») Si) On — ¥)5 BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 77 where the following designation are introduced: Ss & (bx — ba-1) EP, o S. = 5 (2-0) EY, 2 2G 1) EY (18.10) Ss = Y bi- bi-) EY, ast S = 45,5, — 383. The neutral axis is found at a distance from the upper rim which is equal to Sz =22, 18.11 20 = 55. (18.11) It is impossible to say in advance which layer will contain this axis. The equation of the bent axis (i.e., the line into which the neutral axis passes during the bending) is of the same type as in the case of a homogeneous cantilever of rigidity D: nae} M 4 =—~(%? - 3Px + 27) -——(@ - 2. 18.12) 6D ) 2p 5 (18.12) This rigidity is determined by the formula UN oa 18.13) 12S, : y For the curvature of the bent axis we have the equation which coin- cides with that obtained by the elementary theory of bending: _ M ~ Px a (18.14) we |- It should be noted that of all elastic constants only Young’s moduli for axial directions, E% are present in all the formulas. All formulas can be slightly simplified when layers are of the same thickness equal to bin. In particular, the formula for rigidity (18.13) becomes D=EJ, (18.15) 78 ANISOTROPIC PLATES where J = hb? /12 is the area moment of inertia of the cross section of the entire beam, and £, is a constant related to Young’s moduli in the following manner: _ 4X B® YEP GE 3k +) - 3[> E® (2k — vf F, = i 2 F pw a (18.16) The distance of the neutral axis from the upper rim in this case is equal to > 2, EPek-) i a (18.17) E 2 For a beam bonded with bands of height b, and b ~ b, (Fig. 29), we obtain , oi? = SEO (ag — Pay @S,y - 53), (18.18) or EP yo 2 = ray m5 | 6PE® Ts O81" — Says (18.19) ~ Sib — Siy) (6 — »); where Si = b,E{? + (b — by) EY, Sz = BEES? + © — 6) EY, S= BYE)? +2b,(b—b,) (26? bb, +B) BPE +(6-b,) (EP. (18.20) Example, A beam is composed of two strips, in which the ratio of height is 1:3, and the ratio of moduli for longitudinal directions is 1:9, Two cases should be distinguished. BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 79 Case 1. E® = E,, E® = 9E,,ic., the upper and more narrow strip has the smaller Young’s modulus. Using the formulas (18.11)-(18.20), we obtain the following results. Fig. 29 The neutral axis is located within the second strip and its distance from the upper rim of the beam is yo = 0-615. Introducing these de- signations _ M— Px pee es hb> hb? we obtain the following value of stresses o, and t,, at the upper rim, on the contact surface of the strips at the neutral axis and at the lower rim: (6%),-0 = —16lm, (t)y-0 = (Oyama = —0-95m, (G24 = —8-SIm; (CD yaje = TP )yavra = —0°32p3 (18.21) Pyar = 0, (tyre = —1-84p; (CP )pa» = 935m, CD)y-» = 0. In a homogeneous cantilever the highest normal stress is 6m, and the highest tangential stress is 1-5p. The stress distribution o, and t,, at a cross section is shown in Fig. 30. The broken line represents stresses in a homogeneous canti- lever. Case 2. E(? = 9E,, E® = E,, ie., the upper strip has a larger Young’s modulus. The neutral axis coincides with the contact line of the strips: 80 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Yo = 0-25b. The stresses at typical points have the following values: ()yn0 = —12m, (P)ya0 = 05 (Pyar =(OPIpare =, CPyare = Prony = 1505} (18.12) (yay = 4m, (D),ay = 0. lp 0 “( Fig. 30 Fig. 31 show the stress distribution of o, and r,, at a cross section. Comparing Fig.30 and 31, it can be seen that the higher stress exists in the strip with the larger Young’s modulus. The highest normal stress in the composite cantilever in both cases exceeds (considerably) the highest stress in the identical homogeneous cantilever. BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 81 19. Bending of a Beam with Variable Elastic Moduli In a preceeding section we considered a beam, the elastic moduli of which changed jumpwise relative to its height, i.c., upon going from one layer to the next one. It is also easy to obtain the solution for a beam with elastic moduli which change continuously with respect to Fig. 32 its height. We consider here only an orthotropic cantilever, the prin- cipal directions of which are parallel to the sides and which is bent by force P and moment M (Fig. 32). We will consider that the beam is subjected to small strains and the following equations of the generalized Hooke’s law hold: a E, ex By (19.1) eu év 1 +2 = at ay ox G where E,, E,, ¥;, », and G are arbitrary continuous functions of y. The stress components (averaged relative to thickness) satisfy the equilibrium equations doz, Otay Oty , Oy +2 + ox ay ox" ay =0 (19.2) and boundary conditions when y = 0, y = 5 6, = ty =0. (19.3) 82 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In addition, the stresses in each cross section should satisfy the external load, and three more equations follow from this: . [nano ° b = i oy dy = wor ; (19.4) 0 . P ty dy = -=. Imo--5 | We assume that the general nature of the stress distribution in a given beam is the same as in the case of a homogeneous cantilever, i.e., M — Px A Ox FO). %=0 t= ZO). (19.8) These expressions satisfy the equilibrium equations (19.2). The un- known function f(y) is determined from (19.1) and conditions (19.3) and (19.4), From the first two equations of (19.1) we find the displacements. They will be expressed by f(y). By insuring that w and v also satisfy the third equation of (19.1), we obtain this equation LOT" a =0. 19.6) [ Ey ¢ J From this we find the expression for function f(y) SO) =cfEwdy +djE.dy te, (19.7) where c, d, e are arbitrary constants. All arbitrary constants are deter- mined from (19.3) and (19.4). As a result we obtain the following ex- pressions for the stress components: _ 6(M — Px) _ = Ex(y) QSiy — S2), o, =0, (19.8) we Fi) QS. ~ 83) dy, BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 83 where , , S, “ff E,dy, Si = 2 Eyydy, ° . 7 ; ; S= nl f E | E,y? dy -( zya) |. i ei : The neutral axis, where o, = 0, is found at a distance from the upper rim equal to (19.9) yo =e. (19.10) The expressions for displacements, which we are not going to present here, indicate that the cantilever with variable moduli is bent in the same manner as the homogeneous cantilever with rigidity D equal to pws, (19.11) 128, Equations (18.12) and (18.14) are true for this value of rigidity. The Young’s modulus for the axial direction x is present in formulas for stresses and rigidity. No other moduli influence the values of stresses and rigidity. Displacements u and v of any point not located on the neutral axis will depend on G and », and modulus E; is not present in any formulas. Suppose, for example, modulus E, is changing along the height symmetrically relative to the geometrical axis of the beam and is ex- pressed by a quadratic function in y: = 69+ Ley — pp By = E+ ey ~ B (19.12) The neutral line for such a beam coincides with the geometrical axis y = b/2. The stress components are determined by these formulas: 6M = Px) [po , EX o, = 9M = PY __| po 5 Ei ay — yp Jay - 6, Reson tage Gy — B@y — 8 %, =0, oP El Ty = SP __| po 5, 2 (p2 — apy + 29) Joy — 2). ” hb (EP + OSE; [ t+ ape v |e ” (19.13) 84 ANISOTROPIC PLATES We obtain the following formula for rigidity: D=E,J, (19.14) where J is the area moment of inertia of the cross section and E, = E? + O-1SEY. (19.15) Example. Let the Young’s modulus of a beam for the axial direction be given by (19.12). The ratio of its largest value to its smallest is equal to 5. Two case are possible here. 1. The largest value of £; is at the external surface: (Ex)y-0 = S(Ei)y=v2, Et = 16E?. The normal stress at each cross section reaches its largest value at the beam edges, and the tangential, at the neutral axis. By assuming Cus M = Px P m=—, =, Ab? hb we obtain on the basis of (19.13) this formula max = 882M, Tax = 1°32p. (19.16) The stress distribution of o, and t,, at cross sections is shown in Fig. 33 (the broken lines represent the stress changes in a homogeneous beam, for which ong. = 6, Tmax = 1°5p). Fig. 33 2. The largest value of E, is at the neutral axis; (E:)y20 = 02(Ey)ya0l2, Ey = —3-2E}. The largest value of the tangential stress is obtained at the neutral axis, and the normal stress reaches its maximum magnitude at cross BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 85 sections which are located at a distance of 0:18b from the external rims max = 490M, Tmax = 1°73p. (19.17) At points y = 0 and y = 5 o = F231m, ty =0. (19.18) The stress distribution, especially the normal stress, differs considerably from that of the preceeding case. It is shown in Fig. 34. Fig. 34 20. Deformation of a Wedge-shaped Body by a Force Applied at the Apex We consider here the elastic equilibrium of a rectangular cantilever, the wide end of which is rigidly fixed and which is subjected to force P applied at the apex. It is assumed that the material of the cantilever is homogeneous and anisotropic. (The existence of a plane of clastic symmetry parallel to the middle plane is assumed to be present always.) We consider the cantilever as an infinite wedge, i.c., as a body limited by two infinite straight lines which start at 0. The apex of the wedge is the origin of coordinates and the x-axis runs arbitrarily in the middle Plane. We also will use polar coordinates and measure the polar angle 6 from the x-axis. The inclination angles of the edges to the x-axis are designated by y, and y, (the angle at the apex is equal, obviously, to 1 + y2) and the inclination angle of the force to the x-axis by @ (Fig. 35). The problem is confined to the selection of a solution for (5.10) which 86 ANISOTROPIC PLATES satisfies the equilibrium conditions and conditions at edges: when 0 = -y, and 0 = y2 9 = Te = 0. (20.1) In addition we need to insure that the stress components approach zero upon moving away from the apex. Fig. 35 It is obvious from Ref.*?, the stress function which produces a solu- tion has the following form: F = r®, (6), (20.2) where ®, is a function only of the polar angle which can be found from (5.10). In order to determine this function we must present (5.10) in its symbolic form (7.2) D,D,D3D.F = 0. (20.3) Operators D, in polar coordinates are Dy = (sin 0 — pa, cos 6) + (cos 0 + x sin 9) (20.4) or 7 06 (k =1,2,3,4). Function ®, is determined in four steps, by successive integrati of four equations of the first order. After this, the stress components in polar coordinates can be found by the formulas ee a oan ae ue ° oie ar 06 or? 06?” or? ) « (20.5) r BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 87 Omitting all intermediate calculations, the final formulas for these stresses are «= 1, Acoso + Bsin an > L(8) (20.6) where L(0) = a1, cos* 6 — 2ay6 sin 6 cos 6 + (2a,2 + dee) sin? 8 cos? 0 — 2a2, sin? 9 cos 6 + az. sin* 6. (20.7) The boundary conditions are, obviously, satisfied and the stress approaches zero upon moving away from the point where force is applied. Arbitrary constants A and B are determined from equilibrium condi- tions for a part of the wedge cut off by a circle of radius r (Fig. 35), starting from the apex. For these constants we obtain the following equations: 2 2 rr si af” cos’ Pao + Bl sin 0 cos @ 4g = | -v (6) L(9) vs (20.8) af sn pest a+ af” sin? 6 ig Ping | - LO vn LO h } (his the wedge thickness). The calculations are simplified when the cantilever is orthotropic and the directions of axes coincide with the principal directions. Then cos* 0 1 2y . sin* 6 1(6) = 2989 4 (EL _ 2) sin? 6c0s7 0 + 22". (20.9) (6) el (3 F ) sia cos EB (20.9) The function L(6) in the given case is the reciprocal of the Young’s modulus £, in the radial direction: L = 1/E, (see first formula in (9.10) where we should assume that p = 0). Calculation of the integrals which are present in (20.8) for an ortho- tropic wedge presents no difficulties. We give below the expressions for the corresponding indefinite integrals for a case when the complex para- 88 ANISOTROPIC PLATES meters are purely imaginary and unequal: i = Bi, pe = Oi, lL = [Boos 0d0 = FT arses 6) — darctg(6tg 0], 44 3(B? L =[zsn 6 cos 6d0 = ] | 1 0082 0 + PPsin? 6 | 2a, (8? — 6) cos? 0 + 6? sin? 0” | I; ~ [Bin 6d0= 1 1 1 ——| -= 6) +—x —aretg (6 tg 9) |. aRCAL grees ) + 5x — aretg (6tg | | (20.10) Stress formulas for thecase ofequalcomplex parameters(y, = j«2 = Bi) and in Case III (u, =a + fi, uw. = —« + Bi) can always be ob- tained from the formulas for purely imaginary unequal parameters by letting 5 approach f, or correspondingly, substituting 8 and 6 by B +aiand B — ai. Regarding the general nature of the stress distribution, the following should be noted. The stress distribution in a wedge strained by a force is “radial”, or “beam-like”. The radial stress o, at any point is at the same time a principal stress. Also at the same time, the other principal stress og, acting on the radial plane is equal to zero. Depending on the ratios between the elastic constants and inclination angle of the force w, extension { (b) Fig. 36 three cases are possible: (1) all parts of the wedge are compressed; (2) all parts of the wedge are subjected to tension; (3) there is a neu- tral line in the wedge area, on which alll stresses are equal to zero. The material is compressed on one side of this line, and under tension on the other side (Fig. 36, a, b, c). BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 89 The position of the neutral line relative to x-axis is determined by angle 00, for which A tg = =. (20.11) Points where the principal stress o, has a value identical to a9, posi- tive or negative, are located on curves of the fourth order. On one side of the neutral line there are curves which correspond to compressive stresses (negative 0); on other side are the curves which correspond to tensile stresses (positive oo). The equation of a family of lines of identical stresses in Cartesian coordinates will be G11X* — 2ayox3y + (2a,2 + dos) X2y? — 2aroxy? + rry* — | Ge + yy (ax + By) <0. (20.12) % These curves are alway closed, although in the wedge region they also cross other arcs. All of them pass the apex and are tangent to the neutral line at this point. We will consider more such curves in the next chapter. The stress components for an isotropic cantilever can be found by these formulas (the x-axis runs along the symmetry axis, the angle at the apex is equal to 2y): _2P(coswoos | sinwsin#) | hr \2y + sin2y 2p —sin2yp)? ” o, = To = 0. (20.13) The curves of the same stresses becomes circles passing the apex and are tangent to the neutral axis. It should be noted that in a wedge with cylindrical anisotropy (with the anisotropy pole located at the apex), the stress distribution caused by the force does not depend on elastic constants and coincides exactly with the stress distribution of the same isotropic wedge (see (20.13). 21. Bending of a Wedge-shaped Body by a Moment Let the wedge-shaped cantilever which was considered in section 20 undergo bending by moment M applied to the apex. The polar x-axis runs along the symmetry axis. The angle at the apex is designated by 2y (Fig. 37). Similarly as before, we consider the canti- 90 ANISOTROPIC PLATES lever as an infinite wedge. At the edges these conditions should be satisfied: when 6 = ty 0 = 0, tH = 05 21.1) In addition, the stress components should approach zero upon going away from the apex. The stress function which can satisfy these condi- tions and the equilibrium conditions is'* (21.2) Fig. 37 (This function does not depend on r). With the use of the symbolic representation of (20.3) for the stress function, the function ® is determined in four steps by the integration of all four equations of the first order. As a result we obtain the following formulas for stress components which satisfy conditions (21.1): ao -4[? sin 28 (cos 20 — cos 2y) aml rl L(0) T2(0) o% = 0, (21.3) A_ 008 20 ~ cos 2y r Oe where L(8) = ais cos* 6 — 2aig sin 6 cos? 6 + Qas+ a56)sin®0.c0s*0 — 2argsin* 9056+ 4z2sin*O, | (9) 4) aL POM Gs BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 9] Constant A is determined from the equilibrium conditions of the part of the wedge shown in Fig. 37 and it is equal to M A= =. ——________, h cos 20 = cos 2y 4g (21.5) -» (9) In the case of an orthotropic cantilever, the principal directions of which coincide with the geometrical x-axis and whose complex para- meters are purely imaginary and unequal, we have cos 20 — cos 2y . ——_—= do = 2(/; sin? yp — I; cos? y), 21.6 a (Ls sin? y = Iy00s*), 21.6) where J, and J, are integrals calculated from (20.10). When the principal direction in the orthotropic cantilever does not coincide with the geometrical axis, then it is of advantage to make the later parallel to the x-axis. Instead of (21.3) we obtain slightly more complicated formulas, Regarding the general nature of the stress distribution, it should be noted that during bending by the moment this distribution will no longer be “radial” (tangential stress z,) is not equal to zero, and con- sequently, o, is not a principal stress). In the case of a cantilever de- formed by a force, the stresses were inversely proportional to the dis- tance from the point of the force application. In the case of deformation by a moment the decrease of stress will be faster. It is inversely pro- portional to the square of the distance from the point of the moment application. The stress distribution in an isotropic cantilever is determined by these formulas: 2M sin 20 ~ ~ Fin 2p — 2ycos2y) 7? o, =0, 21.7) tex M | 60820 ~ c08 2p isin 2y — 2y cos 2p) P If the wedge possesses cylindrical anisotropy and the anisotropy pole coincides with the apex, generalized Hooke’s law will be expressed as. (12.6). The stress function for such a wedge satisfies the equation (12.9), 92 ANISOTROPIC PLATES where U = 0 and in the case of bending by a moment (Fig. 37) it is F = ©,(0) = (A cosn0 + Bsinn0)e™ + Ce®+D, (21.8) where s and m + ni are roots of the equation G38? + 2ay65? + (ayy + 2ay2 + doe) 5 + 2Aie + a6) = 0. (21.9) In particular, for an orthotropic wedge with cylindrical anisotropy F = Acosn + Bsinnd + C0 +D, (21.10) where n= - 4 ai + aoe (21.11) ay Constants A, B, C are determined in the same manner as in the case of homogeneous wedge, from conditions at the edges and the equi- librium conditions. 22. Bending of a Wedge-shaped Body by Distributed Load By combining stress functions of the type F=1'6,(0), (22.1) where k = 2, 3, it is possible to obtain the stress in a wedge-shaped body with load distributed along its edges. The load is given as an algebraic function of distance. For example, if the load is distribated along the entire length of the edge and is given by the formula 9 = 4% + Sav (22.2) the corresponding stress function should be taken as a sum F = Treo). (22.3) In particular, for a body subjected to bending by a uniformly dis- tributed load q (per unit length), the solution is found by a stress func- tion of this type** F = r°,(6). (22.4) BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 93 If the x-axis runs arbitrarily (Fig. 38), then the boundary conditions will be: at 6 = —y, 0% = to = 03 A (22.5) at O=y. a =—-4, m=0. h For function ®, we obtain the expression (0) = Acos20 + Bsin20 + Col0) + D, (22.6) {a Fig. 38 where 4, B, C, D are arbitrary constants, and (6) is a function of angle 6 of complicated scructure. In general, when the complex para- meters are of type Wy =a + Bi, w2 = 7 + Oi, by introducing designations a=-—*_, p= 8 _, p=? _, gu_*>_, mn ror +e Pre Pre we obtain for » the following expression: (6) = bd{(a — ¢) sin? 6 + (a2 — c? + b? — d?) sin 0 cos 6 + [ela + b2) — alc? + d?)] cos? 6} x sin? 6 + 2asin 6 cos 0 + (a? + b?)cos? 6 sin? 0 + 2csin 0 cos 0 + (c? + d?)cos* 6 = d{A(a — ©) bin 6 + acos 8) cos 6 +[(a— 0)? +d? — 2} [sin?0 + 2asind cosd + (a? — b*) cos? 0} x x arctg——P°8 9 _. praia — 0) d*(sin 0 + ecos 0) cos 0 sin 6 + acos 6 = [(a— )*+ b? = a} [sin® 6+ 2c sin 8 cos 0+ (c2— d?) cos? 6} x dcos 0 ‘sin 0 + ccos 0" x In x aretg (22.8) 94 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The general formulas for the stress components are o, = —2A cos 20 — 2Bsin20 + CQp + ¢") + D, op = 2(A cos 20 + Bsin 20 + Cp + D), (22.9) tj» = 2A sin 20 — 2Bcos 20 — Cy’. | Constants A, B, C, Dare found from boundary conditions (22.5). The final expressions are complicated and we are not going to present them here. The stress in a wedge bent by a uniform load does not depend on distance r. For a body made of orthotropic material the expression for function ¢ is simplified, and in the case of isotropic material a = c = 0,b =d=1 and we obtain a completely simple function: y = 0. The stress function for an isotropic body is of the form: F = 1(Acos 26 + Bsin 26 + C0 + D). (22.10) Among other cases of bending of a wedge-shaped body by continuous load, we will consider the bending by normal forces which change according to a linear law q = qx (Fig.39), as in the case of consider- ing its own weight. The stress distribution in an anisotropic body in this case is completely identical with that of an isotropic body. The reason for this is the fact that the stress function F = 10,0) = Ax? + Bxty + Cxy? + Dy (22.11) for any values of the constants is the solution for both equation (5.10) and the biharmonic equation. When the loaded side is horizontal, then in any homogeneous wedge-shaped body, both anisotropic and iso- tropic (Fig. 39), the stresses caused by its own weight are determined by formulas & = (fe Wy + ?) ctg 2y(x — 2y ctg 2y), oy = ~he =, (22.12) Ty = -(# ctg 2p + ’) cte 2p, where h is the wedge thickness and, y is the specific weight of the ma- terial. The anisotropy of the material will influence only the strain and BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 95 displacements, the expressions for which will depend on the elastic constants. The solution of the general case of bending of an anisotropic wedge by a load distributed along the edge according to any law or given in the form of a concentrated force was obtained by V.M.Abramov's, Fig. 39 He considered the wedge-shaped body as infinite wedge, found the solution by a Mellin integral, and presented the stress components as integrals. Still another solution of this problem was suggested by P.P.Ku- farev'®, He also presented the stresses as integrals with infinite limits. There are no numerical results as yet for these solutions. What is presented above with appropriate changes can be applied to a wedge with cylindrical anisotropy, the anisotropy pole of which coin- cides with the apex. For example, in the case of bending by uniform load (Fig.38), the stress function will be F = 1°0,(6) = r°[(A cosn0 + Bsinn0)e"" + Ce“ + D}, (22.13) where s, mand n have the same values as in the case of a wedge bent by moments (see (21.9)). In particular, for an orthotropic wedge with cylindrical anisotropy we have F=r(Acosn@ + BsinnO + CO + D). (22.14) 23. Pure Bending of a Curved Beam with Cylindrical Anisotropy We will consider the elastic equilibrium of a curved beam as a seqment ofa plane circular ring subjected to forces which are applied at the ends and produce moments. We assume that the beam possesses a cylindrical 96 ANISOTROPIC PLATES. anisotropy. One pole of anisotropy is located at the common center of the circular arcs which form the outside and inside edges of the beam. Aside from planes of elastic symmetry, which are parallel to the middle plane, there are no other elements of elastic symmetry. x Fig. 40 Fig.40 shows the cross-section of the beam at the middle plane. It is assumed that the anisotropy pole is the origin of the coordinates, the polar axis runs along the summetry axis; a and b are the inside and outside radii; ¢ is the ratio of a/b; h is the beam thickness; M is the value of the moments. The angle between the side radii is arbitrary, but less that 27, The generalized Hooke’s law will be written Er = Qy10, + 1209 + Ay 6T ra, £9 = G12, + a209 + AroT ro» (23.1) Yro = 16% + Gr6% + Agstro- The stress components (averaged relative to thickness) are expressed by stress function F(r, 6), of formulas (12.8), where 0 = 0. Function F satisfies (12.9), where we also assume that U = 0. The conditions on lines which constitute the beam contour are obvious: on curves r =a and r = b the stresses are equal to zero and at the edges they are reduced to monent M. The solution is found with a function F which does not depend on polar angle 67. This function will be F = fo(r) = A + Br? + Cri+* + Drt-*, (23.2) BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 97 where k= {a a, and E,, E, are Young’s moduli for tension (compression) in the radial and tangential directions r and 8, which in general are not the principal directions of elasticity. By finding the constants from boundary conditions, we obtain the following final expressions for stress components: ryt eet ay (BVT ’ 1c r r\Fh poet bye (2 Ker (2 ; HG) ere) ] (23.4) (23.3) 0 o, The stress distribution is identical for all transverse (radial) cross sections and depends only on the ratio of constants a, ,/a22. The normal stress o in the cross section does not follow either the linear or the hyperbolic Jaw. At the inside and outside beam contours the normal stresses are equal to M_ 1-k+2ket*"-(1 + kc. =- : 23.6) (oon = — Fr co 23.6) __M_ (= he + ket! = (1 +) (Oe Fig ee BD One of these expressions will be the largest relative to the entire beam, but it is difficult to say which one without knowing the numerical value of k. The displacements u,, ue in the radial and tangential direc- tions can be easily determined from (23.1). It should be noted that in the case when a1; = d22, ie., E, = Ey, 98 ANISOTROPIC PLATES k =1, the formulas for stress are identical with those for isotropic beam'*: M b\* b — 2 - ~(1 -c2)1 a mi Ine(t Cy] (1 =e?) ect. -~- fi e@seine 5) a —eym2 = ig! ¢ seni +(2)] (dl on I To = 0, (23.8) where iS (In c)?. (23.9) 24. Bending of a Linearly Anisotropic Curved Beam by End Force A curved beam in the form of a segment of a circular ring is fixed at one end and deformed by forces distributed at the other end which produce a force P applied at the center of the cross section. It is assumed that the beam possesses cylindrical anisotropy and its pole is located Fig. 41 at the center of the circles, the arcs of which form the beam contour. We consider the anisotropy pole as the origin of the coordinates, the x-axis runs along the radius at the loaded end. We designate by w the angle between the force and the x-axis (Fig. 41). The magnitude of the angle between the edge sections is arbitrary, but not larger than 27. BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 99 We consider at first an orthotropic beam with cylindrical anisotropy which, in addition to the plane of elastic symmetry that is parallel to the middle plane, also has the radial and tangential planes of symmetry at each point. In this case a;5 = 25 = 0 and the generalized Hooke’s law can be written in the form of (12.10): (24.1) (we disregarded the marks over stresses and strains). We will use equation (12.11) for the determination of the stress fune- tion F, where we assume that U = 0. The solution is obtained with the use of a stress function of the type! F = f,(r) cos 6 + f(r) sin 6 = (Ar'** + Brt-* + Cr + Drinr)cos 6 + (Art + Birt? + Cr + Dirinr)sin 0, (24.2) where A, B, ..., D’ are arbitrary constants and: la aera 7 i 4 + 2a, +4 | E; Ey = ft +See Sf + (1 - 2) +. (24.3) Bry aoa yi tg w+ Ge OH) After determining all constants from the boundary conditions at r=a and r=b, where vo, = t,. =0, and arranging that stresses at a free end be reduced to force P, we obtain one AG) +eQ- ~e sino +0), | P b ry by 7 ==} (1 a -p(2) e@-1- * bhg, aG +a(z) +a alr) ' | (24.4) x sin (6 + ©), = ary (bY 1 ta — Te “IG) +e(3) 1 ooosca + 9. 100 ANISOTROPIC PLATES We have above the following designations e=S, si =S0 A +0 + eine. (24.5) The normal stresses have the largest values at beam cross sections perpendicular to the line of the acting forces. The shear stresses in these cross sections are equal to zero. The shear stresses reach their highest numerical values in sections where the force acts; the normal stresses are equal to zero in these sections. The normal stress in any given cross section 0 = 0, becomes the largest at the inside edge r =a; it is equal to (). = -Psin (Go +4) | AU =e) (24.6) bhey c When the elastic constants of the orthotropic beam satisfy the condi- tion Ba — 2w) + = =3, (24.7) 0 then 6 = 2 and stress distribution will be exactly as that in the isotropic us [F + e(4) -(+ 2] sin +e), | o, = bhg: Lb 3 % -aelSS = e(4) -(+ oy |sn (0+), (248) Te = ~telF + e() -(l+ 7 Jos 0 +0); gale +(1+e)inc. (24.9) A.S.Kosmodamianskiy studied a more general case when a beam (shown in Fig.41) is not orthotropic (coefficients a;¢ and az, from (23.1) are not equal to zero, and stress function F satisfies (12.9), where U = 0). The solution for this case was found with a stress function?* F = (Ar'*#40l 4 Bpt-8484 4 Cr + Drinr) ef + (ArttPmot 4 Bet Pst Sr + Drinrye™, (24.10) BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 101 where A, B, C, D are arbitrary constants. Generally speaking they are complex and are determined from boundary conditions and conditions at the free end. A, B, C, D are conjugate values. ae pet 4p Min 2ar2 + 66 (2). (24.11) azz G22 azz A.S.Kosmodamianskiy also studied numerical examples and con- structed diagrams of stress distribution in cross sections of the aniso- tropic beam with given elastic constants for various values of c. By analyzing the results he was able to arrive at some conclusions, the most important of which are: (1) The largest magnitude of stress 4 exceeds considerably the mag- nitudes of o, and 7,, and is obtained, similarly as in the orthotropic beam, at the inside edge (when r = a). (2) Constant a1, does not affect the magnitude of stresses. (3) With the increase of ratio b/a the stress distribution of normal stresses along the cross section approaches a linear one, and the dis- tribution of the tangential stresses, parabolic. 25. Bending of a Curvilinearly Anisotropic Curved Beam by a Distributed Load The solution of the problem of the bending of curved beam by a load uniformly distributed along the curvilinear edge can be obtained with the use of a stress function in the form of a sum: F = folr) + fir) cos 0 + ft (r) sin 6. 25.1) The first term is of type (23.2), and the second and third are deter- mined by (24.2) for an orthotropic beam, and by (24.10), for an aniso- tropic beam. All constants will be found from boundary conditions which can always be completely satisfied at the curvilinear edges, and only approximately at the ends. As an example, we will consider a beam with cylindrical anisotropy, simply supported at the ends and bent by a normal load uniformly distributed along the outside edge (Fig.42). The common center of circles delimiting the beam, which is at the same time the anisotropy Pole, serves as the orgin of coordinates. The symmetry axis is the polar 102 ANISOTROPIC PLATES axis. We assume that both supports are hinged-type and are construc- ted in such a manner that supporting reactions form identical angles y with the symmetry axis. We designate by q the load per unit length, and by 2p, the angle between the side sections of the beam which in general is not equal to 2y (v < at . Fig. 42 The boundary conditions at the curvilinear sides are: at r=a o,=0, Tro (25.2) at r=b o,=—-4, t% h The stresses at the ends will be reduced to radial force (reaction) R, and to tangential force Ry. These conditions should be satisfied there, when 0 = + *edr = — Fe _ 90, singsing ~¥) | - nok cosy . f oor dr =0, (25.3) ; . [ree 4 2@ sneene=v BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 103 By assuming that ft = 0, we determine the constants which are present in (25.1) by using the conditions of (25.2) and (25.3). We obtain the following final formulas for stresses: =4[p40(2) a(? ey, gb ond] vogy +e(2y]+ (zy + 2(?y -(l+ oP eos 6, b r cos y 7 er bg vom d[P + ox(5) nu(*) |+ bhe, * x ofa + a(5) + -ne(2) -a +0] « x x 8 — WD cos 9 cos p ° at BL (rY (bY cos (¢ = ¥) to Fe “[(G) +e(3) a +2] Pino, where (25.4) - 1 oilers | = 20D met g PRE DL et) + 2k(k + Vek — ef!) — (kK? — 1) (1 + 3) (1 — €?*) m), 1 2) — ke? (1 — ck? o- sepa cee! DA -e) 2ke* (1 — e8~") +(k -1)(0 +00 — e+?) m), a A+ VY) - cg — ke (1 — ck") —(K + 1) + ML — c'-) m), Uk + I) 24 — 2) cad, ma Singsin(y - cos y } 25.5) k, g, B and gy are determined from (23.3), (23.5), (24.3) and (24.5), respectively. 104 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The normal stresses o, in any cross sections 6 = 6 approach their highest value either at the inside edge r = a, or at the outside edge r = b, depending on the relations between parameters k, 6 and others present in (25.4)-(25.5). At these points we have: (coe = L(P + Oke! = Rke-#-1) — By &) SEW cos 4,5 h he: cos y (25.6) (0) = 4(P + Ok — RK) + 1 — ASL = c05 0. (25.7) h hg: cos y For an isotropic beam we obtain instead of (25.4) and (25.5) o -4/P +@ +20Ine + a2) | r a iF + ey -(+ ose @ = os 9, oo r hg, cos y a4 r b\ wn d[p +30 +20InF—R(2)] (25.8) . ; _ + ££ - «() “(4 oo] AE Meos 6, hg, Lb r r} cosy rs -£/5 a ey = (1 + 0) 2] SSO =Dein 9; fe, LB r rT] cosy P= — pa - 2) —4c? Ine — 4e%AIn 0)? 4g + 2cX(1+ o)mInc — (1 — 2) (1 +m, 25.9) o ¢ 1 yea - 2) +20? Ine + (1 — 62)(1 +0) ml, 4g 2 R= -Zt-a =?) +2Inc — 21 +.c)minc] if Expressions for g and g, have the forms of (23.9) and (24.9). BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 105 At the end points of cross section 6 = 9 of the isotropic beam the normal stresses are equal to: (»)a = 2M — c*)Ine — (1 +o) (1 — c? + 2Inc) mi] 2hg — 2 = cy SU = oo5 64; (25.10) hese cos p = —L (1 — c2)? + 4c? nc)? — 1 + o)(1 — c? + 2c? Inc) m) 4hg + ZL — 2) SO = Woos 94. 5.11) hg, cos y If the supports are made in such a manner that the reactions have radial directions, then we obtain y = 0, m = 1. The formulas for stress in this case become simpler. Fig. 43 In the case of a semicircular are supported at edges in a manner shown in Fig. 43 and loaded with uniform normal pressure, we have e=> y=0, m=1, cos(y—y) =0. The stress components will not depend on angle 6 and will be found by formulas G ()"). b r pson(zy'—me(2) "| b r 106 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Coefficients P, Q, R can be found by (25.5), where we should assume that m = 1. It is also comparatively easy to obtain the solution for the general case, when a curved beam in a form of a segment of a plane ring is deformed by normal and tangential forces distributed uniformly along the curvilinear sides. Each of the given forces should be expanded into Fourier series, i.e. should be presented in the form go +S @qucos nd + gi sinnd). (25.13) The stress function will be found in the form F = folt) + CO + Ard sin @ + Br cos 8 + x [A(r) cos nO + fe*(r) sin 09}. (25.14) Each function f,(r) and f#(r) is determined from ordinary differential equations which are obtained on the basis of (12.9) (or (12.11) in the case of orthotropic beam). All constants present in (25.14) will be found from conditions at the curvilinear sides and at the ends. The former are always satisfied, and the latter, only approximately. 26. Stress Distribution in an Annular Plate with Cylindrical Anisotropy Let us consider the elastic equilibrium of a plate having the shape of a complete circular concentric ring with cylindrical anisotropy and compressed along the external and internal contours by a uniformly distributed normal force. We consider that the anisotropy pole coin- cides with the ring center and there are no elements of elasticsymmetry besides the planes which are parallel to the middle plane. By solving this problem, we obtain at the same time the solution of an analogous problem regarding the stress distribution in a pipe made of material with cylindrical anisotropy subjected to internal and external pressures. Saint-Venant and Voigt solved the problem for pipe with cylindrical anisotropy of a special type??. We consider here a more general case, the nonorthotropic ring, which corresponds to the nonorthotropic pipe. BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 107 By having the anisotropy pole (the ring center) as the or'gin of coordinates, we direct the polar axis x arbitrarily (Fig.44). We de- signate p and q the magnitudes of the internal and external pressures per unit area, and a and 5, the internal and external ring radii. Fig. 44 The stresses will be found from stress function (23.2) which does not depend on @ and are given by the formulas?* p\ett 3) perth = g (r\t ae (5) pyr | 6.1) () (26.2) The stress distribution is identical for all radial cross sections and depends only on the ratio of the Young’s moduli for tension (com- pression) in the tangential and radial directions. The stress distribution is identical in both the orthotropic and nonorthotropic rings, for which 46 and a@25 are not equal to zero. The effect of the radial planes of 108 ANISOTROPIC PLATES elastic symmetry is appears only in the deformation. Where there are such planes, radial cross sections remain plane; and when they are absent, the radial cross sections become warped. Displacements of points in the plate in the radial and tangential directions u, and u, can be found from (23.1), which express the generalised Hooke’s law. Formulas for the displacements in an ortho- tropic plate are given below (“rigid” displacements which are not ac- companied by deformation are disregarded): b = E,(1 — c?*) [loc ak -09($) 40 act ne +9(2)], 4% =0, Uy (26.3) where Eg, v4 are elastic constants for directions 6 (principal) taken from the generalized Hooke’s law (24.1). If the anisotropic material possesses the Young’s moduli which are identical for radial and tangential directions, the stress distribution will be the same as in the case of isotropic ring. By assuming that k = 1 we obtain the known Lamé solution from (26.1)?* he() ( oy, (26.4) r We should note here one special case, When we assume in (26.1) that c = and p = 0, then we obtain the stress distribution in a solid disc with cylindrical anisotropy which is compressed along the circumfer- ence by forces q: nalts (EY te In an isotropic disc the material will be uniformly compressed, but in a curvilinear anisotropic disc the stresses will be changing along the (26.5) BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 109 diameter. For discs made of materials in which E, > E,, k > 1 stresses decrease upon approaching the center and become zero at the center. But when E, < £,, then k <1 and, as is obvious from (26.5), the stresses will be increasing without limit upon approacing the center and at the center, i.e., at the anisotropy pole, a singularity of stresses will Fig. 45 occur. The curves which give the idea of stress distribution , or «, along the disc diameter are shown in Fig.45 for k=1, k>1andk <1. Formulas for stresses in pipe with cylindrical anisotropy subjected to internal and external pressure p and q have the form of (26.1), ex- cept that for a pipe i133 — Gis (26.6) 2 22433 — 3s — [Bu k= fon Vi In addition, a normal stress is present in the transverse section of the pipe with fixed ends: o, = —L@u0, + as0). (26.7) 33 By means of stress function (25.14) it is possible to obtain a solution for the general case of the elastic equilibrium of a ring when arbitrary normal and tangential forces (which satisfy the equilibrium conditions) are distributed along its internal and external edges r =a and r =b. 110 ANISOTROPIC PLATES We should represent the distribution of the normal and tangential forces along the edges by Fourier series (25.13). We will limit ourselves to these general remarks so that no additional problem of curvilinear anisotropic rings will be solved, besides the above. 27. Stress Distribution in a Composite Curvilinear Anisotropic 9 We will consider the following problem. A circular plate is given with a circular opening at the center. The plate is made of an arbitrary num- ber of layers in a form of concentric rings of identical thickness h with cylindrical anisotropy. It is assumed that each layer is orthotropic, the \y anisotropy poles of all layers are located at the center and all layers are rigidly connected, i.e., bonded along the contact surfaces. Along the opening and external edges are uniformly distributed normal forces. It is necessary to determine the stress in each layer. The problem of the stress distribution in many-layer curvilinear anisotropic pipe subjected to the internal and external pressures is analogous to this problem. The plate center (the anisotropy pole) is the origin of the coordinates and polar axis x runs along an arbitrary radius (Fig.46). We introduce BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 111 the following notations: n is the number of layers; a, b are the internal and external radii of the composite ring; p, g are the internal and ex- ternal pressures per unit area; a,-1, @,, are the internal and external radii of layer m; 0”, of”, 7%, ui, uf” are stress components and displacements; and E,””, Eo i im are elastic constants (for principal directions r and 6). From the generalized Hooke’s law of type (24.1) it follows E eof, kan e.) Gm, (m indicates the number of layers; m = 1, 2,...,13 ao = a, a, = 6). Stress components satisfy the boundary conditions: when r = a a? = —p, wf =05| (27.2) when r = 5 a = -q, t =0.| At the contact surfaces of adjacent layers we have these conditions: when r= ages of? = lM, AP = oP, | 2 2 yf yim) ffm (27.3) UMD ay, yf = a mi It is evident that the stresses and displacements in each layer will depend only on distance r if us” = 0. We denote g,,-1 and qq, the normal forces acting on internal and external surfaces of the m-th layer. On the basis of (26.1)-(26.3) of the preceding section we obtain reel“ Io (27.4) 112 ANISOTROPIC PLATES um = acti rue [os -m( zp v8.9 (4)) Fn’ Bra - a * : [(t = 9") (zy + (en + 90) cot (2) (215) (m = 1,2,....73 do =Ps Gn =4)- These expressions satisfy the boundary conditions (27.2) and the first, second and fourth equations of (27.3). By requiring that the radial displacements of adjoining points be identical, we obtain equations for the determination of unknown forces qm? Joe Amt s%m41 + InAmBm + Y= 14m—1%m—1 = 0 (m =1,2,..,2-1). (27.6) where 27.2) L + odtey a (#0? + te BE) | Equation (27.6) is similar to equation of three moments in the theory of continuous beams and can be called “the equation of three forces”. By assigning to m consecutively the value of integers from 1 ton —1 and by keeping in mind that qo and q, are known and equal to given pressures p and q, we determine step by step all the forces g,, and at the same time the stresses in each layer. The normal stresses in radial cross sections along the internal and external surfaces of layer m will be found from the formulas: 2m) — q_cht (0s, 4 = ee (27.8) mei 2K’ (0), = 2m=s6rt"* = Mnf + on") Kens (27.9) 1 = cn BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 113 The main results for a ring composed of two curvilinear anisotropic rings and subjected to only internal pressure p (Fig. 47) are given below. In this case n = 2; qo = p, q2 = 0 and we obtain from (27.6) 41 = 2pel! "kA, (27.10) Fig. 47 where _ 1 (ay ES wr + (LEE ow) 1 BP eT es e a (er a =4, g=%, = /, k= . OG OS gare = pg Q7.11 From (27.8) and (27.9) we obtain the following values of normal stress o, near the internal surface r = a, the contact surface r =a,, and the external surface r = b: 2k Lt cf = 4k tact (0), = pk, PA = ac @7.12) (05),, = 2pk,c*! aks a), (27.13) =a (o),, = 2pkeskach* 12 as . (27.14) (09), = Apk kad (27.15) 114 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The highest stress of the entire composite (double) ring will be found from (27.12)-(27.15), but we cannot say beforehand in which ring it occurs. The final solution regarding the highest stress will be obtained only after the numerical values of the ratios of elastic moduli and radii are known. When the layers, of which the ring is made, are not orthotropic, then the stresses will be determined from the same formulas (27.4), (27.8), (27.9), or (27.12)-(27.15), only in this case it is necessary to substitute for values +=, — 78 those of a1, az2 and ay2, respectively, in ; Ey Ey the equations of the generalized Hooke’s law (23.1). Displacements up in a non-orthotropic ring are not equal to zero and due to this the radial cross sections will undergo warping. Formulas for stresses in a composite multi-layered pipe (the case of plane strain) are obtained from formulas for stresses in a ring by sub- stituting constants a, in the latter with corresponding values By = a, -288 Gj = 12,6). 33 28. Stress Distribution in a Ring with Variable Elastic Constants We assume that the elastic moduli are not constant but are arbitrary functions of distance r in the case of a curvilinear anisotropic ring (Fig.44) which is subjected to deformation by uniformly distributed pressures p and q. If radial planes are the planes of elastic symmetry, then, evidently, the stress distribution will depend only on r and all points will be dis- placed along radii during deformation. Consequently, uy = 0, 1, = u,("), Yro = 0, and from the third equation of the generalized Hooke’s law we have 1,9 = 0. For the three unknown functions o,, ¢, and u, we obtain three equations for the function of r (the derivative with respect to the single variable r is denoted by primes): o, ~ on + =0; (28.1) (28.2) BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 115 where E,, Ey, ¥%, % are corresponding Young’s moduli and Poisson’s ratios for principal directions of elasticity (radial r and tangential 6). By eliminating u, from (28.2), we obtain Oo, %9%e yr \! r 7 s- + o,) ~(—a) = E & \E, Ey The stress function does not depend on 6: F = fo(r), consequently, (28.3) =2, =f. (28.4) r Substituting these expressions into (28.3), we obtain the equaiton for function fo: LE) pn %oEo % Ex \ pr +(—-—! +(42--- = ° G z) ° ( rE, + ?é&, f (28.5) An integral of this equation with variable coefficients has the form fo = Apr) + Boalr), (28.6) where 9, , ¢2 are linearly independent individual solutions of (28.5) and A and B are arbitrary constants. It follows from this that o, =A 4 Bh, r r (28.7) 0 = Agi + By. Constants A and B are determined from boundary conditions when r =a o, = —p; | (28.8) when r = 6 o, = -q.J In order to determine the individual solutions y, and ¢>, it is necessary to know how E,, Ey and vy depend on r. These individual solutions are easily determined when the Poisson’s ratio and Young’s moduli change along the radius according to a power law: E, = Eng", Eg = Ennt™, Eom | | (28.9) % = const, », = ry Eom where m is an arbitrary real number, positive or negative, integer or fraction. Equation (28.5) can be integrated in this case in elementary CHAPTER 4 Stress Distribution in an Infinite Elastic Medium 29. Elastic Half-plane Loaded along the Edge ‘We will consider in this chapter the stress distribution in a plane elastic medium having straight border lines and loaded along the edge (“elastic half-plane”), as well as in an infinite medium limited by a parabola or hyperbola. In addition, we will study the problem of the elastic equilibrium of an infinite plane medium subjected to concen- trated force and moment. To be specific, we study here generalized plane stress. All the results obtained will be applicable to plane strain. Let us consider an elastic homogeneous anisotropic plate with a rectilinear edge, along which forces are so distributed that they act on the middle plane. If the dimensions of the plate along the rectilinear edge, as well as in the other directions are large in comparison with the length of the loaded edge, the stress distribution can be obtained in a simplified manner. Namely, we can consider the plate as an infinite plane elastic medium with a rectilinear border, or in other words, as an elastic half-plane. There are several methods for finding the stress distribution in an elastic half-plane. The first method is based on the use of a Fourier integral and is of advantage in the case of an orthotropic half-plane. We will briefly summarize the essentials of the method.* We specify the following limitations: (1) the medium is orthotropic, with the principal directions parallel and perpendicular to the rectilinear edge; (2) the load is applied over a finite part of the edge and is distri- buted symmetrically relative to the center of the loaded area and can be represented by a finite resultant force. (The problem can be solved without these limitations, but the solution will be considerably more complicated.) The center of the loaded area is the origin of coordinates, the y-axis runs along the border, and the x-axis into the half-plane (Fig. 48). The 118 STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 119 normal and tangential load components per unit length are designated by N(j) and T(y); Nis an even function of y, and T is an odd function. The stress function must satisfy the equation 1 OF ( 1 2v, ) OF : —-—)——+ E, 6x* Ox? dy? G E (we exclude the body forces). =0 (29.1) Fig. 48 We represent functions N and T by Fourier integrals, then? NGO) = 2 fw cosayda, Ty) = 2 [aersin aydx, (29.2) o where (0) = [oxo cosandn, (a) = f T(n) sin an dy. (29.3) The stresses should approach zero on going away from the border and these conditions ought to be satisfied when x = 0 o=- NO), w= -+ Ty) (29.4) Ah (as always, h is the plate thickness). The solution is obtained with the help of a stress function Fel P(x, x) cos ay dev. (29.5) ° The form of the function ®(«, x) depends on the roots of the equation £-(%-#)e+d E, \G E Ey (29.6) alt (B-wyat #0 (79 116 ANISOTROPIC PLATES functions and we obtain — oar ge 28.10) ny = [v2 + AGP = mm) +m), | ny =3[Vin? + 42 = mm) - mm, oath VE, Em Denoting by c the ratio of the radii, c = a/b, we obtain the following stress distribution og a Re aa Nt pate et 5) mbt ] roo r= orn cnet ryt pagel yr oy dn (EY on To = 0. | (28.12) In the case of constant moduli (m = 0), we have n, =n; = k, and we obtain from (28.12) equations (26.1) which were determined earlier. P.N. Zhitkov obtained equation (28.5) in a somewhat different form?, He considered special cases, when the Young’s moduli and Poisson’s ratios are linear functions of distance r and when they are exponential functions (the ratio Ey/E, in both cases is assumed to be constant). P.N.Zhitkov indicated that such dependencies of elastic moduli on distance r is true for pressed wood (page 20 in his work). In both cases equation (28.5) is quite complicated and the solution is expressed by hypogeometric series, or by generalized hypergeometric functions. References 1, Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Some cases of plane problems of the theory of elasticity of an anisotropic body, in “Experimental determination of stresses and deforma- tions in elastic and plastic zones”, Collection of works, ONTI, 1935, pp. 158-61. 2. Timoshenko, S.P., The theory of elasticity. ONTI, 1937, p. 14: 3. Reissner, E., A contribution to the theory of elasticity of non-isotopic material (with applications to problems of bending andtorsion), Philosophical Magazine ser. 7, v. 30, No. 202, 1940. BENDING OF FLAT ANISOTROPIC BARS AND CURVED BEAMS 117 4, See Ref. 1, pp. 161-4. . See Ref. 2, p. 50. 6. Orlova, E.V., Bending of anisotropic beams with rectangular cross section by a transverse load distributed according to linear and parabolic law, Disserta- tion, Saratov. gos. univ., 1948. 7. Kurdyumov, A.A., Solution of the plane problems of the theory of elasticity presented in polynominals for a rectangular anisotropic strip. Prikl. matem. i mekh., v. 1X, No. 4, 1945. 8. Vorob’ev, L.H., On one solution of a plane problem presented in polynominals for a rectangular orthotropic plate. DAN SSSR. No. 5, 1954. 9. See Ref. 2, pp. 56-63. 10. Kufarev, P.P. and Sveklo, V.A., Determination of stresses in an anisotropic strip. DAN SSSR, v. 32, No. 9, 1941. 11, Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Strength calculation of composite beams. Vestnik inzhen. i tekhnikov, No. 9, 1935. 12. See Ref. 1, pp. 174-9, 14, See Ref. 1, pp. 174-9. 15. Abramov, V.M., Stress distribution in a plane infinite wedge subjected to arbitrary loading. Procedings of the conference on photoelastic studies of stresses. NIIMM LGU and NIIMekh. MGU, ONTI, 1937. 16. Kufarev, P.P., Determination of stresses in an anisotropic strip. DAN SSSR, v, 32, No. 8, 1941. 17, Lekhnitskiy, S.G., A plane problem of the theory of elasticity for a body with cylindrical anisotropy. Uch. zapis. Saratov. univ. (XIV), ser. fiz.-matem., No. 2, 1938. 18, See Ref. 2, p. 72. 19. See Ref. 2, p. 151. 20. See Ref. 2, pp. 84-6. 21. Kosmodamianskiy, A.S., Bending of a plane curvilinear anisotropic beam by a force applied to the end. Prikl. mat. i mekh., v. XVI, No. 2, 1952. 22. de Saint-Venant, B., Mémoire sur les divers genres d’homogénéité des corps solides, Journ. de Math. pures et app... (Liouville), t. 10, 1865. Voigt, W., Uber die Elastizititsverhaltnisse zylindrisch aufgebauter Kérper, Nachrichten v. d. Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften und d. Georg-August- Univ. zu Gottingen, No. 16, 1886. 23. See Ref. 2. 24, See Ref. 2, p. 69. 25. Zhitkov, P.N., A plane problem of the theory of elasticity of non-homogeneous orthotropic body in polar coordinates. Tr. Voronezh. gos. univ., vol. XXVII, fiz-matem. sbornik, 1954. 120 ANISOTROPIC PLATES By designating these roots as +w,, +u, and comparing (29.6) with (7.5), which is satisfied by complex parameters jz, and 2, we note that Poon oh , (29.7) fa Bo and consequently, w, and u, could not be purely imaginary numbers. The following three cases are possible: Case I. The roots of (29.6) are real and equal tin, tu: (us > 0, wm > 0). Case II. The roots are real and equal in pairs tu (w>0). Case III. The roots are complex uti, -utvi (w>0,0>0). For Casel aa, x) ‘ ou + Bem : (29.8) (A, B are arbitrary constants; terms which increase without limit with x are omitted in this expression and in the next two). For Case IT (a,x) = (A + BO. (29.9) For Case II x, x) = (A cos vax + Bsin vax) e™* (29.10) Coefficients 4 and B depend on parameter «. By satisfying the bound- ary conditions (29.4), we obtain for Case I _ 2 2 eee Oe aay [WO me men) — gx) (6 — e”**)] cos ay dx, = 2 7 an eue® 0%) Tian =a) f [y@) wiua(—u, eo + uae") + (x) (ui em — U3 e-)] cos ay dx, (29.11) _ 2 = anes gener tor = gay |, foe manterten — ee) — Xa) (ty & — u, e™)] sin ay dx. STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 121 In order to calculate the stresses from these formulas for a given load distribution, it is necessary to find integralx p(x) and (a), then sub- stitute the calculated values into (29.11) and proceed with the integration. In the case of a simple load distribution, the determination of integrals presents no difficulties. Formulas for the two other cases of roots can be obtained from (29.11) by-a limiting process on the assumption that u; > uv, u2 > u, or (as in Case IIT) by substituting w + vi and w — vi into w, and us. In the case of a skew-symmetric load, when N(y) is an odd and T(y) is an even function of y, the solution is found by an analogous method with the use of a stress function F= f W(a, x) sinay dx. (29.12) ° Function ¥ is of the same structure as function ®; depending on the root cases present the function is found from (29.9) or (29.10). The second method for solving the problem of the half-plane is based on the use of certain properties of Cauchy integrals and is known as the N.1.Muskhelishvili’s method for an anisotropic body. By using this method we are able to find the stress distribution in an elastic anisotropic half-plane subjected to so-called generalized plane strain (when the planes of elastic symmetry parallel to xy are absent). The solution of the plane problem is obtained automatically from the solution for generalized plane strain, when we assume in the latter that the deformation coefficients a14, 15, 424, G25, G35, Gao and ds, are equal to zero. In the following we will give this solution without derivation.* Assuming that the elastic half-plane in the general case is not ortho- tropic, we will use a coordinate system in which the x-axis runs out- ward. (Fig. 49). N(x) and T(x) are the normal and tangential load com- y ANOO +> TH Fig. 49 122 ANISOTROPIC PLATES. ponents (per unit length). We consider that the principal resultant force distributed at any section along the edge is finite and approaches a de- finite limit at the “ends” of the section, which go to infinity. The force distribution in all other aspects can be arbitrary. Functions ®;(z,) and ®4(z,), from which the stresses are obtained (see (8.2)), are determined from oe) = +. I f wN@ +7O) ge, mam ih). § 7 (29.13) , 1 1 ° wiN&) + TE O0,) = - HL? eNO + TE) ge, Plea) = Th i zon G.N. Savin suggested one additional method for solving this problem. The method is based on a known Schwartz formula which furnishes the analytical function whose real part is given at the contour.* All the methods described can be used for the determination of stresses in the half-plane and also in those cases when not the forces but displacements (the second fundamental problem) are given at the edge. Procedures in general remain the same as in the case of forces given. The problem becomes more complicated when partially forces and partially displacements are given at the edge (problem of the mixed type). These problems include, for example, the effect of rigid punches on an elastic half-plane. ~ Several problems of this type were solved by G.N.Savin’ and L.A.Galin.® G.N.Savin and D.V.Grilitskiy’ also studied the problem of the contact of an elastic half-plane with an elastic cylinder (the contact of two elastic anisotropic bodies) with and without consideration of fric- tion forces. M.Sokolovskiy gave the solution of the contact of an in- finitely long elastic beam and an elastic anisotropic half-plane (infinite beam located on elastic base and bent by normal forces). It is assumed that friction forces are absent on the contact surface and the beam can- not be separated from the half-plane. The solution in this case was ob- tained with Fourier integrals.® STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 123 30. The Action of a Concentrated Force and Moment Applied to an Edge In order to obtain the stress distribution caused by a normal concen- trated force P applied at point 0 on the rectilinear edge of an infinite elastic medium (Fig. 50), we consider at first the normal load uni- formly distributed oven a small length 2¢ about the point 0 with a re- sultant force equal to P. We take only the case of an orthotropic half-plane, the principal directions of which are parallel and perpendicular to the edge. By using Fig. 50 the first method presented in Section 29, we substitute the values of the load components into (29.11): N=P for -c 9% cos @ cos 6 + sin sin 6 _ Plu + u2) E: rL(6) (30.8) a, = 128 ANISOTROPIC PLATES (is the angle formed by the line of action of the force with the normal to edge, Fig. 55). In this case the half-plane exhibits a neutral line (straight line) on which all stress components are equal to zero, and its inclination angle to x-axis is determined from this equation tgo=- Jz cig. (30.9) The neutral line in an anisotropic half-plane in general is not per- pendicular to the line of action of the force but forms an acute angle, if E, > Ez, and an obtuse angle, if E, < E,. The medium is compressed on one side of the neutral line and stretched on the other side. The lines of constant stresses are represented in the form of fourth order curves similar to curves (30.4). It is quite easy to obtain the solution for the anisotropic half-plane strained by a force applied to the edge. We can use the second method for this purpose, which is described in Section 29, or we can use the solution for an anisotropic wedge (see Section 20), assuming that the angle at the apex is equal to . We are not going to give this solution here. We note only that the general nature of the stress distribution will be the same as in the case of the orthotropic half-plane, only formulas for o, and the equations of curves of constant stresses become slightly complicated. The concentrated moment M applied to point 0 at the halfplane edge (Fig. 56) can be considered as the limiting case of two equal and op- positely directed forces, when the distance between their points of ap- STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 129 AL Fig. 56 plication approaches zero, but the moment of the pair remains constant and equal to a given value. We will use the solution for a force and obtain the following final formulas for stresses in the orthotropic half-plane: _ sin 26 PLP — MQ + 2) 1+ cos 20 2ah JE,E, PLO) J The same solution is also obtained from the solution for the case of a Tro wedge presented in Section 21, when y = =. Inthecase of anisotropic half-plane 2 «= 2M, sin20 . ah?” a =0, (30.11) M1 +c0s26 Typ = ah r Among the other cases of loading only the simplest cases have been studied, when load is applied to a finite portion of theedge and distrib- uted uniformly, according to trapezoidal and triangular laws.'* 130 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 31. Action of a Force and Moment Applied to a Point of an Elastic Plate The problem of stress distribution in an anisotropic plate loaded by a concentrated force applied at an internal point far from the boundary may be established by the following example. We will consider this plate as an infinite plane medium, an elastic plane, in which a concen- trated force P is applied. This concentrated force in turn can be con- sidered as the limiting case of a load distributed along the edge of an infinitely small opening and which leads to a resultant equal to P.*? Fig. 57 The point of application of the forces is the origin of coordinates and the x- and y-axes run arbitrarily (Fig. 57). The elastic constants refered to these axes are known. The plate is in general anisotropic. ‘We use the complex representation of stresses and displacements in terms of the two functions ®,(z,) and ®,(z3) (see Section 8). Since an opening is assumed to be at the point 0, even though infinitely small, the functions ©, and ®, should be multivalued. The functions must satisfy equation (8.10) upon traversing any arbitrarily chosen contour around the opening, where we assume that P, = Pcos w, P, = P sin (Fig. 57). The stress co mponents should approach zero on going away from the point of application of the force. All these conditions will be satisfied by functions of the type (2) = Alnz,, ©,(z2) = Blnz2, G1.) STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 131 where A, B are constants, in general complex numbers, determined from (8.10). On the basis of (8.10) we obtain the following equations, where A and B are the values conjugate to A and B: Pos Gy, ahi (31.2) a2 Psino ayy Qnhi” a2 Pcosw Ma Ba AL fa 42, thi >. Psinw G22 thi (the complex parameters 4, and j:, are roots of equation (7.4) and assumed to be unequal). The stress components are determined from the formulas a 2 a, = 2Re (a4 4 1B) zz AB =2Re(A + ) 1.3) \Z ty = —2Re (44 + a), | 2 22 In the case of a nonorthotropic medium these expressions become cumbersome after separation of the real part. In the following we will give only formulas for stress components in polar coordinates, using the values calculated for the case of an orthotropic plate, with di- rections x and y coinciding with the principal and the force acting in the 132 ANISOTROPIC PLATES direction of x-axis (@ = 0): P cos 6 (L+ wi) sin? 6 + ui 2ahlui = 13)” cos? 0 — ya sin? 6 o, = [ina ~ 0) 1 + 3) sin? 0 + a 1 = y_y3) 4H) sin? 6+ 18), ~ das — vast) cos? 0 — ue sin? 6 P s 6 = sae (= ok) SS, P sin 0 0 == (1 - mk te =a la j G14) [: = hy = (= n= ~i(uy + fa). The complex parameters ; and jz. in this case are roots of equation wa (1m), I #fafle + =0. 31.5) Ey (G BL)" E oS In spite of the presence of the unit imaginary i = V/—1 in (31.4), all three expressions in it are real; k and n are always real for an ortho- tropic plate (in all three possible cases indicated in Section 7). Note the very simple law of distribution of oy and t,», and the very complicated dependence of a, an angle 9. Similarly, as in the case of a half-plane subjected to load, stresses change in inverse proportion to distance r; only in this case the stress distribution will not be “radial” or “ray-like”. By assuming j1, = 2 =i we get the stress distribution in an isotropic medium (with Poisson’s ratio):33 4 289 | ee | = G9 | (31.6) P sin 0 tw = Gg 9 STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 133 Knowing the stress distribution caused by one force (31.1), it is possible to obtain the stress distribution due to a moment M applied at point 0 in an infinite medium (Fig. 58) by superposition and passage Fig. 58 to the limit. Similarly to the case of the half-plane, the moment is con- sidered as the limiting case of two equal but opposing forces. The final formulas for stresses in the case of an orthotropic medium are a= M _ Sin 26 Ful + mi) (=1 = made + iets = iz) | "Aah(uy — 2)? (cos? 6 — qi sin? 6)? Heo + #8) (HD = tape = ier + ia) (cos? 6 — 43 sin? 6) pe 8ahE, r°L(8) te = — x (1 —b? +n +H + - WL +k +n) cos 26). GL) where L is the value which is opposite to E, (see (30.3)), and the direc- tion of the x-axis, from which angles 6 are measured, coincides with the principal axis. A very simple stress distribution is obtained for an isotropic medium M1 2ah 7? On the basis of formulas given in this and the preceding sections, it is not difficult to obtain by superposition the stress distribution in a half- plane subjected to force and moment, the points of application of which are located not at the boundary but inside the half-plane. (31.8) 0, = 0) =0, te = - 134 ANISOTROPIC PLATES H.D. Conway and M.Sokolovskiy solved the problem of an ortho- tropic half-plane loaded by a force applied at some distance from the boundary.'* S.G. Mikhlin*® produced the general solution for stress distribution in an elastic anisotropic plate with cuts situated along a straight line and given external conditions at the edge. A second method for the same problem was suggested by P.A.Zagubizhenko.*® He also studied the special case of compression of an anisotropic plane with one rectilinear cut (a narrow slit). 32. Stress Distribution in a Plane Medium with a Parabolic or Hyperbolic Boundary Let us consider the elastic equilibrium of an anisotropic plate with a concave edge subjected to load applied to this edge. If the length of the loaded edge is small relative to the plate size, then the latter can be considered as an infinite plane elastic medium with a parabolic bound- ary. It is simpler in this case to use the second method for the elastic half-plane presented in Section 29. Let the origin of coordinates be at a point of the concave edge where the curvature is greatest; the x-axis runs along the tangent, and the y- axis runs outwardly (Fig. 59). In this system of coordinates the equation of the edge is y=ax? (a>0). (32.1) Let X,, Y,, the components of forces per unit length, be given as functions of x. We will consider, in regard to these forces, that their resultant force for any section of the body, finite or infinite, has a finite value or is equal to zero. The material in the general case is non- orthotropic. STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 135 The final expressions for functions ®;(z,), 4(z2) which determine the stresses (by (8.2))!7 are 1 1 ®&@,) = ~7—__ . —__ «x ON Day = wah JT daquyz 5 f eral Jl + 4a? de, of - hie \ mu \ (32.2) 2.) = -——_+__. ___1___ x “~ 2ri(us — wah fT + 4aysz, x c A+ mYe TT ae ae, I where ww € = f(z) [T+ 4amz, —1 ee 2puia a (32.3) ne) = f+ 4apazs | 22a | are functions of complex variables z, and z2, which have at the bound- ary y = ax? the same value equal to x. In the case when a = 0 we obtain the known solution for the half- plane (formulas (29.13) From (32.2) we find the functions of complex variables (and by using them, also the stresses) for any distribution of forces at the edge, when these forces satisfy the above conditions. No special cases of the elastic equilibrium of plates with parabolic boundary have been studied as yet. The solution is known for only one special case of an anisotropic plate with a hyperbolic boundary, which is discussed below. An elastic anisotropic plate is given which is bounded by two hyper- bolas and two equal rectilinear sections (Fig. 60). Normal stresses which 136 ANISOTROPIC PLATES are distributed along the rectilinear sides produce a tensile axial force P. It is necessary to determine the stresses, in particular the stresses at the most narrow section where x = 0. ‘An approximate solution in this problem for an isotropic plate was found by G.Neyber!®, and for an orthotropic, by C.B.Smith and Okubo. The results of Smith and Okubo are easily generalized to include an- isotropic plates. A plate is infinite and bounded by two hyperbolas. By arranging the axes as shown in Fig. 60, the equation of the edge will be yt H-5 =, (32.4) or in parametric form x =bsht, y= tacht (32.5) (plus sign refers to the upper hyperbola, and minus, to the lower). Since the edge is not loaded, the following conditions should be satisfied: ody — ty dx = 0, (32.6) Tay dy — o,dx = 0. The stresses at any cross section x = xX» should sum to axial force P and we get three additional conditions c ody = 4, f oy dy =0, fr tay =0, (32.7) where Yo = rela +X. All conditions can be satisfied by representing functions , and ®, in the form (32.8) (2) = Aln(z, + Jz +B? — pia’), (22) = Bin (z, + /z3 + — pha’). STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 137 From (32.6) and (32.7) we obtain the following equations for constants A, B, as well as the conjugate values A+B+4+4B=0, Ap, + Buz + Ag, + Ba, = 0, AinLEMe 4 pip Lt me 1c 1 we l+me -# (32.9) Equations (32.9) are simplified for an orthotropic plate with purely imaginary parameters 1, = fi, x2 = di. By solving them we find that 4-d--2., B= (32.10) where J g = Baretg (Bc) — 4 aretg (dc); (32.11) 2 2 o, = =P Ref 2hg \Vz2 +b? + Ba? Vz} +b? + 62a? P 1 oy = a (32.12) ig +b? + Pa? 23 + bP + 8a? tay = Re(——___- ____) 2hg \Vzi + b? + Ba? Vz + BF + a2, The tangential stress is equal to zero at the most narrow cross sec- tion where x = 0, and the normal stress is determined by ()o = iz | Pe a |: (32.13) 2hg | Joe + Ba? — yt) Vb? + 0a? — y) 138 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The highest stresses will be at the edges of the most narrow cross section, i.e., at points x = 0, y = +a, and they will be equal to P ax =~ K, 32.14 o. oa (32.14) where Kaa Me, (32.15) g The multiplier = in (32.14) represents the stress caused bya tensile force in a prismatic bar the cross section of which is the same as in the case of our plate at its most narrow place. This stress can be called “nominal”, according to G. Neyber. Multiplier K is the concentration factor. It shows by how many times the maximal stress in a plate with hyperbolic boundary is larger than the nominal stress. It should be noted that at points x = 0, y = +a the radius of curvature is equal too =Bje. In the case of an isotropic plate 2e(1_ + ¢2) = Te) (32.16) e+(1 + c*)aretge Factor K increases with the curvature at the narrow cross section (or, in other words, with decrease of the curvature radius). The stress in the center of cross section x = 0 is smaller that the nominal. Table 1 shows the values of the concentration factor for different ¢ for the isotropic and the plywood plate, the elastic constants of which were presented in Section 11. Two main cases can be distinguished: (1) The plate is cut off in such a manner that its fibers are parallel to the axial direction (plate is subjected to tension in the direction for which the Young’s modulus is the largest, Ey = Eyya,). In this case i = 4 Uli, wy = 038i, B= 411, 5 = 0343. (2) Directions of the external layers are perpendicular to the axial direction (plate is subjected to tension in direction for which the Young’s modulus is the smallest, E, = Enin). In this case we have Hy = 02437, pw, +2911, B= 0243, 6=291. STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN AN INFINITE ELASTIC MEDIUM 139 This Table indicates that the highest stress in the plywood plate ex- ceeds the maximum stress in the identical isotropic plate. If we com- pare two cases of the plywood plate, then, as is shown in Table 1, the Table 1—VALUES OF THE CONCENTRATION FACTOR K FOR DIFFERENT RATIOS OF ¢ = a/b plywood Isotropic Emax Exxin plate 10 28:36 20:00 12-74 3 1422 10.07 639 2 583 422 2-65 1 313 2:36 156 os 185 1-50 1-16 o1 1-03 1-02 1-01 concentration factor will be higher in the case when the plate is sub- jected to tension in the direction for which the Young’s modulus is the smallest. The formulas and Table above can be used for approximate cal- culations of stresses in rectangular plates subjected to tension and weakened by two identical side grooves. References 1. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Some cases of plane problems of the theory of elasticity of an anisotropic body, in “Experimental determination of stresses and deforma- tions in elastic and plastic zones”, Collection of works, ONTI, 1935, pp. 164-73, 2. Smirnov, V.I., Higher Mathematics, v. 2. Gostekhizdat. Moscow-Leningrad, 1951, pp. 464-8. 3. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Some cases of elastic equilibrium of the uniform cylinder with arbitrary anisotropy, Prikladnaya matematika i mekhanika, y. 1, No. 3, 1939, pp. 359-61. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Theory of elasticity of an anisotropic body. Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950, pp. 115-17. 4. Savin, G.N., Some problems of the theory of elasticity of an anisotropic medium. Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR, v. XXII, No. 3, 1939. 5. Savin, G.N., Pressure of an absolutely rigid punch on an elastic anisotropic medium (plane problem). DAN UkrSSR, No. 2, 1939; Pressure of a rigid beam on an elastic anisotropic foundation. Vestnik inzhenerov i tekhnikov, No. 5, 140 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 1940; Additional pressure transmitted along the base of an absolutely rigid punch to an elastic base caused by an adjacent load (plane problem). DAN UKSSR, No. 7, 1940; Pressure used by a system of rigid punches on an elastic anisotropic semi-plane. Soobshcheniya Gruzinskogo Filiala AN SSSR, No.10, 1940; Mixed problem for an anisotropic half-plane. Uch. zapiski L’vovskogo gos. univ. in. I. Franko, v. V, seriya fiz-matem., No. 2, 1947. 6.Galin, L.A., Contact problems of the theory of elasticity. Gostekhizdat, Moscow, 1953. 7. Savin, G.N. and Grilitskiy, D.V., Pressure of two anisotropic bodies (plane problem). DAN UKSSR, No. 2, 1952. Grilitskiy, D.V., Compression of two elastic anisotropic bodies, considering the friction forces (plane problem). DAN UKSSR, No. 3, 1953. 8. Sokolowski, M., Some problems of the theory of elasticity of orthotropic bodies. Arch. mech. stasowanej, vol. 1, No. 1, 1954. 9. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Some cases of a plane problem of the theory of elasticity of an anisotropic body, in “Experimental determination of stresses and deforma- tions in elastic and plastic zones”, Collection of works, ONTI, 1935, pp. 164-73. Wolf, K., Ausbreitung der Kraft in der Halbebene und im Halbraum bei anisotropem Material, Z. Angew. Math. Mech., B. 15, H.5, 1935. Okubo, H., General expression of stress components in two dimensions in an aeolotropic substance. Sei. Rep. Tohoku Univ., I, . 25, 1937. 10. Timoshenko, S.P., The theory of elasticity, ONTI, 1937, p. 97. Tr. from English. 11. Savin, G.N., Stresses in an anisotropic block at a given load on its surface (plane problem). Vest. inzh. i tekhmol., No. 3, 1940. 12, Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Plane statical problem of the theory of elasticity of an anisotropic body. Prikl. mat. i mekh., nov. seriya, v.1, No. 1, 1937. 13, Timoshenko, S.P., See Ref. 10, p. 126. 14. Conway, H.D., The stress distributions induced by concentrated loads acting in isotropic and orthotropic haif planes, Journ. Appl. Mech., v. 20, No. 1, 1953. Sokolowski, M., Some problems of the theory of elasticity of orthotropic bodies. Arch. mech. stosowanej, vol. 1, No. 1, 1954. 15. Mikhlin, S.G., On one specific problem of the theory of elasticity. DAN SSSR, vol. 27, No. 6, 1940. 16. Zagubizhenko, P.A.., Stresses in an anisotropic plane weakened by straight slits. DAN SSSR, No. 6, 1954. 17, Lekhnitskiy, 8.G., Generalized plane problem in an infinite anisotropic half space limited by a surface of a parabolic cylinder. DAN SSSR, vol. 25, No. 3, 1939. 18. Neyber, G., Stress concentration. OGIZ, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947, Chap- ter IV. 19. Smith, Bassel C., Effect of hyperbolic notches on the stress dist wood plate. Quarterly of Appl. Math., vol. VI, No. 4, 1949. Okubo, H., On the problem of a notched plate of an acolotropic material. Philosophical Magazine, vo. 40, ser. 7, No. 308, 1949, bution ina CHAPTER 5 Stress Distribution in Elliptic and Circular Plates 33. Stress Distribution in an Elliptic Plate Loaded along the Edge We will discuss in this chapter the stress distribution in a homogeneous elliptic plate loaded along the edge, as well as in an elliptic plate ro- tating around its axis with a constant angular velocity. We will also Fig. 61 consider a rotating circular disc, or ring possessing cylindrical an- isotropy. Let us consider first the elliptic plate which is made of a homogeneous anisotropic material and is in equilibrium with forces arbitrarily distrib- uted along the edge. For generality we will consider the plate as an- isotropic. By letting x and ybethe principal axes of the ellipse (Figure 61) we can write the generalized Hooke’s law between the stress and strain components averaged across the thickness: €x = A119, + Ay20y + Ar 6Txys fy = 120, + G220y + Arete», (33.1) Yxy = 4169, + A265) + Agetxy- 141 142 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Constants 11, @12, ++. dss are known. Let X, and Y, be the compo- nents of the external force relative to a unit area and a and b the semi- axes of the ellipse. We assume that body forces are absent and the surface forces X,, Y, are in equilibrium so that the resultant force and the resultant moment are equal to zero. This problem for an isotropic plate was solved by N.I. Muskhelish- vili!. The general solution for the anisotropic plate presented hereis ob- tained from the method by the author? and from another method by P.P. Kufarev>. The equation of the plate contour in parametric form is: x =acos?, y =bsind. (33.2) The given forces are functions of the variable @ (which varies from zero to 2a). By expressing the components of stresses and displacements in terms of the functions of complex vatiables ,(z,) and ,(z,), the relation of the boundary conditions to these functions can be written in the form (8.7): . 2Re [,(2,) + P.)] = -f Y,ds + ¢1, ° : (33.3) 2Re [ws P(e.) + pr P.(e2)] = i) X,ds + ¢2. - We expand the given forces X, and Y, in Fourier series to represent the integral on the right-hand side of these conditions. In the general case of loading (in equilibrium over the boundary) we obtain: -f Yuds +, = 00 + ¥ (%q0" + Zno~™), ° . (33.4) J Xn ds + cz = Bo + ¥ (Buo™ + Bo"), where ¢ =e"; a», 8m are known coefficients which depend on the load distribution; Z, Bm are the conjugate values; and xo, Bo are arbitrary constants. The coefficients «,, 6,, Z, and A, should satisfy the equilibrium condition (the resultant moment must equal zero); Zi —o, Pith po Hee eee 33.5 bi a 635) STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN ELLIPTIC AND CIRCULAR PLATES 143 The solution of problem for the most general case of the load dis- tribution is obtained by functions ®, and ®, in the form of the follow- ing series: « (21) = Ao + Aazy + Y AmPim(Z1)s ie (33.6) Pz2) By + Biza +S. BuPanl 2). Here P,,,and P2,, are the m-th power series terms of variables z, and Z2:* - ! i, a 73)" Paales) = Te [(e. + Vz 1b?) + (2 — VzF = a? = 1567)"]> 1 (33.7) Pin(Z2) = — [le. + VF — a — pb?)" (@ + (2. — Vi — @ — 186*)"]. At the edge of the plate (33.2), functions z,, z2, Pi, and P2,, have the iu2b)” following values: ot a — in:b a+ ib 1 | 2 2 a . . t (33.8) a iiab a tipo 1, | 2 2 oy Pim = -0" = ffo7", Pam = —0" — fom", 33.9) where a + ipzb atid 8 a—inb? 7 a—insb” By substituting the boundary values of functions , and ®, into (33.3), we obtain equations for the determination of coefficients A, and B,, and the conjugate A,,, By: ty (33.10) An + By + Anit + Bull = —oms | Ant, + Byfts + Anfist! + Bnfiatl = —B ms fe He dat + Bofials B (3.11) Ant + But + Am + Bu = —Zms Artist? + Byltat + Anjir + Bnilz = ~Bm (m = 2,3,4...; 1), 72 are constants conjugated with f, and t2); 144 ANISOTROPIC PLATES A+B +A, +B, = FR, a Aupts + Biya + Aafir + Bajiz Ai + Byd + Avi + By In the case of unequal complex parameters, the system (33.11) will always have a solution, because its determinant is not equal to zero. There are only three equations for four coefficients 4, B:, A:, By, but functions A,z, and B,z, correspond to completely determinable con- stant stress: oti yo = — Pith a a (33.13) The constants Ao and Bp remain arbitrary. Thus it is possible to derive formulas for stresses for any external load distribution. After determination of the A,, and B,, from equations (33.11), the series (33.6) become convergent absolutely and uniformly in the cases of both distributed and concentrated loads. The calculation of stresses from functions ®, and ®, usually involves certain difficulties which are presently unavoidable. It is of interest to note that in the case of an anisotropic circular disc, when a = b and parameter 0 is equal to polar angle 0, no significant simplifications can be obtained. The problems of the elliptic and circular plates are approximately of equal difficulty. The matter is quite differ- ent in the case of an isotropic plate where the problem of stress distrib- ution in the circular plate is much simpler in comparison with the elliptic plate. Among many cases of loading (except for the trivial case of hydro- static compression or tension) numerical results have been obtained in only one case, namely, the case of compression of the circularortho- tropic disc by two equal forces P applied at the diametral ends (Fig- ure 62), The solution of this problem was obtained by Okubo (by a method which slightly differs from the one presented in this chapter, but which STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN ELLIPTIC AND CIRCULAR PLATES 145 is also based on the idea of complex stresses using two functions of complex variables). Okubo obtained the diagrams of the stress distribution along some diameters of the disc compressed along and at 45° to the principal ty Pp Fig. 62 direction of elasticity in which the ratio of the Young’s moduli for the principal directions is 5-9, and complex parameters x: = 2-307i, and a = 1-053i. The distribution of the normal stresses o, along the diameter of this fy 146 ANISOTROPIC PLATES disc which is perpendicular to the line of the acting forces is shown in Figure 63. One of these curves represents the case when compression is applied along the diameter with the highest Young modulus (E, > E,). The other curve represents the case with the lowest modulus (E, < £,). The same Figure also shows by the broken line the distribution of o, in an isotropic disc. The highest magnitude stress is located in all three cases at the midpoint on the line of the acting forces. This stress is determined by the formula: P 6, os tha me =~ K, (33.14) where a and h are the radius and thickness of the disc, respectively. The approximate values of the coefficient K are: for E; > E,, K = 5; for E; < E,, K = 22; for an isotropic material (E, = E:), K = 3. The stress o, at points of the same diameter is considerably smaller than o,. 34. Stress Distribution in a Rotating Homogeneous Elliptic Plate We assume that the elliptic homogeneous plate (with rectangular an- isotropy) is rotating with a constant angular velocity w about its axis which passes through the center and is normal to the plane of the disc. The rotation axis is assumed to be an ideal straight line. The solution is simple in this case and can be found by an elementary method®. The direction of axes is shown in Figure 64. We assume for clarity that no external forces are applied to the plate edge and displacements of the edge points are not prevented. Without the assumption of ortho- tropy, expression (33.1) is applicable. Ay STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN ELLIPTIC AND CIRCULAR PLATES 147 Stress components are averaged across the thickness and are deter- mined by the following formulas o, = 2 [Af Mee fi -2 *2¢ Lb? \a? "Bb a b/\ Here y is the specific weight of the material; g is the gravitational acceleraton, and A = bie aiict + 2arac? + ara , 3aric* + (2ay2 + age) c? + 3a22 (34.2) 4 . This stress distribution satisfies all equations of the plane problem, the body forces and their potential c= 2 2 2 x-2s, y=" », G = -Fo +y9) (34.3) and also the boundary conditions o, = 0, t, = 0. The highest stress 0, (in tension) normal to the edge is at the ends of the minor axis of the ellipse: 2 4 2 oe yo? 2 ayic* + 2a,2¢' * oa . (34.4) 3a,,¢* + (2a,2 + doe) C7 + 3a22 The stress at the center is equal to yo? 440. 2 a, = 707 a2 a110* + OSae6C? + G22 (34.5) & Bact + (Qai2 + doe) C? + 3422 When the elastic constants of the material satisfy the condition 45 > 44,2, then the highest stress for the entire plate is at the center and is determined by (34.5). The stress distribution in a circular disc of radius a, which is rotating around its ideal axis (Figure 65), is obtained by assuming that b = a 148 ANISOTROPIC PLATES and = 1. The stress components in polar coordinates depend only on distance r from the center of rotation: _ 2 A | F(t a)e@- | 4. or @ y+ Bel | (34.6) @ a G11 + diz +422 4.7) Bai + 2dia + doo + 3422 Fig. 65 In the case of an isotropic disc with Poisson ratio » we obtain a stress distribution”: zee, oe @-P), 2g oy = UO (34% gt 14h 2), (34.8) 2¢ \ 4 4 Ty = 0. All formulas above make it possible to calculate the average stresses across the thickness. In reality the stresses change across the thickness, i.e., they also depend on coordinate z, which is measured from a middle surface in the normal direction. STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN ELLIPTIC AND CIRCULAR PLATES 149 When o,, o,, Ty are the true stresses in a plate and G,, G,, Z,, are the average stresses across the thickness, then the formulas which account for stress changes in relation to thickness A can be written: yo? (he a, + 72 a(F -3), 2¢ (4 2 2 oy =3, + me( - 37), 2g \4 G49) nat, + M(H — 2), 2g 4 Constants B, C, D are determined from the following equations for an elliptic anisotropic plate: A 1 Ba, + Cay, + Days = (aise? + 3423) -— + (ais + 2), 3a* 3 ce 7 A a 1 Ba;, + Caz + Dare = ¥ (4 + *) “5 (ise? + a2), 2A Bays + Cazg + Dass = agape 8 J (34.10) (a,, are elastic constants derived from the generalized Hooke’s law (2.5). For the elliptic isotropic plate we obtain Qn a= 4, ayy =a: = a3 = —% Ma = Fy Mi = a = ia = Fy 2 + og = A), 6 = Gis = ds¢ = 05 — 2 (eh He? + OL + 2) + °C? + IY 3(1 — ») Bet + 2c? + 3 , Cu Oct te + NTE WHE +3” (4.11) 3(1 — ») 3c* + 2c? +3 , D=0. 150 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 35. Stress Distribution in a Rotating Curvilinearly Anisotropic Disc It is easy to obtain the stress distribution in a rotating circular disc with cylindrical anisotropy. We assume that the disc shown in Figure 65 possesses cylindrical anisotropy with anisotropy pole at the center and, in addition, is ortho- tropic, so that any radial plane is an elastic symmetry plane. The stress distribution in such a disc, either solid or weakened by a circular open- ing at the center, is obtained by a stress function wich depends only on distance r. This function is a solution of the non-homogeneous equa- tion (12.11) in which _ 2 w= oe r. (35.1) This function is s yo? F = folr) = A + Br? + Cr'*® 4 Dri-* 4 ae = k? = 2m) 12. g Here _ (35.2) E k= jf, 35.3) E (35.3) E,, E, are Young’s moduli for principal directions, radial r and tangen- tial 0; v,, %» are Poisson ratios; y is the specific weight of the material; and is the angular velocity. The following are formulas for compo- nents of stress and displacement: yor 34% o- o, = CU + kyr + Dl — kyr oy = CU + Ryker! = DL ~ hy robot YEE F392, 7 OOM g 9-# wr 0; Equ, = C(1 + k) (k = v9) r¥ — D(L — k)(k + v9) r-* yor B= % g 9-Kk (35.5) r, uy = 0. STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN ELLIPTIC AND CIRCULAR PLATES 151 Constant B is disregarded here, because it introduces a multivalued displacement in up, which is proportional to angle 0. Alll rigid displace- ments are also disregarded. Constants C and D can also be used in such a way as to satisfy the required conditions at the plate and opening edges. G. S. Glushkoy® found the solution fora rotating disc, both a solid one and one weakened by an opening in its center. Formulas for the stress in a solid disc are: all) - Gi) [e+ r0(Z)'- a0 + 90(2) f° When k = 1,» =, = v, then we have the stress distribution in an isotropic disc (see (34.8)). The components of stress at the center are equal to zero for materials in which k > 1, ie., E, > E,, and the highest stress is at the circumference: Tt = 0. _ porta? k-% (0). = Se (35.7) For materials in which k < 1, i.e., Ey < E, the stress should increase upon approaching the center. This is evident from (35.6). A stress con- centration at the anisotropy poles should occur in these cases, similar to the stress concentration in a disc which is uniformly compressed along the edge (see paragraph 26 and Figure 45). When the external disc edge is welded to an absolutely rigid edge that cannot be deformed, the conditions u, = up = 0 must be satisfied. On the basis of the general formulas (35.4) and (35.5) we find the following stress distribution in a solid disc: + B[e+ a) 0-6] _ ora? wy (LY a2 ay (LP), f 658) arr a (2) a +90(3)]: tw = 0. J 152 ANISOTROPIC PLATES On the contact surface of the disc and rigid edge we obtain the following stress (in compression). yor? 1 a = — 7 348 > (Ge)a = Po(Gr)a- 35.9) A stress concentration at the cebter will also take place in this case when k < 1 (E, < E,). 36. Rotating Non-homogeneous Curvilinearly Anisotropic Disc On the basis of the results above and the method presented in para- graph 27, it is possible to obtain the stress distribution in a rotating disc of several ring-shaped (concentric), welded or glued layers with cylindrical anisotropy but different elastic constants. Let the disc shown in Figure 46 (Section 27) be rotating with a con- stant angular velocity as around its axis passing through the center. We assume that there is a circular opening in the disc. We will consider the case when the external edge and edge of the opening are free from ex- ternal load and their movements are not constrained, ie., p = q = 0. We retain the same designations as in paragraph 27 and introduce ad- ditionally y», (m = 1, 2, ..., 2) which represent the specific weight of the material in layer m. We need to consider in this case the body for- ces, the potential of which for each layer is (36.1) By designating the normal forces as before by gm—1 and gm, Which are present on internal and external surfaces of the m-th layer (go = qn = 0), we obtain the following formulas for stresses and radial dis- placements in this layer: w* 23 ae nt 3 (£ innit | g 9-k Lic \a, Le" gas (ane fo tre eG) -G] STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN ELLIPTIC AND CIRCULAR PLATES 153 natin Tr Vet agin eel - CY] . Vet ag (ag iat es (C8 “Gy ) mt + (36,2) Bla +o kof a <) 2 (an \n"* = + 390 ff re et a + 0) (T— ite Meg Fr Nimt ay Vint Sel) GY] ln r\ont an (agent! ely eG) } w= 0; J tm __Ynt*dm (ez 28) | deg — 96) == (£ ‘" w= Fm — IO FP) | Ee a cam \a,, ree] -ve ero) = Seat « [ea (ZY + a + (BY) areas (Z)" + kn +i) ete (22)"] (m= 12,0050) Go = an = 0)- — Km +90) (36.3) The unknown forces q,,are determined from the continuity of radial displacements of points on the contact surfaces: for r = an—1 uP = uf. (36.4) 154 ANISOTROPIC PLATES We obtain from this “an equation of three forces,” which differs from (27.6) in the right-hand side of the equation: Fm 1Am4%ma1 + YnAmBm + Fm—1m—1%m = (m =1,2,...,2- 1). Coefficients «, and ,, are determined by formulas (27.7), and 5, by this formula 4 Ym ( +30" 3 + k 1 = 2ckrt3 + =) aq eam 5. (36.5) g 9-R\ EM Ep" 1 = cit Ymer (1+ 3? 3 + oe? = dekmes-3 4 e2kmet 9 =k, ED Er ers . (36.6) By assigning m equal to 1, 2,..., up to m — 1, we determine from (36.5) step by step all the unknown forces on contact surfaces which are present in formulas for stresses (36.2). For a particular disc consisting of two rings (see Figure 47, where p = 0) we obtain: _atat by, & Bi Fora rotating disc or ring with cylindrical anisotropy and orthotropy, with variable moduli and Poisson’s ratios, and constant density, the stresses are determined with the help of function fo(r) as follows: fale) _ yor? r n=2, 4 (36.7) 5 Go = Solr) - a te (36.8) Function fo satisfies a non-homogeneous equation with variable co- efficients: 0 E- *) a (36.9) A general expression for fi can be written So = polr) + Apilr) + Bor), (36.10) STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN ELLIPTIC AND CIRCULAR PLATES 155 where ¢, and ¢, are linearly independent solutions of the homogeneous equation derived from (36.9), and go is a particular solution of the non-homogeneous equation. Constants A and B can be determined from the boundary conditions at the external edge and at the opening edge (if there is one). The simplest case is when Young’s moduli are expressed by power functions and Poisson’s ratios are constant: Evm E, = Eznt™, Ey = Eant™, % = const, (36.11) % (mis an arbitrary real number). The individual solutions yo, ¢1, 92 in this case are also real functions of the distance r, Without considering in detail all possible cases, we now give the solution for a solid disc with a free external edge. yor 3+m-—m té ot (sy 5, = —Stmam fry _ (ry), g 9-k-@GB-»)ml|\a a wa? _ ywra 1 x oy = g 9-k-B-%)m x [« ret (5) — (K2 + 39 — mem) (<)} a @ Te = (36.12) (« PAD 5 ve +4? — opm) + n)). (36.13) ‘When m = 0 we obtain from the above a known solution for a curvi- linear anisotropic disc with constant elastic moduli (formulas (35.6)). References 1, Muskhelishvili, N.I., Some Basic Problems of the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity. Publ. by Academy of Sciences of the USSR, 1954, pp. 238-44. 2, Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Solution of the plane problem of the elastic anisotropic body for solid ellipses. DAN SSSR, vol. XV, No. 9, 1937. 3. Kufarev, P.P., Determination of stresses in an elliptical anisotropic plate. DAN SSSR, vol. XXIII, No. 3, 1939. 156 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 4. See Ref. 2. . Okubo, H., The stress distribution in an aelotropic circular disc compressed dia- metrically. Journ. of Mathem. and Physics (Moore), vol. XXXI, No. 1, 1952. 6. Lekhnitskiy, $.G., Stress distribution in rotating elliptical anisotropic plate. Uchenye Zap. Leningr. Gosudar. Univer., seriya Fiz.-Matem. Nauk, No. 13, 1944. |. Timoshenko, S.P., Theory of Elasticity. ONTI, 1937, p. 81. Tr. from English. . Glushkov, G.S., Stress determination in rotating disc having different clastic properties of material in two directions. Tr. Moskov. Stanko-Instrum. Sb. 11, 1939, ex CHAPTER 6 Stress Distribution in a Plate with Elliptic or Circular Openings 37. Stress Distribution in a Plate with Elliptic Opening This chapter deals with problems related to the determination of stresses in a plate weakened by an opening and deformed by forces applied to the middle plane. It is known that the effect of an opening in an iso- tropic plate, which is not filled or reinforced, causes an increase of stresses in certain places near the opening as compared with plate without any opening. This effect is called the stress concentration. Problems of stress concentration in isotropic plates have been studied sufficiently, including different cases of openings and loads‘. In the case of an anisotropic material, the stress distribution has been studied suf- ficiently only for plates with elliptic and circular openings. For other types of openings only approximate solutions are known. Solutions of a number of problems are given below concerning the stress distribution in anisotrepic homogeneous plates with elliptic or circular openings, not filled, as well as filled with rigid material, or with elastic material having different elastic properties. We consider first an anisotropic homogeneous plate of any shape which is weakened by an elliptic opening and deformed by forces dis- tributed along the opening edges and acting in the middle plane. When the opening is small in comparison with the plate size and when it is not located at the plate edge, then the problem can be simplified. We can assume the plate as being infinite and will disregard the effect of the ex- ternal edge. Only such cases will be considered here. First we consider the basic problem when the external forces are given. Let x and y be the axes of the ellipse (Fig. 66); a,, the elastic constants from the generalized Hooke’s law ep and (33.1) written for a given 157 158 ANISOTROPIC PLATES system of coordinates x — y (we consider them as being known); a, b are the length of the semi-axes of the ellipses; / is the plate thickness; X,, Y, are the forces acting at.the opening edge (per unit area); P,, P, are the components of the principal vector (the resultant) of these forces. Fig. 66 The equation of the opening contour can be written in the parametric form: x = acos 0, y = bsin #, G7.) and the given forces are functions of the parameter which changes from 0 to 2x upon completion of a cycle along the contour. We will use the complex representation of stresses expressed by func- tions ®,(z,) and ®,(z,) (see formulas (8.2)-(8.6)). Functions ®, and ®, should satisfy boundary conditions (8.7). We expand given forces X, and Y, into Fourier series. Then the boundary conditions (8.7) can be written for the general case: 2Re [P,(2:) + P22)] ee "ath 2 Re [wi Pi(21) + 2%2(22)] P, =- 20+ Bot mF” + Bmo~™). Fah Bo 2 o" + Bao”) Here o = e"; &m, Bm ate known coefficients, complex in general, which depend on the load distribution at the opening edge; Z,,, Bm are the D+ mo + y (%mo™ + Zma~™), a (37.2) STRESS DISTRIBUTION 159 respective conjugate values; a, B are arbitrary constants. Stresses should approach zero upon moving away from the opening. The solution is obtained by functions (formulas for unequal com- plex parameters are derived in this Section), (21) = Ao + Aint, + 5 Ana Ham pom, met p= Me (37.3) (cs) = By + Bint, — ¥ Sua Him oom, | mal fy — 2 J where - Vi —@ — eb? VE = a? = ib? t= Zi a mid? t= 2+ 2 Hab (37.4) a— ind a — iusb These are functions having the same value of « = e” at the opening edge. Ao, Bo are arbitrary constants, and A, B are constants which are determined by equations A+B-A-B= Py 2Qahl’ Px MA + 2B - fA — 2B = Shi? 37.5) MIA + GB - Sia Py 1 1 a5 Py —A+—B- eae Mh Ha Qa, Iathi J We will not give more explicit expressions for A and B here due to their complexity. Derivatives of functions ®, and ®, are equal to 1 py Bm Maem *) ov, Sse (4 ee eo), ie) = ae ail ei mom (37.6) 1 Bm = HiZm ’). ®, SS (B+ Ym ee G2) Fao 5; Ha = Ha 160 ANISOTROPIC PLATES They have the following values at the opening contour: vo —_1 A- Fm Bn a thm gm : iasin 0 — pb cos 0) we — Me (37.7) o, =! (py Sy Fn =n gn), asin d — p,bcos 8) Oe a — pa The components of stresses are determined by (8.2) and displace- ments, by (8.3). One more formula should be mentioned, which will be used quite frequently later. Stress ,, tangent to the edge at the opening is equal to in o the first formula in (8.6) where cos (n, x) = + : bcos 0 cos? # in? 8+57 cos (1, y) = F¥ ——— SF Va? sin? 9 + b? cos? 0 O = 2 x % = Sa a? sin? # + b? cos? # ve Re [ila sin 8 + bcos o(- asin 0 — bcos 0 _ iluza sin 8 + b cos #)? asin } — yb cos & Ba Sb a bile go 7.8) (o+3, ) Ha ~ Ba If, at the opening edge displacements u*, v* are given by ut = a9 + Y (%no" + %,o-™), (37.9) ot Bo + ¥ Gno™ + Bao”), and the components of the resultant forces (whose distribution at the contour is unknown) are given, then functions , and ®, defined in STRESS DISTRIBUTION 161 (8.8) have the form 5 1. ®,(z,) = Ao + Alng, + [Fs — Bipa + z wlibq2 + )| + 3 Cats — Bm pa) ei", ) = Bo + Bing, — 1% — Bipr + 5 oibas + | 5 Da as D wma ngs — Bmps) o2"~ J (37.10) Here Ao, Bo are arbitrary constants; A, B are constants which are found by the same equations (37.5); p1, P2s 41» G2 are constants which are determined from (8.4); D = D192 — P24 (37.11) © is the constant which expresses the rotation in the x-y plane. We need to write additional conditions of constraint in order to determine (in all cases below w = 0). Functions of the complex variable ®,(z,) and ®,(z,), which will produce the solution for a given problem, are determined in the form of series. This method of solution is not the only one. G.N.Savin has suggested another method of finding the stress distribution in an an- isotropic plate with an elliptic opening. The method is based on a use of the Schwartz formula which is well known in the theory of complex variables. The expressions for functions ®, and ®, are obtained in the form of integrals taken along the contour of a unit circle.* Formulas (37.3) for the functions of complex variables can also be written in integral forms, if the principal vector (the resultant) of given forces on the opening contour is equal to zero: 1 Si = beofr | ® =. | ATE ag 1) Mi i 7 — 64(2;) 7 ” (7.12) P22) = Lekbnitskii 11 162 ANISOTROPIC PLATES ig vie I Xds, fy = - Y, ds. (37.13) ° ° ds is the arc element of the opening contour; « = e” is a point on the contour of the unit circle |t] = 1; ,,¢2 are determined from (37.4); A®, B° are arbitrary constants. These expressions for functions ®, and ®, could be more suitable than expressions (37.3) (for example, in the case when concentrated forces are applied at the contour, or when part of the contour is free from load and another part is subjected to uni- formly distributed forces, etc.). Sometimes it is more convenient to use stresses and displacements expressed by functions y,(zi) and ¢2(z5) of variables 2; =z + 4:2, zh + gz see (formulas (8.11) and (8.12). We indicate now how functions y, and g, determine the stresses and displacements in anisotropic plates with an elliptic opening with certain given forces or displacements on its edge: gilzi) = Ao + Alnty + Y Anti”, “ (37.14) 9221) = Bo + Bint, + ¥ Bratz”, we where a+ Vz = 2@ +6) P= BYU +R at+b+(a Ay (k =1,2). (7.15) At the opening contour t; =f; = o. Constants A and Bare arbitrary. Aand B depend on the principal vector (the resultant) of external for- ces and Aj, By ate determined from boundary conditions (depending on what is given at the boundary). 38. Special Cases of Loading We will give several special cases of stress distribution in a plate with an elliptic opening.* We limit ourselves here to expressing only functions ®, and ®,, coefficients Z,, 8, and stress , on the entire opening and at individual points. Formulas for og are left in the complex form, since the real part designated by Re involves cumbersome expressions which STRESS DISTRIBUTION 163 do not represent anything of special interest. In all cases considered, each function , and ®, is represented not by a series but by only one term, the first or second. All complex parameters are considered as being unequal: Mm =a+fi, wy =y +i G>0,5>0). Reduced notations are used in formulas: c= - P = a? sin?d + b* cos?9. (38.1) 1. Uniform pressure applied at the opening contour. Normal forces q (per unit area; see Fig. 67) are uniformly distributed along the entire opening edge. G1) = q ie™ o, = —-Re pa x P (asin ® — u,b cos 8) (asin ® — pzb cos 9) [(uiu2a — iu,b — iu,b) a? sin? O + i(u,~2 — 2) a2b? sin? 0-cos 0 + Quius — 1) a%b? sin 8 cos? + (nya + pga — ib) B cosa (38.4) 164 ANISOTROPIC PLATES At points A and A, at the ends of the major axis (Fig. 67) where 8 =Oandd =a: oy — By B 6 =q) —“—*” _4-(_“_+—°_)]. @ss ° le + PO? +8) (3 +P tp ee)| 8 For isotropic plates at the same points: % = q(-1 + 2c). (38.6) At points B and B, at the ends of the minor axis (Fig. 67) where # = 2 andé = 3% =a (ay 09 + £2°). (38.7) ¢ For isotropic plates at the same points aaa(-1+2). (38.8) ¢ The stress distribution of o» along the opening edge is symmetrical only in relation to its center 0 in nonorthotropic plates. In the case of Fig. 68 orthotropic plates, in which the principal axes of the ellipse coincide with principal directions of elasticity, the distribution of ¢, also becomes symmetrical relative to these axes. STRESS DISTRIBUTION 165 2. Tangential forces uniformly distributed along the opening contour (Fig. 68). Functions ®, and ©, are the same as (38.2) but for the pres- ent case: (38.9) where ¢ is the force intensity, and io- 0 t ie 0 = —— Re \—____________________- x P tama — 1b cos 8) (asin ® — 1, cos ) X [ea + psa + ipspad) a? sin?O + (2 — paps) a%b sin?d cos 8 + usps — 1) ab%i sin 8 cos? + (a + usb + iuab) b cos°s) (38.10) > hy os <<, Pp —, e oe ee on es Fig. 69 3. Tension. A plate is pulled by forces p applied at a considerable distance from the opening (in theory, it is infinity), at an angle » in relation to the major axis a (Fig. 69). There is no external forces at the opening edge. The components of stress can be found by summing the stresses in a solid plate which is subjected to uniform tension of =poos*p, of =psin?g, 2%, =psingcosp (38.11) 166 ANISOTROPIC PLATES with stresses obtained by functions #, and ®, of type (38.2) where PSD? (asin y — ibcos¢), (38.12) ae (asin p — ib cos@). J The expression for stress o, in the case when ¢ = 0, i.e., the plate is pulled in the direction of the x-axis (Fig. 70) is: 9, =p Zinta +B Ref e® eo! Pp P \@sin 0 — 4b cos 8) (asin 0 — pb cos 9) x [(ita + pa)a? sin? + (2 — pts) a2bsin?d cos 0 +b cosa At points A and A, (Fig. 70) (38.13) ay — Bd se * 38.14) + PYG? + 6 ae —p as Fig. 70 At points B and B, (at the diametral ends perpendicular to the tensile forces; Fig. 70) & aU + ee). (38.15) ¢ STRESS DISTRIBUTION 167 For isotropic plates at the same points 2 oo =p(1+—). (38.16) c 4. Shear, A rectangular plate with an elliptic opening at its cen.er is deformed by shear forces of intensity t distributed uniformly on the Fig. 71 sides. The major axis of the opening forms an angle ¢ with one of the rectangular sides®. In the case of an opening small compared to the plate size the plate can be considered as infinite and forces t as applied at infinity (Fig. 71). The stress distribution is obtained by summing the stresses in a solid plate o8 = —tsin2p, of =tsin2p, 12, =tcos2p (38.17) and the stresses obtained by function (38.2), where (-asin 2 + ib cos 2p), | (acos 2p + ib sin 2). (38.18) 168 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In the case when @ = 0 (Fig. 72) we obtain the following stress distribution along the opening edge; intl 9 29 +L Re{_ie™' P F \G@sind — wb 00s 8) (asin d — pzbc0s 8) X [Gua + aa — ind) a sin? + (2 — peypa) ab sin?d cos 8 4 i(L — 2yespta) ab? sin 8 cos?d + (a — iy — ipsb) B? costa}. (38.19) 5. Bending of plate by moments, A rectangular beam, which is a plate with an elliptic opening at the center, is bent by moments M. The major axis of the opening forms an angle ¢ with the plate axis (Fig. 73). In the case of a small opening, the plate is assumed as being infinite. The stresses in this plate are obtained by summing stresses in a solid STRESS DISTRIBUTION 169 beam plate subjected to pure bending (J is the inertia moment of the transverse cross section of a solid, unweakened plate. We have in mind the initial plate which is considered here as a continuous in order to obtain an approximate solution): = evcosy = xsin 9) cos? Ix oo = Zo cos ¢ — xsin ¢)sin?p, (38.20) = ZX evcos = xsin g) sin pcos 9, and the stresses obtained by functions of the forms: (38.21) ye ~ Bain 7 (b? cos? — a? sin?y + tab sin 2p), (38.22) Bs = cos @ (b? cos?p— a? sin? + iab sin 2p). | 87 When the opening axes are parallel to the plate sides, ic., ¢ = 0 (Fig. 74), we obtain oy = MO. sin2 g 4. MO® y TP UE en x Ref —___#e (@sind — 4,6 cos) (a sind — xb cos) x [ur + p42) a? sin?8 + (2 — jpn) a2b sin? 8 cos. 9 + B*cos? at. (38.23) 170 ANISOTROPIC PLATES At points A and A,, the diametral ends directed along the beam-plate (Fig. 74), Mb By +008 a (38.24) 2S (a? + BG? + 8) oy = + In the case of an isotropic plate we have at these points o, = 0. = Ay — HH hy Mo ben, zy HY a bey eH bey ‘ by ‘i W 4 K B FB Rey fame 8 cy po a — a Fig. 74 At points B and B,, the diametral ends perpendicular to the beam- plate (Fig. 74) Mb pro =+—(1+ > 38.25) a= +i * ) (38.25) and in the case of an isotropic plate at the same points a al + 4): (38.26) G.N. Savin studies the bending of a plate with an elliptic opening under a constant transverse force and some other cases*. The stress distribution , along the opening edge in anisotropic or non-orthotropic plates follows more complex laws than in the iso- tropic plate. The stress distribution is symmetrical in relation to the opening cen- ter, but is in general unsymmetrical in relation to its axes. Formulas for stresses at points 4, 41, B, B, at the ends of the elliptic axes give some indication of the stress concentration (at least for the orthotropic STRESS DISTRIBUTION 171 plate, whose principal directions of elasticity are parallel to the opening axes and = 0). All formulas are true also for circular openings when b = aand #isa polar angle 0 measured from the x-axis. 39. Stress Distribution in an Orthotropic Plate with a Circular Opening The most interesting cases of stress distribution in an orthotropic plate with a circular opening are considered here and in the next sections. The origin of the coordinates in all cases is at the opening center and the principal directions of elasticity are assumed as axes x and y. We use here our former designations, namely: E,, E, are Young’s moduli, ¥, ¥2 are the Poisson ratios and G is the shear modulus (for principal directions); ;, “2 are the complex parameters which are the roots of the equation + 1 2 w (Lm) ey E, \G E In addition we introduce these notations Ey E E, k= -wm = [21, n= -y+m)= [2(22-»,)42. Habe Jz (us + M2) ")*¢ (39.2) 6 is the polar angle measured from the x-axis; Ey is the Young’s mo- dulus tension (compression) in the direction tangent to the opening contour, which is related to elastic constants in the principal directions by the formula 1 _ sint 0 ( 2m, s* 0 + P co: — = — —)sin? 6 cos? + ——. 39,3) Es E G E) E; ae (39.1) One more formula for the orthotropic body should be mentioned here and will be used later: Ey wth =, - St. (39.4) G In all cases we will show the expressions for stress a) acting on areas normal to the opening edge, i.e., on radial planes located at the edge of the opening, and also formulas for o, at individual contour points. 172 ANISOTROPIC PLATES We give here results of our calculations and diagrams of the stress distribution in a plate with the same elastic constants as in the case of the three-layer birch plywood (see section 11). Let us recall the numerical values of the complex parameters: fy =41li, pe. = 03431, k = 1-414, n = 4453, when the x-axis runs along the fibers of the external layer, and fy = 0-243i, wy = 2-91i, k = 0-707, n = 3-153, when the x-axis is per- pendicular to them. We will call such a plate simply “plywood”. (We used different elastic constants and complex parameters in the first edition of this book.) In the diagrams, values of stresses are measured from the circumfer- ence radially outward. Positive values are shown by arrows directed away from the center, and negative, by arrows pointing toward the center. The load scale is shown at the right-hand side of each figure and the dotted line shows the stress distribution og in an isotropic plate subjected to identical load. 1. Normal pressure distributed uniformly along the opening edge (Fig. 75) Fok + n(sin? 6 + Koos? 0) + (1 + 23) (I + 23) sin? 0.cos? 6] 1 % =a 39.5) qis the pressure per unit area. For an isotropic plate oy = q. In an orthotropic plate stress a is distributed nonuniformly along the contour, according to a complicated law. The difference between its maximum and minimum values can be very great, At points 4 and A, on the major axis x (Fig. 75), where 0 = 0 and O=n, 39.6) and at points B and B, (° =+ 5) on the other principal axis 0 = q(n — k). (39.7) STRESS DISTRIBUTION 173 A circular opening subjected to deformation becomes elliptic and its semi-axes a’ and b’ are equal to , [ ( 1 “)| a’ =a/1 ~q(——— -"—“}|, \VEE, Fi l-na » voles VEE, Fi Fig.75 shows stress distribution o» along the opening in a plywood plate. The x-axis is parallel to the external layer. The greatest stress (39.8) Fig. 75 value is equal to 3-04g and occurs at points Band B,. The lowest value is O-1q. 2. Tangential forces distributed uniformly along the opening edge (Fig. 76). o9 = = sin 20[1 — kK) @—k—1) + (1 +43) (1 + 23) cos 26] 1 (39.9) (tis the load per unit area). For isotropic plates o, = Fig. 76 shows the stress distribution in a plywood plate along the ‘opening edge. The stress is distributed along the edge nonuniformly 174 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Fig. 76 and changes its values eight times. Its maximum surpasses that of ¢ and is equal approximately to 1-5t. 3. Tension at an angle to a principal direction. For a’plate subjected to tension by forces p which are applied at a’considerable distance from the opening and which are acting with an angle g in relation to the principal direction, we obtain (Fig.77): & =p {[ cost + (ke +n) sin? ] k cos? 6 ; + [(l +n) cos? — k sin?g] sin? 6 = n(l +k + n)sin gos g sin 8c0s 0}. (39.10) For isotropic plates a = pil — 2cos 2(0 — 9). (9.11) y" ft So [= P / [op h cr " max g Fig. 77 STRESS DISTRIBUTION 175 The stress distribution in an orthotropic plate will not be symmetric with respect to the line parallel or perpendicular to the acting force. It will be symmetric only with respect to the center of the opening. The largest stress will not be at the ends of the diameter normal to the acting forces, but will be at other points. Fig. 78 shows the stress changes at the opening edge in plywood sub- jected to tension by forces applied at 45° with respect to the principal directions (the x-axis runs along the fibers of the external layer). The greatest stress amounts to 3-3p, as compared With oma, = 3p in an isotropic plate. The stress concentration factor in the case of an ortho- tropic plate (K = 3-3) differs little from the factor for an isotropic plate (K = 3). The stress equals zero at four points: @ = 13°, 82°, 193° and 262°. 4, Tension in the principal direction (Fig. 79). When p = 0 we obtain from (39.10) - oo = p= [Koos + (1 +m) sin? 0), (39.12) 1 The stress distribution will be symmetrical with respect to both principal directions x and y. At points A and A, on the ends of the dia- Meter parallel to the forces = -% (39.13) 176 ANISOTROPIC PLATES and at points Band B, at the ends of the diameter perpendicular to the forces oo = pl +n). (39.14) One of these values will be the largest absolute value for the entire plate but it is impossible to know beforehand which one without know- Fig. 79 ing the elastic constants. It could happen that the largest stress will not be at points B and B,, but will instead be the compressive stress at points A and 4,. The circular opening becomes elliptic under deformation with semi- axes a’ and b’ equal to a =a +a +}, B na(t- = ). VE\Ex Fig. 80 shows the changes of a, along the opening contour in a plate subjected to tension in direction x, the Young’s modulus for which is the greatest (ie., along the external layer). At points A and A, (39.15) o = —O-7TIp; (39.16) and at points Band By ay = 5-45p. (39.17) Points at which op = 0 occur at angles @ = +27°, +153”. Fig. 81 shows the stress distribution in a plywood plate subjected to tension in direction x, the Young’s modulus of which is the smallest (ie., transverse to external layer), STRESS DISTRIBUTION 177 At points A and A, oy = —1-41p; (39.18) and at points Band By oy = 415p. (39.19) The stress become zero at points where @ = +22°30', +157°30'. The concentration factor (K = 4-15) in this case is smaller than in the case of tension applied lengthwise to the external layer (K = 5-45). Fig. 80 Fig. 81 As compared with the first case, the difference between the highest tensile stress and the highest compressive stress is not excessive when tension is applied transversely to the external layer. The ratio of the greatest tensile stress to the greatest compressive stress is approximately 7-7 in the first case and 2:95 in the second case, i.e., almost the same as in an isotropic plate. For a plate stretched in the direction of the y-axis (° = 5) we obtain from (39.10) 2 oy = pe mk +n) cos? 0 — sin? 6]. (39.20) 1 178 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Fig. 82 5. Hydrostatic tension of a plate. When a plate is subjected to tension in two principal directions by equal forces p (and this is equivalent to hydrostatic tension in plane xy), then for such a plate we have E oo =D PI-k + Kk + n)cos? 0 + (1 + n)sin® 6]. (39.21) 1 In the case of an isotropic plate o) = 2p. Fig. 83 Fig. 82 shows the stress distribution o» along the opening edge in a plywood plate, The x-axis is parallel to the external layer. The largest STRESS DISTRIBUTION 179 stress (at points B and B,) is equal to 6 = 4-04p, (39.22) and the smallest (at points C, C,, C2, Cs) op = 1:09. (39.23) 6. Constrained pressure of a plate. The case of rectangular ortho- tropic plate with a circular opening at the center compressed in a principal direction, which cannot expand in the transverse direction Fig. 84 (due to rigid walls, between which it is located; Fig. 83), is equivalent to pressure applied in two principal directions by forces p and »2p. (This follows from the generalized Hooke’s law for an orthotropic 180 ANISOTROPIC PLATES plate (9.8). When o, = —pand e, = 0, then, evidently, o, = an oe ; = —»2p.) We have: % =p {KL — 9x(k + n)] cos? — (1 — vk + n) sin? 6}. (39.24) 1 For an isotropic plate o = —p[l +» — 2(1 — ») cos 26], (39.25) where » is the Poisson’s ratio. The stress distribution a, along the opening edge in a plywood plate compressed lengthwise along the external layer is shown in Fig. 84. At points A and 4, oy = 0-56p. (39.26) At points Band By oy = —5-40p. (39.27) The dotted curve in Fig.84 shows the changes of a, in an isotropic plate with a Poisson’s ratio » = 0-25. For this plate at points A and A, we have ay = 0-25p, (39.28) and at points Band By oy = —2-75p. (39.29) 40. Stress tribution in an Orthotropic Plate with a Circular Opening (Continuation) 7. Shear. A rectangular orthotropic plate with an opening in the center is subjected to deformation by tangential forces ¢ which are uniformly distributed along its sides. The principal axes x and y do not coincide with the symmetry axes of the plate (Fig. 85). Considering the plate as infinite, we obtain the formula for stress og at the opening Ey 2E, +{(1 + k)cos 26 +k — 1}sin 29}. (40.1) oj =t (1 + & +n) {—ncos 2p sin 20 STRESS DISTRIBUTION 181 When the plate is subjected to forces parallel to the principal direc- tions of the elasticity (p = 0), we have oy = ee (1 +k + n)nsin 26. (40.2) 1h y Ha [te i] »CoNe ¢l-— Fig. 85 For an isotropic plate when y = 0 0 = —4t sin 20. (40.3) Stress o, at the opening contour becomes zero at four points which coincide with the intersecting points of the contour with the principal directions when y = 0. Fig. 86 shows the stress distribution in a plywood plate when forces ¢ are parallel to principal directions of elasticity. The direction of the 182 ANISOTROPIC PLATES x-axis corresponds to a direction for which the Young modulus is the greatest. The highest stress is obtained at four symmetrical points and is equal to Sinan = 3-950. (40.4) For an isotropic plate we obtain om. = 4f, ic, almost the same value. Fig.87 shows stress distribution along the opening contour in Ay Fig. 87 the case when tangential forces are applied at 45° with respect to principal directions (° o 3) The highest stress is obtained at points B and By u Op) = —6-9t. (40.5) At points A and A,, it is equal to oy = 4-91. (40.6) Comparison of the stress values obtained during deformation caused by tangential forces which form different angles with the principal STRESS DISTRIBUTION 183 directions indicates that the case when forces are acting at 45° with respect to the principal directions is less advantageous, since the stress concentration factor becomes the largest (K = 6-9). On the contrary, the most advantageous is the case when the deforming forces are parallel to the principal directions. The stress concentration factor in this case is equal to 3-95.7 8. Bending of plate by moments. A rectangular orthotropic plate with a circular opening at its center is bent by moments M applied to both sides. The principal directions of elasticity do not coincide with the a re NS Fig. 88 directions of the plate sides; their orientation is characterized by angle p (Fig. 88). In the case of an infinite plate we obtain oo = Se et =k = (1 +k +n) cos 20] sin*e cos 6 + fn? + k(k + 2n — 1) + [n( + 1) + KCL + & +n) cos 20} x x sin2pcospsin 0 —[(1 +n)? —k —(k +n + 1)(1 + n)]cos26} x x sin p cos*p cos 6 + [1 — k — (1 +k +1)cos26]cos*psin 6). (40.7) When the axial direction of the beam coincides with a principal direc- tion (p = 0, Fig. 89), then oy = 2 fl K-14 k +n) cos26]sin 6. (40.8) 1 184 ANISOTROPIC PLATES For an isotropic plate when g = 0 2Ma sin 9 cos 20. (40.9) o = — At points B and B, (Fig. 89) of an orthotropic plate ) ; (40.10) In the case of an isotropic material we have at these points Roe aMe, (40.11) The greatest stress on the sides is 0-54 Me. When the plywood plate is bent in such a manner that the x-axis is directed lengthwise along the external layer, the stress distribution o, at the opening edge is shown in Fig.90. Ay Fig. 89 At points Band B, oy = 43°23 4, (40.12) The greatest stress on the sides amounts approximately to o3 The stress decreases to zero at six points: 0 = 0, 180°, £47°, +133°. Fig.91 shows the stress distribution in a plate, the external layers of which are perpendicular to the x-axis. STRESS DISTRIBUTION 185 At points Band B, oy = +258 Me (40.13) The stress on the sides does not exceed 06 “ Fig. 90 Fig. 91 When the beam is made of a plywood in such a manner that itsex- , the ternal layers form a 45° angle with the symmetry axes (° = 4 stress distribution at the opening edge will be that as shown in Fig.92. The greatest stress will be at points 6 = 110° and 290°, and is equal ta Sina = 1-64 “4, (40.14) Considering the bending of a plywood plate at different angles ¢, the following conclusion can be made. It is less advantageous to have the external layers parallel to the free sides of the plate. The stress con- 186 ANISOTROPIC PLATES centration factor in this case is the greatest: K = 3-23. The smallest stress concentration factor is obtained in the case when the external layers of the plate are at 45° to the symmetry axes: K = 164.8 We will consider now two cases when, instead of forces, displacements are given at the opening contour. 9. Effect of a rigid rod in the opening under tension. A rigid rod, with a diameter of 2(a + e), slightly larger than that of the opening 2a, is inserted into the circular opening of the plate. The rod surface is rough and this prevents the plate from slipping. This is the case of the opening edge subjected to radial displacements « (see Fig.93). Solutions can be obtained from functions ®, and ®, of the type (see Section 37, formulas (37.9)-(37.10)): ©. & i gy. £. (21) 2D z '2(Z2) 2D =P (49,15) te (D = Pig — P24). STRESS DISTRIBUTION 187 Normal pressure o, and tangential forces t,, are distributed at the opening edge by the law o, = —— [k —», + nin? 6 + k cos? 6], ag (40.16) To = ———n(1 — &) sin 6 cos 6, ag where l-». | k =m ye 40.17 u Es G eae These formulas indicate that the pressure imparted by a rod to the plate is distributed non-uniformly on the contact surface but symmetri- cally with respect to the principal directions of elasticity. In addition, friction forces developed on the contact surface reach their maximum | | b+ 2(0 +e) ——>| Fig. 93 at the angle bisecting the principal axes. The maximum normal pressure is achieved at points A and A,, or at points B and B, (Fig. 93). At points A and A, o, = -—— [Kl +n) 0], to =0. (40.18) ag At points B and B, =k en-01), to (40.19) ag 188 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The maximum tangential force is é mx = Sl — kin. 40.20 q Rag | In (40.20) A long and complicated formula is obtained for stress 0, acting on the radial areas at the opening. We disregard this formula here, giving only the value of a, at points A, 41, Band By. At points A and A, a =—=-[1 + 22 _ mh +a) (40.21) ag Gk k and at points B and B, ek Ey n =S[k+—-»(1+—)]. 40.22) on Slee + @) ne For an isotropic plate with Young’s modulus E and Poisson’s ratio , we obtain at the opening edge Ee a ———, % = —— a(l +») a(l +») o, = To = 0. (40.23) For a plywood plate with the x-axis parallel to the external layers we obtain the following values (in kg/cm?): at points A and A, o, = —£..0349 + 108, (40.24) a and at points Band B, o, = —£+0265 + 105; (40.25) a Tmax = — + 0-042 + 10%. (40.26) a The average pressure at the opening edge is equal to — - 0-307 x 10°. a The highest deviation from the average value in this plate is 13-6 %. 10. Twisting of a plate in its plane. The opening edge is turned through a small angle « (which is equivalent to a tangential displacement aa). STRESS DISTRIBUTION 189 The plate, which we consider in theory as infinite, is held stationary at the external contour (Fig. 94). This case can be imagined as follows: the opening edge is clamped by two rigid circular washers which can be rotated, or a rigid rod is screwed onto the plate and the rod carries the opening edge with it when subjected to rotation. Fig. 94 The functions which represent the stress distribution are OG) =~ Bee, t 7 (40.27) @(z,) = ol . aan, Both the tangential z,, and normal forces (stresses) v, acting on the opening edge are distribution non-uniformly: o —~ n(1 — k) sin 6 cos 6, | & (40.28) To —~ fk -— 1 + n(cos?0 + k sin? 6). & The tangential forces reach their greatest values at the intersecting points of the contour with the principal directions, and the greatest normal forces are located at the bisectors of the angle between the principal directions. Comparing this case with the previous one it can be noted that the normal and tangential forces seems as if they have been interchanged. 190 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In an isotropic plate at the opening edge 6, = 09 =0, To = (40.29) Some other cases of deformation of an orthotropic plate with circular opening were studied by I.I. Faerberg.® 41. Stress Determination in a Plate with an Elliptic Inclusion With the results obtained for an anisotropic plate and a plate with an elliptic opening, it is possible to solve a more general problem of the stress distribution in an anisotropic plate with bonded or glued center made of an elastic or absolutely rigid material. An anisotropic plate of arbitrary shape is given with an elliptic open- ing filled with an inclusion without pre-stress. The thickness of the inclusion is the same as the plate, but it is made of a different material. It is assumed that the size of the inclusion is small as compared with the plate and it is located at a distance from the edge. Arbitrary forces act- ing on the middle plane are distributed at the plate edge. Body forces are absent. It is necessary to determine the stresses in the plate and in the inclusion created by the external forces.!° Coordinate axes run along the principal axes of the ellipse (Fig.95). All values related to the inclusion, such as the components of stress, dis- placement, elastic constants, etc., will be marked by primes, in order to differentiate from similar values related to the plate. The equation of the STRESS DISTRIBUTION 191 inclusion contour is bsind 1.) x =acosd, y (a, b are the lengths of semiaxes, a > b). In general the equations of the generalized Hooke’s law, which con- nect the components of stress and deformation averaged across the thickness will be written in the following manner: Ex = A110y + A128, + Ar6Txy, y = A120, + Aa20y + AreTey, (41.2) Yay = G1 60x + Arey + Asstay- The same will hold for the inclusion, but instead of a,, the elasticity con- stants of the material are aj,. By assuming, as in all previous cases, that the deformation is small, we solve the problem approximately, by superimposing the stresses in a plate without the inclusion and stresses in an infinite plate with an elliptic opening. The latter will be chosen in such a manner as to fulfill required conditions on the contact surface of the plate and the inclusion. Let F°, of, of, 72,, u° and v° be the stress function, the components of stress and displacement in a plate without the inclusion, which is subjected to given external forces. Then the formulas for stresses and displacements in a plate with an inclusion can be written in the follow- ing manner. oy = of + 2Re [WiPi(z1) + 43%3(z2)], o, = 09 + 2Re [Pi(z,) + Pi(z2)], (41.3) Try = Thy — 2Re [Wy Pi(Z1) + pt2P5(22)]5 =~ 7 2)) — 6 u =u? + 2Re [p,Pi1) + p2P2(22)] — wy + Uos | ana b =v? + 2Re [q,P.(z,) + 920,(c,)] + ox + v0. | Here ®,, and ®, are functions for an infinite plate with an opening; ©, Uo, Yo are constants which characterize rigid body displacements: Pe = Quilt + dia — Qrolte, | (41.5) a: Ge = As2htx + 2 — ar, | Me (k =1,2) 192 ANISOTROPIC PLATES #1, M2 are the complex parameters of the plate, which are the roots of equation: Gy1u* — ayop? + (2dy2 + de) M? — Zdr6ft + 22 =0, (41.6) which we will assume as being not equal. The stress in the elastic inclusion is determined by stress function F’ which can be also expressed by two functions of complex variables Fig. 96 zh =x + iy and zh = x + phy, where x), 2 are the complex para~ meters of the inclusion. The conditions of points on the contact surface can be written as ee X= Xi Mee Yi] vf After some transformation these conditions become (41.7) uau, v 2Re[O(z)) + 9.6.)) = LF’ ~ F) + e4, a 2Re butte) +e AEN = LF - P+ | ars 2Re [p:Pi(21) + p2P2(Z2))] = 2Re [q: Pi) + 92%2(z2)) Constants ¢;, ¢2, @, uo and vp are determined on the basis of some simple additional conditions, depending on the plate shape and the distribution of forces. Conditions (41.8) are true not only for a plate with an elliptic in- clusion, but also for a plate with an inclusion of any shape. ul — uw + wy — Uo, v' — v® — wx — v9, STRESS DISTRIBUTION 193 We know the functions ®, and ®, in the case of an elliptic opening (see section 37): OG.) = Ao + AINg, +S Ande” | = (41.9) (22) = By + Bing, + Y Butz”, | where net (41.10) (k =1,2). 42. Special cases of a Plate with Elliptic Inclusion The simplest case is when the stresses are constant in a plate without the inclusion: =p, &=4q, =; (42.1) Fo = 4qx? — txy + 4py?. (42.2) Such stresses are present, for example, in a rectangular plate, with normal and tangential forces of intensities p, g, t (see section 37) uni- formly distributed on its sides. Stresses in the inclusion will also be constant; =A, =B, ty=C; (42.3) F’ = 4Bx? — Cxy + 44y?, (42.4) and the additional stresses in a plate, which express the effect of the inclusion, are determined by functions ®, and ®,:1" 1 0c.) = —1~— ©) = sm +(C- 9b OIL, ot 1 -—! (4 - poi -B-aa: Ma aan p)bi — (B- 4) ma +(C-) ind - az. [(4 - p) bi - (B - g) a (42.5) ®42,) = 194 ANISOTROPIC PLATES From boundary conditions (41.8), we obtain a system of four equa tions, which will define the unknown stresses in the inclusion, 4, B, C, and the rotation of the inclusion @’ — with respect to the plate. Two first equations of this system will be a(: Pi-Pry, ~ isa) rl oe = MPs a) Ma = fa — Ma o[& = P2) a + iip2 ~ Hopi) b dist] Mi — a + io! —0)b = (12 =P py ~ au.) ed = Ps ~ a) Ha = fe Mi — fa [@ = P2) a + ira — HaPr)b awa]. M1 — Ha A (: aoe =e b — iaj.b — aa) pee (42.6) + p(s tots = FAA g — jai,,b - ee) Ha — a _ e[@ = 92) 4 + ungs = Hagid aga + iasd| 1 Be -(0' —o)a LAL 4 ~ jab ~ ae) Hi — Be a(@ = 9 g — jab — net) Ha = M2 [@ = 42) + sd = 29) by gg ian 1 Be The remaining two equations of this system differ from the above by the fact that they contain —i, instead of i = /—1. By solving these equations we will be able to find A, B, C, from which functions ,, ©, and their derivatives contained in the formula for stresses are derived. STRESS DISTRIBUTION 195 The next more difficult case deals with a plate without the filled center, which is subjected to given external forces. The stresses in this case depend linearly on coordinates: of = mx + 3msy, 08 = 3mox + my, (42.7) Ty = MX — My; F° = 4 (ox? + m,x?y + mxy? + msy*). (42.8) A rectangular plate (either isotropic or anisotropic) will have a stress distribution of this type, in which all or two sides of the plate are sub- jected to loads that cause bending moments. We obtain the following results for this case. The stresses in the center will also be linear functions of the co- ordinates: = Cx 4.3Dy, o, = 3Ax + By, (42.9) Ty = —Bx — Cy; Fl = 4(Ax? + Bx*y + Cxy? + Dy). (42.10) The additional stress in the plate with filled center is determined by functions ®, and ©, :17 (21) = Ao + [-3(4 — mo) p24” | 8(u1 — He +B — m) (a ~ 2insb) a + (C= m,) (2ia + pb) b — 3(D — ms) 63] = i 1 (42.11) (22) = Bo — [-3(4 = mo) pa? 8(u1 — #2) + (B - m,) (@ - 2iub)a + (C — m,) Qia + p,b) b — (D - ms) Fle. For constants A, B, C, D we obtain a system of considerably more difficult equations from conditions (41.8) on the contact surface. The first two equations can be written as: 196 ANISOTROPIC PLATES safe TMP a? _ gig? — ant | +s0[ 2 =P2pp Ha ~ Ha Ha Me = 2iay ab + ai | + sacha 4+ a hsPa ~ MaPry Hy — Be a x ab + aiga® — 2iai ab + 2ate| + cee Pe an x ab — MP2 ~ HaPt pe _ gia? + Pia gab Ha — Me = (Gia + aise) *] = 3m [ez = H2Pi aa Ha — Ha = ay," — ab] +3m,[ P= Pe pe = 2ia, ab Mie + aud | +m [aaeee + 2jtiP2 MP ob + aya? Hy = Mi — Ha = 2iayyab + 2a | +m; [212 =22ap Ha = Ba — MP2 = Pe ga + 2iaygab — (ays + ago} My M2 3A [eget a? = aha? — 2a + 30] - Urn, a > Ha ta x BP + aia? + ait +a[Ba to +2i 1 B2 x Ma 14 ab + (aia + abe) a? + Diaygab + as,b? Hi — Ba +¢[ueie = 42 gy — x92 = Has 52 _ 991 a? Me Hy — Ha = iaj sab — ai | 3mo [aoa = 24 9g? — aya? Bi — Ba = 21a. | + gms 2B + aa + ab | Ha — fa (42.12) STRESS DISTRIBUTION 197 +m, [ace A 2g? 4 aj Mie ~ OM oy + (ay + ae) a? Hy Ha Ham Ba + 2iasgab + ant | +m, [2 = 2 ap Mi a — Hide = Ha 92 _ 29, 4@? — Dias ,ab — aaab* | Mi — Be The remaining two equations can be obtained by substituting —for i. On the basis of the solution for the plate with an elastic inclusion we obtain solutions by a simple substitution or by taking to the limit the extreme (limiting) cases when the inclusion is absolutely rigid and can- not be deformed, or when there is no inclusion and the opening contour is free from external forces. In the first case we can assume that aj; = 0, and in the second, consider all constants aj, as infinitely large. 43. Tension Applied in One Direction in an Orthotropic Plate with Circular Filled Center Let us consider in detail some cases of deformation of a rectangular orthotropic plate with a circular filled center, orthotropic or rigid. In all cases considered in this and the following sections, we assume that the principal directions of elasticity of the plate and the center material are parallel to the symmetry axes, which will be considered as the x and y axes. In the majority of the formulas we preserve designations a,, and a}, for elastic constants, and only in some cases they will be written with the use of engineering constants. The following abbreviated des- ignations are also introduced: E, ; b= nats =f = /B, n= ~i(us + M2), a, NEr 2di2 + a66 a2 Et Lint + sin? 6 cos? 6 + 922 cos* 6, Ey an an (43.11) where Ey is the Young’s modulus for tension (compression) in the direc- tion tangential to the opening contour; E, and E, are the Young’s 198 ANISOTROPIC PLATES moduli of the plate for the x and y directions; Pr = sii + ia, Po = Gitta + Gia, (43.2) a ay, Gs = Gaal +2, gn = atta +. Ma Ba Formulas for equal complex parameters x; = p12 = fi are obtained from formulas for unequal 1, 42 by going to the limit. We will give only formulas for stresses in a plate near the filled cen- ter.'? As an example we consider a plate with given elastic constants which are identical to those of our plywood, with an inclusion, the elastic constants of which are twice as large as those of the plate (ai, = 2a,,). In addition, we also consider a plate with an absolutely rigid inclusion (aj, = 0) and the case with no inclusion at all (ai, = «). In order to present a full picture of a stress distribution in a plate, we will give a table of numerical values for stresses ¢,, t,9, 49 in a plywood plate near the elastic and rigid inclusions and stress oy near the edge of the unfilled opening. In addition, the stress distribution dia- grams along the center contour are also given. The plate with circular filled center is subjected to tension in the principal direction x by forces p which are distributed uniformly on two sides (Fig. 97). For this case we find:** 0, (43.3) o; =A, 0, =B, ty where a ai [arraz2(k +m) + aisGzok(1 + 0) + G22(@i2 + aoe + 12), B= fi [ao2(@i1 — a1) + aii(@iz — a2) kK +m], , (43.4) A = (GiiG22 + 11032) k + ao2(ae6 + 2ay2) + Giraiak + a22dh1) 0 — @i2 — G12)? k; (43.5) O,(@,) = 4 A+B =P ae . : , ue ‘ (43.6) STRESS DISTRIBUTION 199 Stresses o,, t,» at the edge of the opening (and the filled center) and at the opening contour (namely, at the very edge) are equal to: o, ue + ay + ay + (4 + ay — a) 00826], (43.2) Te = -#a + a — a;) sin 20; oy = 2 £8 (4 — ay) sin’ 0 + (AG? — 2) + + a, 4° E, + (1 + 2k) az — (2 +k) (1 +n) as] sin* 6 cos? 4 + [k7A — (1 + 2k) (k + n)ar + (2 + Kas + KL +n) as] x x sin? 6 cost 0 — ka, cos® 6}. (43.8) {Y pad |_p + 8 f= aL AZZpa te =| Bt 7 T Fig. 97 Here a,, a2, 43, @4 are coefficients which depend on the elastic con- stants of the plate and the filled center: @ = (Qi; — 441) a2.(n? — k) + [@i1 = ai) abe + (Giz — a2)? kn 2x2 — ai), z= (ir — Ais) @22 + @ix(Qi2 — aia) (1 + 1), 43 = Gis — 441) Goan + aaak) + Qaa(Qia — Giz) + G2 — ai)? ky 4s = —G@i1 ~ Gis) G2 + Giz — Giz) x X [2aia + Gee + ais(k + ”)] — (@i2 — aia). J (43.9) 200 ANISOTROPIC PLATES For an isotropic plate with center filled with an isotropic material we obtain: = 2 Set EE a(t ate cos 26], E E (43.10) 1»? EB EE’ E? (, vare the Yong’s modulus and Poisson’s ratio of the plate; E’, »" are those of the filled center). ‘The stress distribution in a plate with a rigid inclusion will be obtained on the assumption that aj, = 0 in formulas (43.3)-(43.9) and E’ = < in formulas (43.10)-(43.11). At points A and A, of an orthotropic plate (Fig. 97) (43.11) - ee (i +n—¥ + a) Oy = "26,5 ty = 0, (43.12) where _ lm, ge k +. 43.13 G ae At points B and B, (Fig. 97) 6 =P tk-n( tm), = 010,, te =0. (43.14) Ey Stresses in an isotropic plate with a rigid inclusion are determined by the following formulas: (43.15) STRESS DISTRIBUTION 201 Assuming all coefficients a/, are infinitely large, we obtain from (43.8) formula (39.12) for a tensioned plate with an unfilled opening, and from (43.7) we get , = t;9 = 0. Table 2 present the numerical values (in fractions of p) of stresses at points of the first quadrant of the opening contour, measured every 15° for a plywood plate with rigid and elastic inclusions, in which Table 2—COMPONENTS OF STRESS AT POINTS OF THE OPENING CONTOUR Elastic inclusion Without Rigid inclusion (aj, = 2a,) inclusion i o, Tre % o bo % % 0 1240 004 084 0 -0:06 -0-71 15 116 -030 009 078 -021 003 -034 30 094 -052 027 063 -037 023 007 45 064 060 052 041 -043 049 0-40 60 034 052 070 020 -037 078 0:96 15 020 -030 056 004 -O21 119 257 90 004 0 0 -002 0 168 545 — Elastic core y Hard core Fig. 98 ay = 2a,;, also for the plate with unfilled opening. Tension is applied in the x-direction, for which the Young’s modulus is the largest, or in other words, lengthwise to fibers of the exterior layers. Comparing the numerical values in Table 2 we conclude that filling of an opening with elastic or rigid material not only reduces consider- ably the value of the maximum stress, but also causes qualitative 202 ANISOTROPIC PLATES changes in the general nature of the stresses distribution. This can be seen further from the attached diagrams. Fig. 98 shows the stress distribution of o, at the opening contour in a plywood plate subjected to tension lengthwise to its exterior layers. The i / — Elastic core \ j Hard core Missing core solid line represents stresses for the case of an inclusion for which aj, = 2a, The dotted line represents the stress for a rigid inclusion. Fig. 99 shows stress distribution of o, at the opening edge in the case of an elastic inclusion (solid line), rigid inclusion and unfilled opening (dotted lines). STRESS DISTRIBUTION 203 When the inclusion is rigid, then the highest stress o, for the entire plate is at the ends of the diameter which is parallel to the forces (at points A and A,, Fig. 97). It equals 1-24p. The highest stress in a plate without a filled center is at the ends of the diameter which is perpendic- ular to the forces (at points B and B,). It is equal to 5-45p. The case of an elastic inclusion in intermediate between the two above. The highest stress (0;) is 1-68p. Upon examination of inclusions made of different materials, in which aj, = ma,,, we can see that the stresses in these plates approach those of a plate with unfilled center when m increases, and the stresses approach those of a plate with a tigid inclusion when it decreases. When a plate is subjected to tension in the x-direction, the Young’s modulus for which is the smallest (transverse to fibers of the exterior layers), the general nature of the stress distribution is preserved. The values of the stresses change at certain points. Points where the stress becomes equal to zero are displaced, but the location of points with the highest stress remains fixed. The highest stress is equal to: (1) in the case of a rigid inclusion, 1-34p; (2) in the case of an elastic inclusion (ai;) = 2a,), 1-60p; and (3) in a plate without an inclusion, 4-15p. ‘The following conclusions can be made: it is more advantageous to apply tension in the direction for which the Young’s modulus is smaller for plates with an elastic inclusion that has aj, = 2a,,, as well as for plates without an inclusion. On the other hand, in the case of a rigid inclusion, the maximum stress will be smaller when tension is applied in directions with highest Young’s modulus. 44, Tension Applied in Two Directions in a Plate with Circular Inclusion| We obtain the following results for an orthotropic plate subjected to tension in two directions by forces p (Fig. 100):*5 3 (44.1) 0, =A, 0 =B, ty = A= £ [aisaa.(k +n) + ay,a),k(1 +n) + G1242,(1+ k +n) + aarain(1 — k — n) + 22(a22 + a6 — a2), + (44.2) 204 ANISOTROPIC PLATES B= a [ai1a22k(1 + 1) +2204, (k +n) $2 kK(L + k +n) + aysaiak(k — nn — 1) + G2(air + a6 — ais)), J where A is expressed in (43.5); 2) = oe At Bui =P + msi) A = | oe u (44.3) ,4c,) = a A ee 4. Hi — ba oo y ttt ttet ~ — | AG 8 oD Fig. 100 The components of stress ¢,, 7,9, 9 at the opening contour in the plate are determined by formulas a = al [24 + bs + by + (bs — ba) cos 26], . (44.4) Te = -Fe — b,) sin 26; | a =4. es (A — by) sin® 6 + [ACL — 2k +n) + (kK 42) x x by + (1 + 2k) b: — (2 + WI +2) bs] sin* O cos? 6 + [AK — 2k + n*) — (kK +m) (1 + 2K) db, + KV +H x x bs + K( +n) b,]sin? Ocos* 6 + k*(d — bs) cos’ 6} (44.5) (expression A is the same as (43.5), the case of unidirectional tension). STRESS DISTRIBUTION 205 Coefficients b,, b2, bs and b, are expressed in terms of the elastic constants in the following manner: by = Gis ~ @is)laaa(n? — k) + aakn] — (@22 — a2) ai sk? + (@iz — af) aan — I) (1 +k +0) + @i2 — aja)? kw - K), = (@i1 — Qi1) daa + (G22 — G2) (Qian + air) k + iz — }2) [a22 + airk(1 + n)] + G@i2 — a2)? k, bs = (Gir — Qi1) Qa2n + yak) + @22 — 32) a2 + Giz — G2) aol +k +7) + @i2 — a2)? k, bs = —(Q11 — G11) 32 + (G22 — G2) (2di2 + doe + Girk + ain) + (Giz — Gi2) [2ay2 + Gog — G22 + ari(k + n)) + Gia ~ a2)? (@ - 1). (44.6) Stresses do not depend on polar angle @ in an isotropic plate with an isotropic inclusions and they are equal at the opening contour to: war(t+e), w=r(1-4), wo, aan where: ee ee by 7 (44.8) and d is expression (43.11). When the isotropic plate has a bonded rigid inclusion, we have 2 oy a 0) =10,, Ty = 0. (44.9) When aj, = 00 formula (44.5) changes into (39.21) for a plate withan unfilled opening. Calculations of stresses for a plywood plate with a rigid inclusion indicates that they are distributed at the contour almost uniformly, ranging from 1-32p to 1-37p, and the tangential stress is small, it does not exceed 0-03p. The highest g, is equal to 1-37p and it also represents 206 ANISOTROPIC PLATES the highest stress for the entire plate. In the case of an elastic inclusion in which aj, = 2a,, the stress distribution at the contour is almost uni- form. The value of (0,)max is 0-81p and 1,» does not exceed 0-01p. y vy —— Elastic core Hard core — == Missing core Fig. 101 Table 3—STRESSES 5g AT POINTS OF THE OPENING CONTOUR (in fractions of p) Rigid Elastic Without 6° inclusion inclusion inclusion 0 005 1:54 344 15 046 «131 2:38 30 08401094 45 096 1:02 1-09 6 093 1:04 1:23 15 065 1:22 28 90 O10 «1:56 = 4:04 The stress distribution along the opening edge in a plywood plate with rigid, elastic and unfilled center is shown in Fig. 101. The x-axis runs along the fibers of the exterior layers. The numerical values of op (in fractions of p) are given in Table 3. STRESS DISTRIBUTION 207 The highest stress in a plate with a rigid inclusion is 1-56p, and in the plate with an unfilled opening it is 4-04. The stress distribution is more complex in a plate subjected to tension or compression in two directions by forces of different intensity. We give below the formula for stresses o, and t,, at the contour of the rigid inclusion in a plate subjected to pressure in principal direction x by forces p. The plate cannot expand in the transverse direction (Fig. 102): = 2 { tm ttn tk vy) 2 g A + [! = +42 kn -k +n) }oos2d}, (44.10) & eit -nt+Agn—k +99] sin 26. 2 g& KS ~~ TTT x Fig. 102 Here g is the value determined from (43.13) and MP2 —, (44.11 E, (44.11) 45. Plate with a Circular Inclusion which is Subjected to Tangential Forces An orthotropic rectangular plate with a circular inclusion is deformed by tangential forces ¢ which are distributed uniformly on all its four sides (Fig. 103). 208 ANISOTROPIC PLATES We have in this case*® o, =o, =0, t (45.1) Ty = Z, lauskn + (QQar2 + dg) k + a22(2 + n)], ; wg ee ae ty 5 At jl Aa | { rr Br 1 t ee [eee Fig. 103 where Ay = ask + Qa, + aig) k + ana +0); (45.2) rE) = ~taltes ~ ab) = HDL, ey Ha) 41 Sa (45.3) (22) = talags — fh) = | 1m) Ar oe For the components of stress at the opening contour we obtain a, = [aiikn + (2ai2 + dee) k + a22.(2 + n)] sin 20, (45.4) a = -«{1 + Mis = Mes ates + Wyn + (? — 2)sin* 6 a, + 2k sin? 0 cos? 0 + (n* — 2k?) cos* al. (45.5) These formulas for an isotropic plate with an isotropic inclusion will be o, =! sin20, t= i cos 20, ‘ ‘ (45.6) poet pee pr) sin 203 A, 7 STRESS DISTRIBUTION 209 he 20S ee *\. (45.7) E E E and » represent the Young’s modulus and Poisson’s ratio of the plate materials; E’, »’ are those of the center material. In order to obtain the correct expressions for stresses in a plate with rigid inclusion, it should be assumed that ai, = 0, or G’ = 0. In the case of an isotropic plate with a rigid inclusion sin20, (45.8) cos 20, te = -» 09 = 0. By taking a{, as infinitely large (45.5), we obtain (40.2) for oy in an orthotropic plate with unfilled center. Table 4 shows the numerical values of stresses (in fractions of f) at points in the first quadrant of the opening contour for a plywood plate. It is assumed that the x-axis runs lengthwise to the fibers of the exterior plywood layers. ‘Table 4—COMPONENTS OF STRESS AT POINTS OF THE OPENING CONTOUR Without Rigid inclusion Elastic inclusion (aj, = 2a,,) inclusion e or ro 9% o% tro % % o 0 228 0 0 054 0 0 1S 1419723402747 18 - 2-74 3000 «1971489047027 = 153. 303 45 228 0 163054 0 =163 — —3-06 6 «197-114 239047 027 1-64 = 3-42 5 114-197 388027 047-155 ~ 3-94 9 0 -228 0 0 054 0 0 Fig. 104 shows distribution of stress o, at the contour of an elastic inclusion for which aj, = 2a,; (solid line), and of a rigid inclusion (dotted line). The highest o, in the case of a rigid inclusion is 2-28r, and in the case of the elastic inclusion, it is only one-fourth the value. 210 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Fig. 105 shows the distribution of stress a, at the opening contour for four plates. The dotted line in the center shows the distribution of stress o, for a plywood plate with a rigid inclusion, The stress is positive in the first and third quadrants, and negative in the second and fourth. Wy — Hasticcore f le Hard core Fig. 104 Its highest value is 3-9t. The exterior dotted line represents the stress distribution in a plate with unfilled center. The highest stress value in this case differs little from 3-9, but the stress is positive not in the first and third quadrants, but in the second and fourth quadrants. The solid line with four zero points shows the stress distribution o, in a plate with an elastic inclusion, which aj, = 2a,,. This stress, as in the case of an unfilled center, is positive in the second and fourth quadrants, and negative in the first and third. Its highest value is 1-65t. We can arrive at the following conclusion, considering plywood plates with inclusions made of different elastic material, for which al, = may,, where m is a positive number, whole or fractional. At high values of m, the distribution of stress o, will resemble that of a plate with an unfilled center (exterior dotted line). When m decreases, starting from two, the stresses at the contour will at first decrease (with respect to absolute value) by being positive in the second and fourth quadrant, and nega- STRESS DISTRIBUTION 211 tive in the first and third, The diagram of its variation will resemble in general that of m = 2. When constant m decreases further, then in addition to points 6 = 0°, 90°, 180° and 270°, new points appear at the contour where stresses become zero, and the first and third quadrant will show areas with tensile stresses, Thus, for example, for the case when m = 0-5, the stress distribution will be such as shown in Fig. 105 by a solid line. There are a total of 12 points at the contour where o, = 0. The highest stress value is small, it is 0-850. ——— elastic inclusion igid inclusion without inclusion Fig. 105 At small values of m the number of points where stress becomes zero will again be four and the curve of stress variation will approach the interior dotted line, and will coincide with it when m = 0. 212 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 46. Bending of a Plate with a Circular Inclusion by Moments ‘Two sides of a rectangular orthotropic plate with a circular inclusion are subjected to forces which reduce to bending moments M (Fig. 106). Ay WA ly ey Fig. 106 On the basis of general formulas and equations from section 42, we obtain!” o% = 3Dy, 6, = By, try = —Bx; (46.1) B= Mhaulass ~ a2) K +m) + (ai — ai) Qaz2 + aiikn)], M (46.2 3D = Flaten t+ Giz + iy + Ain + Ooo) kn 46.2) + 2aii(Q22 + 2aia + ha + G6) k + Aas iaao(1 + 2) + Qar(ai2 + ae + a2)]; J d = 2ar2(A64 + 2aiy + 2aj2) + Baisaa2 + Gis(Qaia + Aye + Abo) k + Aazraiin + 4ay(@i1 + a2 + 2ai2 + age) kn — 2(ay2—ai2)*k (46.3) (Jis the moment of inertia of the transverse cross-section). 7 . ,,M)1 Oe) = [a0 = psi -+ 8) .5, OO Te) a ale ; Pad (46.4) (23) = “eo = Qui) ~3p+).2 2) = 5 | BO = Desi) alae: STRESS DISTRIBUTION 213 At the opening contour * = Mota +20 + (d — 2c + 2cs) cos 26) sin 6, = (46.5) ta = Top -G@ + Bea) + (d — 2er + 2es) 08 26] eos 05 oy = Me. Fe sin 0 (dey) sin® 0 + [aln? — 2k) + e\(1 + k + 2n) Jd E, + ¢,(1 + 2k) — ¢3(2 + k) (2 + n)] sin* 6 cos? 6 + [dk? — ek — (1 + 2k) (1 + k + 2n) + ¢3(2 + k) (2k +n) + c4(2 + n)] sin? 0 cos* 6 + [eak(1 + 2k) — c(2k + n)] cos* 6}, (46.6) where cr = (is — ais) Razaln® — kK) + Qara + ai, + aioe) kr] | = (di = 43) (Qiskn + 2aa2) + (ia — aia)? kn, 2 = (is — a1) isk + aaa) + ays(ai2 — a2) 2 +7), C3 = (@i1 — is) [az2(1 + 2n) + (2ai2 + air + a6) kK] (46.7) + @s2 — G2) @22 — ak) + Gia — G2)? k, C4 = (ir = 1) [22 + (66 — a2 — G6) K] + (@i2 — Gia) [@22 + (@ir + 2a12 + de6) k + 2asrkn] — Gia = ai2)°k. For an isotropic plate with isotropic inclusion we find that = 2(z + F) + ( $ 2,3 5) 0520] sina yy = 1a -2 iene + aoa cos26 |cos 8, Edd EE’ E (46.8) a= Se {2 (zg Bar) , [en Ja \E\E" FE B 4 Wa) ba 3 42" EE’ E? cos2¢l sin 6; 214 ANISOTROPIC PLATES and d= 34+ 2v-—9? —pt y 3 +20" cea = (46.9) —— Elastic core —-== Hord core | Fig. 107 \ \ | Etasticcore \ ~ Hard core \ | ——Missingcore Fig. 108 In the case of an isotropic plate with a rigid inclusion (E’ = 0) og ea pH AH G +r eos 20) sin 0, tng = [-2 + (1 +») cos 26} cos 0, { (4610) JG —)(1 +9) 0» = ¥0,. STRESS DISTRIBUTION 215 By going to the limit of (46.6) we obtain (40.8) for a plate with an unfilled center. The calculated results for a plywood plate are given in Table 5. The numerical values of stresses are given in fractions of Ma/J. It is assumed that the x-axis is parallel to the fibers of the exterior plywood layers (the loaded sides are perpendicular to these fibers). On the basis of Table 5, the distributions of o, (Fig. 107 and Fig. 108) are calculated at the opening contour, for both the filled and the un- filled cases. The highest stress o, in the case of a rigid inclusion is 0-76MajJ and it is located at point 6 = 60° and points symmetrical to this one. ‘Table S—THE COMPONENTS OF STRESS AT POINTS OF THE OPENING CONTOUR Without Rigid inclusion Elastic inclusion inclusion v 6, Tro o% tw % 6 0 0 013 0 0 0-02 oO 0 15 034 —021 —0-09 O19 —0-04 —0-02 —0-29 30 054 —039 0-10 029 —016 0-07 —0-22 45 054 —0:54 0-44 027 —027 0-28 —003 60 039 —054 0-75 016 —029 0-58 0-34 75 021 —034 0-68 004 —019 1-01 1:38 90 0-13 0 001 —0-02 0 1-50 3-23 The highest stress is 3-23Ma/J in a plate with unfilled center (sec- tion 40). The case of an elastic inclusion with constants aj, = 2a,, occupies an intermediate position, and for this case we have max = 50 Me, (46.11) Fig.107 and 108 present sufficient evidence of the effect of elastic and rigid inclusions on the stress distribution in an anisotropic plate with a circular opening. When load is applied to the sides of a plate which are parallel to the exterior plywood layers, the stress distribution at the contour will be similar to that shown in Fig. 107 and 108. 216 ANISOTROPIC PLATES ‘The highest values become equal to: for plate with a rigid inclusion Snax = 0°67 2 ; (46.12) J and for a plate with an elastic inclusion (aj; = 2a;,) Snax = 141 Me . (46.13) At the same time the stress is 2:58Ma/J for a plate with an unfilled center. Thus, it would be more advantageous, in a plywood plate with filled and unfilled center, to apply forces to sides which are parallel to ex- terior layers. The stresses in this case are smaller in comparison to those in a similar plate loaded along the sides which are perpendicular to external layers. It should be noted, however, that this conclusion (as well as the conclusion at end of section 43) could be incorrect for aniso- tropic plates with different elastic constants. References 1. Savin, G.N., Stress conocntration at openings. Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Lenin- grad, 1951. 2. Lekhnitskiy, 8.G., Stresses in an unbounded anisotropic plate weakened by an elliptic opening. DAN SSSR, Vol. IV (XIII), No. 3(107), 1936. 3. Savin, G.N., Some problems of the theory of elasticity of an anisotropic me- dium. DAN SSSR, vol. XXIII, No. 3, 1939. Stress concentration at openings. Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Leningrad, 1951, pp. 185-90. 4. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Theoretical study of the stressed state of an anisotropic plate weakened by an elliptic or circular opening. Works of the conference on the optical study of stresses, NIIMM LGU and NIIMekh MGU, ONTI, 1937. Stress concentration at elliptic and circular openings in an anisotropic plate subjected to tension. Vestnik inzhenerov i tekhnikov, 1936, No. 5. 5. Savin, G.N., Bending of an anisotropic beam weakened by an elliptic or circular opening by a constant transverse force. Vestnik inzhenerov i tekhnikov, 1938, No. 8. Stress concentration at openings. GTTI, Moscow-Leningrad, 1951, pp. 212-34. 6. Lekhnitskiy, .G., Theoretical study of a stressed state of an anisotropic plate weakened by elliptic or circular openings. Works of the conference on the optical study of stresses, NIIMM LGU and NIIMekh MGU, ONTI, 1937. Some cases of stress distribution in an anisotropic plate with a circular opening. Uchenye zapiski LGU, seriya matem. nauk (mekhanika), vyp. 8, 1939. STRESS DISTRIBUTION 217 7. Dorogobed, A.S., Stress distribution in an orthotropic plate with a circular opening in the case of a pure shear. Inzhenernyy sbornik, v. XXI, 1955. 8. Lipkin, V.B., Stress distribution in an orthotropic plate with a circular opening subjected to bending moments. Dissertation, Sarotavskiy universitet, Saratov, 1951. 9, Faerberg, I.I., Stress concentration in an anisotropic plate with a circular opening. Works of the Ministry of Aviation Industry, No. 674, 1948. 10. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Stress distribution in an anisotropic plate with an elliptic elastic core (plane problem). Inzhenernyy sbornik, v. XIX, Moscow, 1954, 11. See Ref. 10, pp. 87-8. 12. See Ref. 10, pp. 99-101. 13. See Ref. 10. 14, See Ref. 10. 15. See Ref. 10, pp. 95. 16, See Ref. 10, pp. 97-9. 17. See Ref. 10, pp. 102-05. CHAPTER7 Approximate Method for Stress Determination in a Plate with Slight Anisotropy 47. Plane Problem for a Slightly Anisotropic Plate The solutions of plane problems given in Chapters 3-6 for a homo- geneous anisotropic body indicate that the basic quantities on which stresses depend are the complex parameters , and ,. Complex para- meters appear in many formulas for stresses; they affect the highest stresses, stress concentrations, etc. For an isotropic plate #4, = 1. = i. If we represent the complex parameters of a homogeneous plate in the form mato), maida), | (47.1 f= i +%), fa = -i +3), | an) then «, and «2, which are complex in general, can be considered as the values which characterize the deviation of a plate from isotropy. The smaller |«,| and |«,| with respect to unity, the closer is the plate to iso- tropy in relation to its properties (in the first edition of our book we used 2, and A, instead of «, and a2). We understand “slightly anisotropic” to characterize a plate in which |«,| and |x| are small with respect to unity to the extent that we can disregard the higher powers and the product of «; and «, in com- parison with the first and the second powers. We limit ourselves to the study of the stresses in a slightly anisotropic homogeneous orthotropic plate in the second approximation. We will represent the stress func- tion as a series ordered according to powers of «, and «2 and will dis- regard the higher powers of these quantities, starting with the third. This will allow us to reduce the problem of anisotropic plates to several plane problems for isotropic plates and to solve it approximately with the use of well developed methods for plane problems from the theory of elasticity of isotropic bodies. 218 DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 219 It should be noted that such a method of expansion according to the powers of small parameters, while neglecting the higher powers (method of small parameters), was used by many authors for approximate solutions of different problems of the theory of elasticity (for ex- ample, G. Yu. Dzhanelidze, N. V. Zvolonskiy, A.I.Lur’e, D. Yu. Panov, P.M. Riz and others).* We consider now the case when body forces are absent.” The components of stress are expressed by stress function F 2, 2 o2 oa ESF, y= SF, wy ay? Ox? ax dy which satisfies the following equation in the case of an orthotropic body A OF (12m) OF 1 OF Pox \G EF Ey oy* The coefficients of this equation are expressed by complex para- meters w, = i(1 + 04) and uw. = i(1 + «2) and powers of «; and a2 higher than the second are neglected. Then equation (47.3) can be written as ; V2V2F + Qa; + 2a +a? + I V?F + dona ™ =0. (47.3) ox? dy" F =0, 474) at, ox* where V? is the Laplace operator: 2 +. ox? dy? In the case of an orthotropic plate the values of «, + 2, a7 + a3 and «,«, are always real. Function F will be F = Foo + (dy + 2) Fro + (07 + 03) Fao + o102Fi1, (47.5) where F,, do not depend on «; and «3. Then V?V7Foo = 0, 2 V?V7Fig = —2 be V*Foos Va a 5 V*(2Fyo + Foo)s ox? VIV2Fip = — (47.6) 2 a VIVAF = 4 (vr + 220 ANISOTROPIC PLATES By integrating these equations in sequence, we find the following general expressions (Function Foo is biharmonic. Its general form ex- pressed by a function of complex variables is known. Knowing Foo, We obtain a nonhomogeneous equation for Fy> which can be easily inte- grated, and by finding F,» from the non-homogeneous equation, we can determine Fz. and Fy1, etc). Foo = Re Epoo(z) + xoo(Z)], Exo = Re Ep i0(2) + zr0(2) — 42? ¢00(2)], Fay = Re Epao(z) + z20(2) — $2? 9t0(@) + 3 Poole) + $27¥o0(2)], Fur = Re Fpis@) + 411) ~ 32? 9102) + 342° Pt0(2) — §2’x00(2)1, (41.7) where z=x+iy, x iy, gu2), x2) are arbitrary analytic functions of complex variable z. Further in the text we will use the abbreviated designations by dis- regarding the arguments ou = P2)> Ys =H), Fu =F), Pu = ZO etc. On the basis of (47.7) we obtain the general formulas for the first derivatives of F and the components of stress, which would be best represented in a complex form OF , (oF ax | ay G00 + Boo + Goo + (os + %2) [ie + Bro + P10 1 age So! = ~ G@Foo + 24) | + (at + 03) [2% + Bro + 20 Lions oe 1 (Bw . age ate! 4.259! — G@Flot 20) + iG Foto +P Hs +25) ae Lg So! + m2 [sist Pu + Pu- 7 @Fio+ 22H %0) (zt ee + a(= Boo 2°60 + Fb — 22v.0) | (478) DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 221 oy ~ Oy + Ditey = 2E pn + Hho) + (#s + a2) [20% + vio) 7 2 2) a " m — 2 ghy- rede (i+ 2d [2G rat ve) - © oa Tot Zot s Zatz ates Ly Piotr mr 4 00 2 00 2 00 + ous [cei + vis) Palo— 2io » Zee le], tS vin+ ZHb0— 5 Boo 478) Oy + oy = Re [Agog + (a1 + 02) (4Pio — 27750) + (ai + 03) x x (40% ~ Bpfo + = gin + 24s) + ouas (40% = igs + = 96 - 3¥50) (47.10) Displacements are also expressed by functions of the complex vari- ables. We will not give them here. When conditions X, and Y, are given at the boundary, the boundary conditions can be written as Fi ZS = s[Oe- Wave 47.11) ‘ction of counterclockwise cycling around a contour is accepted as positive. We take the upper sign when the exterior con- tour of a given area is considered, and the bottom sign when the open- ing contour is considered. In the case when the given forces at the contour do not depend on elastic constants of material we obtain the following boundary condi- tions for functions y,, and py (Coo + (1 + 2) Cro + (at + 3) C20 + O02C11 = C1) 222 ANISOTROPIC PLATES on the basis of (47.8) and (47.11). ; bo + Boo + 900 = 2 (i%, = Yn) ds + coos ; Zio + Bro + G10 = 4 Foo + 20) + C10, 220 + B20 + P20 = 4(2°Fio + 2Zpi0) 1 (22 on = (= To + 2*Fo + Evia + 22450) | + C205 Fis + Pir + 911 = 40 + 2i0) 1 (2, a - 1 (2 ge — 298, + Peto — Zev a ( 3 Feo ~ 2*Pb0 + 2°7%0 — 2vb0 + en, (47.12) It is evident from (47.9), (47.10) and conditions (47.12) that the func- tions goo and Yoo represent the stress distribution in an isotropic plate of the same shape as the slightly anisotropic plate and stressed by the same forces X, and Y,. By finding functions yo and yoo on the basis of the second condition (47.12), we determine ¢15 and yo. These func- tions represent the stress distribution in an isotropic plate loaded at the contour by forces the distribution of which depends on the type of functions goo and yoo By finding go and yo on the basis of the third and fourth conditions of (47.12), we determine ¢20, P20 and 11, Pi1- Thus, in order to determine the stresses in a slightly anisotropic plate in the second approximation it is necessary to solve four plane prob- lems for an isotropic plate of the same shape. The theory of a plane problem for an isotropic body is very well developed (thanks to G.V. Kolosov, N.I.Muskhelishvili and their students). Many effective solutions of this problem are suggested, such as the stress method, as well as methods based on the use of conformal répresentation and Cauchy integrals, etc.* All these methods provide approximate solutions for many problems of slightly anisotropic plates and it becomes possible to write the approximate formulas for the stress determination in such plates. DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 223 48. Stress Determination in a Slightly Anisotropic Plate with an Opening We consider a sligthly anisotropic plate with any opening which is subjected to forces applied to the exterior edge and the opening edge. It is assumed that the opening is small in comparison with the plate size and is located at a distance from the plate edge. An approximate solution of this problem can be found by super- imposing stresses in an infinite plate with an opening on the edge of which some forces are distributed. These forces are chosen in such a manner as to satisfy the required boundary conditions at the opening edge. Thus, we obtain the stresses which would satisfy the conditions at the opening contour and which upon moving away from it approach those in a plate without opening with the same given forces distributed at its external edge. We assume that we found stresses of, o?, t2,, which were produced by given forces in a similar plate without an opening. The known func- tions of the complex variable f(z) and y?,(z) correspond to these stresses. We represent now functions ,;, yy which are present in (47.7)-(47.10) as the sum of ole) = 222) + $2)» | (48.1 vue) = vie) + Ful), | ep where fi, and Fy are unknown functions which correspond to the stresses that are approaching zero on moving away from the opening. We will now map conformally an infinite plane with an opening into an infinite plane in the form of a circle with unit radius (i.e., to the exterior region of the unit circle), Let the function which performs this conformal transformation be z= 0). 48.2) We substitute z using expression (48.2) in all formulas and introduce notations Su) = fuloE)] = Pu), GiiA2) o Su2) = = ui), 224 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Fi) = 210), AIO = wus (48.3) FZ) = Fulo®] = Ps, Fie) = al = UO, Fi@) = Vise). The problem is confined to the determination of functions ,,(¢) and W,,(0), which satisfy certain conditions of regularity outside the unit circle and boundary conditions which are obtained from (47.12) after the substitution of ¢ for z. We can use different methods for the determination of the unknown functions. When (¢) is an algebraic function, then ®,, and ¥,, can be represented in general as series* DE = Ayling + Ay + y Agen”, | = (48.4) WAC) = Bylnt + By + Y Bae”. net Coefficients of the logarithms are expressed by the components of the resultant forces acting on the opening contour. Coefficients Aj; and Bij are determined from the boundary conditions, in which the known. quantities should be represented in series forms arranged according to the powers « = e of the boundary value of variable ¢ (in general, the expressions for the known quantities will contain o in addition to In ¢). In some cases it is more suitable to use a method based on Cauchy integrals. After finding all the functions the components of stress can be deter- mined from (47.9) and (47.10). The stress o, on areas normal to the opening contour at the contour is determined in general from the following formula 09 = —o, + of + of + 4 Re [woo(0)] +(e +03) Re [ute = 25 (5) va] + (2 +2) Re fives +6 (3)[ 22 +200) ig 5 DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 225 +46 o Wo0(9) | + a,x, Re 2°\o, i 1 /i I x | —4vi0(¢) — Voo(s) + + &(— J Wools) |r. 2° \o Here o, is the normal stress applied to the opening edge (a known quantity); « = e"'; 8 is the polar angle which determines the position of points on the contour of the unit circle based on (48.2) and also the au, (0) + (3) x G position of points at the opening contour; & (3) is the quantity con- jugated with a(0). Gg In the next section we will discuss stress distribution in a plate with a square opening. 49. Tension and Pure Bending of a Slightly Anisotropic Plate with Square Opening A plate is weakened by a small opening the contour of which is ex- pressed by the equations x =a(cos # + ecos 38); y = a(sind — esin30), (49.1) where # is the parameter which changes from zero to 27; a, ¢ are con- stant coefficients which satisfy @ > 0, lel < +. By an appropriate selection of coefficient e it is possible to obtain shapes which would differ little from a square with rounded corners. Several authors considered the problem of stress distribution in an isotropic plate with an opening resembling that of a square which is subjected to stress forces applied to the external edge. All of these authors used the method suggested by N.I.Muskhelishvili. P.A.So- koloy studied tension and shear;° G.N.Savin, tension and bending ;* M.I. Nayman, bending.” By having the equation of the opening contour in the form of (49.1), N.I.Nayman assumed that e = 3, and G.N. Savin assumed that « = +4. The latter also studied contours which are determined by more complex equations and which produce a better approximation to a square. The function which transforms an infinite plane with the opening of (49.1) to the exterior region of a unit circle is a) = a(e + 4). (49.2) 226 ANISOTROPIC PLATES J. Tension. A slightly anisotropic and orthotropic plate is weakened by a small opening at its center and is deformed by normal forces p which are uniformly distributed on two sides. It is assumed that the principal directions of elasticity are parallel to the sides and conse- quently the tension is applied in the principal direction. ly 4 A | P 8 _| AANA x 4 1By (a) ly P P 8 | Ayo x By (b) Fig. 109 When the origin of coordinates is located at the opening center and the x, y-axes run along the symmetry axes, we will consider that the opening contour is given by (49.1). If ¢ is positive the “square” is located as shown in Fig. 109a, and tension is applied along the diagonal direction. In the case of negative ¢, the position of the opening is shown in Fig. 109b. Tn the case of tension Of =P, Oy = Thy (49.3) Po0(2) = ae voo(2) = Sl z, © (2) = os). 2 Piolz) =0, — PtolZ) = 3” P (49.4) P22) =0, — y8olz) = ——z, 16 Pi) =0, yi) = ae z. DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 227 This can be easily seen by introducing these values and o, =p, Gy = Ty = 0 in (47.9) and (47.10). Functions ®,, and Yoo, which are necessary for the determination of stresses , at the opening, are® + ta a(4)[s0o + Weald) - () : (49.5) By assuming that in these expressions ¢ = o = e®'and by introducing in into (48.5), we obtain the stress distribution along the opening con- tour. We will not give the formula for o,, due to its complexity, but will show the stress values at two most important points. At points B and B, at the diametrical ends, which are perpendicular 228 ANISOTROPIC PLATES to the tensile forces (Fig. 109a, 109b) we obtain P 2 2 3 = ——?__/3 42-3 1 + 4e — 66? - 3 % Tell le — Be? + (01 + 2)( je — Ge 63) 2 + (ai + 03) ra 563 + 5e + 326? — 33e3 + 124) é + aye, ——-— (1 — Be + 6? + 386? — let +305]. (49.6 ita a Ml — Be + . et +3e)]. (49.6) When the tension is in the direction of diagonals (Fig. 109b), we find that fore = 4 9 = P[T80 + (a1 +042) 3°57 — (a} +03) 0-15 — c,a2°0-03]; (49.7) and for e = 4 oy = p[S37 + (ay + 01) 231 — (a7 + 03) 0-05 + ays. - 0-02]. (49.8) When tension is applied in the direction of the “square” sides (Fig. 109), we obtain for « = —} 6 = p[L47 + (%1 + %2) 0:10 — (a7 + 3) 0-03 — ox. ° 0-09]; (49.9) and fore = -} 6 = pLL85 + (0, + a2) 0-32 — (af + 03) 002 + aya2 * 0-06]. (49.10) When ¢ = 0 we get a circular opening of radius a. Points at the diametrical ends which are perpendicular to the forces experience the following oy = PB + a + 2). (49.11) This result coincides (apparently by accident) with the more exact one (see formula (39.14). 2. Pure bending. A rectangular slightly anisotropic orthotropic plate, which is weakened by a small opening at its center (49.1), is deformed by forces distributed on two sides which cause moments M (Fig. 110) uy y nae NE nba \ my ee By @ ) Fig. 110 DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 229 In this case? a =, =e = 0 (49.12) (J is the inertia moment of the cross section). Mi Mi Po0(2) = a voz) = wy piel) = ar, tote) = 0 i un (49.13) We) = - TE whe) = a5 @islz) ae 27, whi) = -# 2; ; : Pol) = A (EE - B+ S), | Woo(0) = —Pa9(t) - 3 (+ )ent ,0¢) = Ma +95 5459 (5) ua, Mei 327 e “io 2)? + B+ 6e+ 24 wey) t - aA] +te (2) [20 = tot) — 20 () vo], @ = Mat 2 t é 6) ec) + Use) - 5 ( ) von) |: 2 ” [>a 4 2e)e2 + (3-460 — 3802 + 366%) 4 - a] aS 4 (49.14) 230 ANISOTROPIC PLATES At points A and A, (Fig.110a and 110b) ¢, = 0. At points Band By X [2(L + 26) + 0-5(04 + 03) (1 + 66 — 6e%) — 0-25(a + 03) x x €2(3 — 2e — 17e? — 18e3) — O-5a,x2e°(3 + 2e + Ile? — 18e°)]. (49.15) If the opening is cut as shown in Fig, 110a, the results calculated according to (49.15) are limited to the following: fore = o = +e [5°33 + (0, + 02) 1:97 — (a7 + 03) 0-002 — aya2- 0-09); (49.16) fore=4 Oo + [3567 + (ay +3) 1:24 = (02 +03) 0-01 — 403" 0-03). (49.17) fore = — ae + [0:89 + (a, +03) 0-09 — (a2 +03) 0-004 — aya2 0-03); (49.18) and fore = —4 o% = +i (117 + (1 + 42) 013 — (af + 03) 0-01 — a,x. 0-01). (49.19) By assuming that in (49.15) e = 0, we obtain the following stresses at the edge of a circular opening at points # = tf: Ma ay + a2 +—(2 + “~—*}. (49.20) = +i ( : ) (49.20) It is of interest to note that this result coincides with the more exact one (see equation (40.10)). DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 231 50. Stress Distribution in a Homogeneous Ring compressed by a Uniform Pressure The solution of the problem of the stress distribution in a ring with cylindrical anisotropy compressed by normal forces distributed uni- formly on the internal and external contour has been presented in Sec- tion 26. The solution is very simple: all radial directions are equivalent with respect to elastic properties. As a result the stress depends on only one coordinate r (distance from the center). The same problem for a homogeneous ring with rectangular anisotropy is considerably more complex because even radial directions are not equivalent and, consequently, there is no reason to expect that stresses will be inde- pendent of polar angle 6. There is no exact solution of this problem. The solution given below for a slightly anisotropic ring is accurate only to the second approximation. By placing the origin of coordinates at the ring center, it is assumed that axes x and y represent the principal directions of elasticity. aand b are the internal and external ring radii (¢ = a/b) and p and q are the internal and external values of pressures per unit surface (Fig.44 in Section 26). We consider now formulas (47.8)-(47.10). Functions goo and yoo which determine the stresses in an isotropic ring, are known, Namely, 2 Pool2) = pase 262 5 Yoo(z) = G-pire 1. (50.1) sy 1-@ 2 The remaining functions 710, Yio» 20» Y20» P11 and yy, are found from the given goo and Yoo in the form of polynominals with positive and negative powers z. Coefficients of these polynominals are deter- mined from the boundary conditions (47.12). AS a result 910 = Yio = 20 = Y20 = Oand only gy, and y;, differ from zero. Disregarding all intermediate steps, we introduce here only the final formulas for stresses: 2 = Pad 0-92 (BY 4 worl a(t) 4 0(5) l-¢’ 1l-¢c r b b iF 9G) (eat oww 232 ANISOTROPIC PLATES ay) aon 28 B= (3 + 4c? + 3c*), 5 . c= a sena sere), D= AC 4 4c + 04), (009) 26 26 6 = 1 + 4c? + 10c* x 4c% + c8. Formulas (50.2) which represent the stress distribution in a homo- geneous slightly anisotropic ring in the second approximation contain only products «2 and do not contain the first and the second powers of o, and a. It follows from this that the stress distribution of the ring under consideration coincides in the first approximation with that of the isotropic ring. The corrections for anisotropy are quantities of the second order. If one.of the complex parameters is equal to i for a given material, ie., a2 = 0, the stress distribution in an anisotropic ring will be pre- cisely the same as in an isotropic ring. This is true not only for a slightly anisotropic material in the second approximation, but it is also true for material, in which the second complex parameter is any number, even one with a very large modulus. In fact, when «, = 0, the equation for the stress function (47.4) will be [a topes |e 0. 60.4) a oy? DETERMINATION IN A PLATE WITH SLIGHT ANISOTROPY 233 The stress function for an isotropic ring is? F = Ar? +Blnr. (50.5) It is easy to check by simple substitution that this function will also satisfy equation (50.4) for a ring possessing anisotropy of a given type. This indicates that the above is correct. It follows from (50.2) that in a ring compressed by a pressure of uniform density (p = q),as well as in a disc without opening compressed by pressure g uniformly distributed at the edge (c = 0), a homogeneous stress is established: (50.6) These formulas are accurate for a homogeneous ring and disc with rectangular anisotropy for any «, and «>. By using the method of small parameters presented in this chapter, it is easy to obtain the second approcimation formulas for stresses in a homogeneous ring which is deformed by forces distributed arbitrarily along the contour. References 1, Mechanics in the USSR for 30 years. Gostekhizdad, 1950. 2. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Plane problem of the theory of elasticity for a medium with slight anisotropy. DAN SSSR, v. XXXI, Parts I and IT, No. 5 and 9, 1941. 3. Muskhelishvili, N.I., Some basic problems of the mathematical theory of elasticity. AN SSSR, 1933, 1935, 1949 and 1954, 4. Ibid. 1954, p. 185. 5. Sokolov, G.N., Stress distribution in plane field weakened by some opening. Bulletin of the Scientific Committee of UVMS RKKA, v. IV, 1930, No. 1. 6. Savin, G.N., Stress distribution in plane field weakened by some opening. Trudy Dnepropetrovskogo inzhenerno-stroitel’nogo instituta, No. 10, 1936. Stress concentration at small openings in a non-uniformly stressed field. Trudy Dnepropetrovskogo inzhenerno-stroitel’nogo instituta, No. 20, 1937. Stress concentration at openings. Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Leningrad, Chapter II, 1951. 7. Nayman, M.I., Stresses in a beam with curvilinear opening. Trudy TsAGI, No. 313, 1937. 8. See Ref. 2, Part II, pp. 844-47, 234 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 9. Malyutin, I.S., Bending of a slightly anisotropic plate with square opening. Dissertation, Saratovskiy Gosudarstvennyy Universitet, 1951. 10. Muskhelishvili, N.I., Some basic problems of the mathematical theory of elasticity. AN SSSR, Moscow, 1954, p. 219. 11. Timoshenko, S.P., Theory of elasticity. ONTI, 1937, p. 68. Tr. from English. CHAPTER 8 Approximate Method of Stress Determination in an Anisotropic Plate with an opening 51. General Formulas for Plate with an Opening which differs Slightly from an Ellipse An exact solution of problems concerning the stress distribution in an anisotropic plate with an opening is known only for an elliptic or cir- cular opening. It has been presented in Chapter 6. There are no accurate solutions for any other openings due to the mathematical difficulties involved. In the case when an opening in an anisotropic plate differs slightly from that of an ellipse or circle, it is not difficult to find an approximate solution for such a plate by introduction of a small para- meter which will characterize the deviation of the opening from that of the ellipse or circle. Then we can disregard the higher powers of this parameter, starting, for example, from the third or fourth. This chapter is devoted to this problem. ‘We consider an infinite anisotropic plate with an opening, the contour of which is given by equations x= afcos +05 (a,cosnd +5,sin nd], — | ‘ (1.1) y =a[esing +e (—a, sin nd + b,cosn). co When ¢ = 0 we obtain an ellipse with semiaxes a and ac. In the case of small ¢, we obtain a figure which will differ slightly from that of the ellipse. Forces X, and Y, are distributed along the opening edge (per unit area). We consider for simplicity that the resultant of these forces equals zero. We wish to determine the stresses at any point of the plate, and first of all, the stress a, on areas normal to one opening edge at the very edge (Fig. 111). 235 236 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The solution of this problem can be obtained in the following man- ner. An infinite plane with an opening (51.1) is conformally trans- formed to the plane ¢ with the opening in the shape ofa unit circle |¢] = 1. The transformation function is + #0 : 651.2) Fig. 111 where x y() = Y (a, — ib,) £7". (51.3) on In order to make the transformation single-valued and conformal it is necessary that all the roots of equation 1+ ie 1 ae ae 7 o + ey) =0 (51.4) be expressed on the plane ¢ by points located inside of the unit circle f] = 1. We will always consider that coefficients a,, b, and parameter e are such that this condition is satisfied. In this case it is better to introduce instead of ©, and ®, functions (zi) and (23) of variables 2; = z + 4,2 and 25 =z + 432, where Ay and Az are complex parameters of the second kind (see sections 7 and 8). The boundary conditions for these functions for given external forces will be . 2Re [pslet) + gales] = f Y,ds +e, ° (1.3) 2Re fuspsles) + mapales)) = f X, ds + cs, STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 237 where c,, c, are arbitrary constants, and integrals are taken with respect to the contour arc, for which the counterclockwise direction is con- sidered as positive. By using for variable z expression (51.2), we represent functions and @, in a form of series ordered according to the powers of para- meters ¢: O1 = 10 + Pr + PL2 Ho | (51.6) G2 = Pro + ear + E7022 + oJ Here 1, and g2, are functions which do not depend on ¢ and which are expressed in the following manner: Pro =Siolbi)s P20 = Faolls)s | ou = Sui) + WO + APOMiole), p21 = Sal) + © + AO] folGs), in = fuer) + WO + APO 16) i . (51.7) tog HO + AVOILE), Gan = fas) + WO + 290) Lard + LO + APOIINED, and f,.(C;), fex(4) are unknown functions of complex variables » ite, ,1l-c 1 l+ez,1-ce 1 i= ot std, ¢ =) G18 ui 2 omar ( 7 ot ) (51.8) i = 1, 2; is a variable conjugated with £). By assuming that forces X, and Y, depend on e, we expand them into series according to the powers of this parameter. Thenin general we obtain f Yids+o=> [ce + Y Geno” + zo], . So oa (51.9) 50 -['% ds +e. = 5 [ie + ¥ Bano™ + Boao ° cn 238 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Here ons Bim ate known coefficients which depend on the force distribution at the opening edge; Zn, Arm are conjugated values; Zo and fy are arbitrary constants. In order to make the calculations shorter, we introduce ¢ = e”, which will be used throughout this chapter. Substituting boundary values p, and ¢2 into boundary conditions (51.5) and comparing coefficients of the same power of e we obtain a series of pairs of boundary conditions for functions f,, and fy, (the arguments of these functions, their derivatives, as well as conjugated values and functions y and # will be not shown here): trot fro + fio + fro = Foo + Y (ono + ZomI~"); wat Mifiot H2frot fifio+ Fizfzo = Boo + Y Bono” + Bomo™")3 (51.10.0) Fix + fart FAD Siar + + AP Lar 1 - 1 zs FW TAMIL + & + AD LE + conjugated values = Fo + YL Cano” + Zima), ne (51.10.k) Mifix + Mafae + ay + AD) Aina + oaly + ALD) Sle-a + Fy FADD +E + LBD + conjugated values 10 +S Boao + Bano") (k =1,2,3,...). When variable ¢ runs along the contour of the unit circle, then the variable (51.11) STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 239 runs along an elliptic contour with semiaxes equal to 1 and c. Func- tions fix, fox of variables = ¢’ + 2,0’ and ¢5 = ¢’ + Ast’ deter- mine the stresses in an infinite anisotropic plate with an opening in the shape of ellipse with semiaxes 1 and e which are loaded at the opening edge. These functions are known (see section 37, formulas (37.14) to (37.15): Sie = Aso + Y Aunt”, | (51.12) far = Bro + Y Banta", where 1, = GENER = 20 + AA = (1 = 7) 0 +H) | l+ec+(l-o4 (51.13) ty = BANG = 20 + eA = 1 = 0) + 2) l+e+(l-od At the opening contour Fin = Ano +X Aamo", . (51.14) Sir = Bro +X Binom™. Constants Ayo and By do not affect the stress distribution and could be arbitrary, and Ay, and By», are determined from boundary condi- tions. From conditions (51.10.0) we obtain Aom = Pom HaFom Bn = HFom 654.45) Hi — He Hi — #2 and from this we determine functions /,> and f2> which produce the solution of the problem “in the zero approximation”. Values of the unknown functions f,, and fz, and derivatives of known functions f,. and fo will be introduced into the next boundary conditions (51.10.k for k = 1). From these conditions we will find coefficients of the functions f,, and f,, which will determine together with f,o and fzo the solution of the problem in the first approximation. From conditions (51.10.k) for k = 2 on the basis of fio, foo» fir and 240 ANISOTROPIC PLATES J21, we will find the solution of our problem in the second approcima- tion, ete. In order to factually determine the coefficients Aym and By», from conditions (51.10.k) it is necessary to expand into series of the following type according to power « Losipye, Lo +m. 651.16) nl al Coefficients of these series will be dependent on coefficients Aj, and Bim of functions f,, and f,,. In order to establish all these dependencies it is necessary, probably, to have functions (2), i.e., to indicate which terms in (51.3) differ from zero. 52. Formulas for a Plate with a Special Kind of Opening We will discuss in this section various special cases of a plate with an opening, the contour of which is given by equation x = a(cos # + ecos N8), | (52.1) y = a(csin 9 — esin Nd), | where 0 ". We indicate now the general formulas which are used for determina- tion of coefficients of the products (51.16) for any values of n and N.2 STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 241. We introduce notations o, = _—___* __, l+c+AQl—o w= l-c+A0 + Q, By = oy (52.3) l+c+A(l-—o© @= 1,2). Each of the products of type (51.16) will be represented then as the sum of an infinite number of terms with positive powers of « and an infinite series ordered according to negative powers of c. The first of the products (51.16) for any (integer) k, n and N will be written as 1 aaym -1(1 pen) SY + AAP = [+ Ao" Av FT a! \o* Nace ° = Y AL-,o" + Y Atom (52.4) =o ei All coefficients 43,, are determined by the following general formula Aim = ZY Abemenn—n42~28mi(Ar 1)» (52.5) Here g?, are polynominals in terms of A, and «,: (or Bini(Ar 5 Oy ) T LE (Ninn 2 a aomet x x {m+ Nn—n—i+2)(m + Nn—n-143) we (m + Nn = ii +1)... +2 —D Gel" +n(n + Nm-n-i+2-N)x x (m+ Na—n-i+3—N)...(m+ Nn —i-N)x XG N)G FLAN)... +0 = 2 — N) Gray + (5) m+ Nn—n i +2~20) * x (m+Na—n-i+3 —2N)...(m-+ Nn =i —2N) x x (@ = 2W) (+1 —2N)...@ +n — 2 — 2N) x 242 ANISOTROPIC PLATES x (Ayatyin? poe . +(e = n= i+2+42N)(m—n—i4+342N) se(m — i +.2N) (i — Nn + 2N)@— Nn + 2N +1) we = Nn +n + 2N ~ 2) (oe)? + nm —n-i+24+N)(m—-n-i+34+N) v(m i +N) —Nn+N)\G—-Nn+N 41) si — Nn tn + N — 2) Quad) + (m — 1 - i + 2)x x(m —n —i +3)...( — i) — Nn) @ — Nn + 1) Gi - Nn +n -D} (52.6) (5) (3 ) ete. are coefficients of Newton binominals . Formulas (52.5) and (52.6) can be used in the following manner: In the summation of expression (52.5), starting with i = I, it is necessary to disregard all terms containing coefficients A with negative second subscript, since the function f,, at the contour is represented bya series ordered according to negative powers of c, and consequently, all Ax, -m = 0. Furthermore, by determining g”, by formula (52.6), it is necessary to disregard all terms with negative powers of «,, when such terms appear during the summation. With this restriction we find the coefficients of (52.4) for any k, n, m, including negative m, by formulas (52.5) and (52.6). The formula for the second product (51.16) will be of the same type, only instead of A, 41, 01, «4 it will be necessary to introduce B, Ay, #2, and «>. When c = I (the opening differs slightly from a circle), then w, = 1, a, = By = Ai = 1,2). For this case the formula (52.6) (which is quite cumbersome) can be simplified somewhat. The solution of the problem in the first approximation will be con- fined to two problems for an infinite plate with an elliptic opening, in particular, with circular opening, by preserving in expressions g, and 2 only the first powers of parameters ¢ and disregarding all higher STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 243 powers. By preserving also the second powers of ¢ in (51.6) we obtain a solution in the second approximation, In order to obtain this we need to solve three problems for a plate with an elliptic opening, etc. In con- sidering the actual cases, we limit ourselves to the third, and in some cases to the fourth approximation. In each particular case we will be interested first of all in stress o9 on areas normal to the opening contour at the very edge. On the basis of this stress we can judge the stress concentration at the opening. This stress is determine by formula od = 2_R [“ (4 + mB) | dor (A + 2B)? ef Pe AEE oe. aC? » 627 da) wjA-B db mate | ¢ J Here we have new notations A = ccos 0 sNcos NO, B = sind + eNsin NO, (52.8) C? = A? +B. gx and g, in formula (52.7) are values of functions of complex variables at the opening contour which can be found with various degree of accuracy. We consider further plates with openings of the following three types: resembling that of the equilateral triangle; in the shape of an oval of special type and intheshape resembling that of a square with rounded corners. We give the boundary values of functions 7, for anisotropic plate with an opening at the edge of which forces X, and Y, are dis- tributed with a zero resultant force. We will study in detail the tension and bending of orthotropic plates. For such plates we give formulas for stress of at the opening edge and at individual points. In the case of equal complex parameters it is necessary in the formula for stress that uw. = py. Considering the tension and bending of plate with an opening, we also provide calculated results for a plywood plate, in which (as was indicated) 4, = 411i, 4. = 0-343i when the axis x runs in the trans- verse direction to fibers of the external layers;and alsowhen uz, = 0-243i, #2 = 2-91i when the axis is perpendicular to the external layers. 244 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In conclusion we give here designations which are used in study of tension and bending of an orthotropic plate with an opening. hm ome = Je n= -i. +4); 629) B L = (B? — 4A?) (B? — 4342), Dt = ~Atk + A2BX1 — 2k — k*) + BQ +k —n*), + (62.10) E* = A*(2k? — n? + k) + A2BA(k? — 2k — 1) — BYk; 8 -& 2 _ - Utkeme "Tepe — + Mes ne OD, d=-—4—, 1=-—2 _a-k-», l+kitn ltktn = 8 _ 2) "= Tyee ps lim 3(1 +2) +00 +B), 2 8 pe WO + SG 1+ kGn* = 220 + 27) +1 - 1? @ - 3); (52.11) ay, = Pike = Bate yp Bi = Ba Bum Bam, Hi ~ ba Ha — fa Hi = fa ay, = a3, + kb?, +2 Bibs ~% 23M Ha ~ Be 2 pe bay = nb}, + 21 HBR 9283 (52.12) Ha Ba Can = chy + kOe, + 2a — saBe — Bila — Bites Mia Ha STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 245 For isotropic plates (62.13) ay, = bay =n) = —— pa by =e = 7 a3 = b23 = C23 = 0, L=Ct, Dt == -C J 53. Stress Determination in a Plate with a Triangular Opening An anisotropic plate is given with an opening, the contour of which is represented by the equation x = a(cos ? + © cos 20), y =a(in # — esin 28) (53.1) (=1, N=2). By an appropriate selection of parameter e (which should be less than 0-5 in absolute value) this opening will differ little from an equi- lateral triangle with rounded corners. The curvature is equal to zero at e = 0-25. We will call an opening of type (53.1) “triangular”, Some problems of stress distribution in isotropic plates with tri- angular opening were studied by G.N. Savin? and M.1.Nayman¢, We assume that forces X, and Y, are distributed at the opening edge, and have a resultant equal to zero. The distribution can be arbitrary in other respects. In order to obtain a solution of this problem to the third approxima- tion, it is necessary to preserve third powers of , in functions , and 2 and to disregard higher orders. We have = 2 2 Pr = Pro + Opis + M12 + £9135] (53.2) 2 = P20 + oar + p22 + epas.J 246 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Since ¢ = 1, functions f,, and fz, (formulas (51.12) and (51.13) are somewhat simplified. In the given case we have Fal) = Avo + A ae) , 2 2 a (53.3) 2K(C3) = Bro + ¥ Bin (2, ieee eR a act at, Galt at. Conditions (51.10.0) and (51.10.k) should be satisfied at the opening edge, where k = 1, 2, 3. The final expressions for functions p,, at the opening contour will be S$ Bom= H2%om Pio = Ag + ¥ Fema Maton ™ mst fy — fea © Bima woFim pi = Ay +S Pee tein gam, met fy = Ma + 5 Bam = aan gn Et ym Ma Aoshi ~ fis) + BosAa(u2 — fla) 1 Ha ba o Gi2 = Ar + Aoitio + 2 8. 1m — H2% sm Dis = As + 5 Bee = Ham gam met ds — Ma + (AisAi - 40243) 6 — Ags dio? 4 Aisi = 4A oo) (ua fir) + (Bi F3 ~4Boai3 (=), Mam Me yb _ Aodis = fis) + Bose — o Bi Ba (53.4) Here o = e”, Ao, Ay, A2 and A; are arbitrary constants; and Z», Bam are coefficients which are present in integrals (51.9) and which depend on the distribution of the external forces. STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 247 We will give neither here nor in other sections of this chapter the ex- pression for functions ¢2,. They will be obtained from expressions for 1x When we replace A, By 111, {025 Ax, A by By Ay fay flay Aa, 21. Con- stants 4, and B,, are determined from formulas Ay, = G82 4 ogy, Him fe ; . (53.5) By = 2H yop, Him Be (Ao2 and Bos are coefficients of 6-7 in functions y1o and 20). In order to find stress o, at the opening edge we need to use formula (52.7) assuming that A B = sind + 20 sin 28, (53.6) C? = 1 + 4e? — 4ecos 38, cos 8 — 2ecos 29, 0 54. Tension of an Orthotropic Plate with a Triangular Opening * An orthotropic rectangular plate with a small triangular opening in its center is subjected to a tension by normal forces p which are uniformly distributed on two sides. It is assumed that the principal directions of elasticity are parallel to the plate sides and the opening is such that one of its sides is parallel to the principal direction. Similar to the case of an elliptic opening, the stress distribution in a given plate is obtained by superposition of stresses in a solid plate without opening which is subjected to tension by forces p, and stresses in an infinite plate with an opening which is subjected to forces dis- tributed at the opening edge. Additional forces are determined by func- tions 9,(zi) and (zi), which are chosen in such a manner that the necessary conditions, X, = 0, ¥, = 0, are satisfied at the opening con- tour. The use of such a solution for infinite plate will be of value when the opening is small with respect to the plate size and its is located at the plate center. We will consider two cases of force orientation relative to the opening sides. We will give for each case the values of coefficients 248 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Bams %m» Aom, Bom and formulas for stresses 9, at the opening contour and at individual points determined to the third approximation. Case 1. Stresses are perpendicular to one of the opening sides (Fig. 112). = Pai = Pai, (54.1) or = A> Bia = 3 Fig. 112 other #,» and all Z,,, are equal to zero pai 2(u1 = #2)’ Aom = Bom =0 (m > 2); Aor = Bor = (54.2) Bop ‘ 8 = Poe + Fes [AD cos # + BC*n sind — 2c (AD* cos 20 + BC‘n sin 20) + e®C*n (Agk cos @ + Bhsin 9) — © AC4Kn (dh + gl + dgn) cos 20 + e*BC*n (dgk — hl) sin 29]. (54.3) It should be remembered that C?, D* and L are determined by formulas (52.8) and (52.10), where we assume A = cos 0 ~ 2205 29, | B=sind + 2esin20. | At point A(@ = 0, Fig. 112) a = [1 + (54.4) n(dh + gy + den. (54.5) STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 249 At point C(@ = x) (c= e[-1 + gn + 2 nah + gh + den |. (54.6) k 1+ 2 1 +2 Our study indicates that the highest value of o is obtained at points D and D,, where a tangent to the contour is parallel to the tension forces (Fig. 112). The location of these points is determined by values 0 = +00, where dp is the smallest solution of the equation COs By — 2e cos 2) = 0. (54.7) In particular, for e = 0-25 we obtain # = 11°30’. At points D and D; the stress is determined by formula (ooo = p x x f + A [sin 8) — 2e sin 2 + e%h sin Bo + e%dgk — hl) sin 280]). (54.8) For isotropic plates #, = =i; g =h = 03h =0;d=1;1=-1 % = aa (1 — 2cos 28 + 4e cos # — 4c?) (64.9) and formula (54.3), which is obtained to the third approximation, is identical with the one for an isotropic plate.” y PEeHE EAA HE AD tetbree eed be Fig. 113, Case 2. Forces are parallel to one of the opening sides (Fig. 113). Gor = G12 = 4 (54.10) 250 ANISOTROPIC PLATES all other Z,,, and all B,,, are equal to zero Aor = PH, By, = — PA _, 3G — 1) 2G aa) | (54.11) Aom = Bom =0 (m > 2); ie + 2. {ACtkn cos # + BEF sin # LC? + 2e (AC*kn cos 29 + BE* sin 29) + C*kn[—A(gn + hi) cos + Bg sin 8] + &ACKkn [de(n® — k) + (dh + gl)n + hi} cos 20 — &§BC*kn (dh + gl + den) sin 28}. (54.12) The highest stress will be at point 4 (Fig. 113) (de =D + Po EU + 20 ~ Alen +H) — dgk + (gn +h) (dn + D). (54.13) By going to the limit we can obtain from (54.12) a formula stresses in isotropic plates subjected to tension as indicated in Fig. 113: oo = rae + 2cos 20 — 4e cos 9 — 4e%). (54.14) This formula is also identical with the correct one. We give here some calculated results for a plywood plate with an opening which is characterized by « = 0-25. Table 6 shows the numerical values of stress o» (in fractions of p) at the most important points of the contour, found to the first, second and third approximation. In the case of tension in direction x per- pendicular to the opening side (the first case) the numerical results when direction x is parallel to the external layers differ from when it is perpendicular to the external layers. The same can be said regarding the tension in principal direction y (the second case). For each of the cases 1 and 2 the given numbers correspond to tension applied lengthwise to the external layers (Ey = Emo, and E, = Epox) and transverse to them (Ex = Enig and E, = Eniq). In all cases two digits are shown after the decimal point. STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 251 Table 6-—STRESS 5 AT CONTOUR POINTS OF THE TRIANGULAR OPENING Case 1 Case 2 ax Emin By = Emax Ey = Emin Se Approx. A D Cc A D C A C AC ~ 1 =0-71 10-61 —0-71 —1-41 7-80 1-41 14:38 2-49 10-45 2-05 2 72 1:36 7-93 ~1-40 13-95 234 10-27 1:99 3. 0-77 10-86 —0-70 —1-43 7-90 ~1-37 14:09 2-30 10-33 1-97 The calculated results in the fourth approximation (which are omitted here) differ little from those in the third approximation. In every case, the first number after the decimal point is the same in the third and fourth approximations. Consequently, in order to evaluate the stress concentration, we do not have to calculate the higher approximations. It is sufficient to use only the third, or even the second approximation. We obtain the following results for an isotropic plate with opening 0-25. Case 1. At points A and C € ()a = —P3 (54.15) at point D (Gs)p = 5-32p. (54.16) Case 2. At point A (a = Tp; (54.17) at point C (oc = 1-67p. (54.18) It is evident from the above Table that the stress concentration in both cases (1 and 2) is higher when the plate is subjected to tension lengthwise to the external plywood layers (in the direction of larger E). When the tension is applied perpendicular to the external layers (i.¢., in the direction of smaller £), stress o, is distributed along the contour much more uniformly and the difference between the highest and the lowest stresses at the contour is considerably smaller as compared with the tension applied in direction of the larger E. Comparing the results which were obtained for isotropic and plywood 252 ANISOTROPIC PLATES plates it can be noted that the highest stress in the plywood plate was higher than in the isotropic plate. All these conclusions are true for a number of anisotropic materials used for practical application (for example, for different types of wood). V.P. Krasyukov® was the first to apply this method to an anisotropic plate with an triangular opening which was subjected to tension. K.Stephens® suggested another approximate method for the stress determination in an orthotropic plate with a triangular opening sub- jected to tension. 55. Pure Bending of an Orthotropic Plate with a Triangular Opening’® An orthotropic rectangular plate with a triangular opening in its center is subjected to deformation by forces distributed on its two sides which cause moments M to act in the middle plane. It is assumed that one side Fig. 114 of the plate and that of the opening are parallel to the principal direc- tions of elasticity of the material. Similar to the problem discussed in section 54, we will also consider here two cases. Case 1. Sides of the plate which are loaded are parallel to one of the sides of the opening (Fig. 114). fos = Ma? Ma ET? ar (55.1) Ma? Ma? Bis = -, be = STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 253 (Jis the moments of inertia of the plate cross-section normal to axis x); all other By,» and all %,,, are equal to zero. Aor = Bor = 0, Ma® Ma* =, Bn = -——— BJ (us — Ha) 8 (1. — #2) Aom = Bom =O (m > 3); Aox (55.2) ; oo “6 Ging = sin 20) 2 Ma 2JLC? {-BC*n cos 20+ AD* sin 20 + el-BC*n (cos # — 3 cos 30) + AD*(sin # — 3 sin 39) + 26? [-BC*n cos 48 + AD* sin 48] + &BCtn{h + 0-5 (dgk — Ih)] cos # — eAC*gkn sin 0 + 0:5e9AC*kn (dh + gl + den) sin 9}, (55.3) where A and B are determined by (54.4). At points A and C (Fig. 114) , = 0. The highest stress in absolute value is obtained at points D and D, where the tangent to the contour of the opening is parallel to axis x (i.e., non-loaded side of the plate). At point D Man p= ae (in 9, ~ esin 290) + SE x x {= COS 2p + e(3 cos 399 — COS Dy) — 2e? cos 40 + e%[h + 0°5 (dgk — hl)] cos 99} (55.4) (angle 6, is determined from (54.7)). By going to the limit, we obtain the formula for the isotropic plate from (55.3) which is identical with the exact solution:** i (sin 8 — sin 30 + esin 40 — 6c? sind). (55.5) o = 254 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Case 2. Loaded sides are perpendicular to one of the sides of the opening (Fig. 115). - A A Gon = MO a= -™, 2 = - ME 65.6) By 4s (J is the moment of inertia of the plate cross-section normal to axis x); Gym With other subscripts and all Bm are equal to zero. Aor = Bor = 0, ] __ Ma’ __ Ma'n, 8S (ur = Ha)? 8S (us = Ha)’ Aon = Bon =0 (m>3); Bor = Aor | (55.7) Ma a oy = # (eos 0 + eos 20) = Ma +s. 2JLC* + e[AC*kn (cos # + 3.cos 30) + BE*(sin @ + 3sin 39)] {AC*kn cos 20 + BE* sin 20 + 26? [ACtkn cos 40 + BE* sin 49] + 0:5e9AC*kn [hl — 2) + dg (n® — b) + (dh + gl — 2g) n] cos + e§BC*gkn sin # — 0-5e? BC*kn (dh + gl + dgn) sin}. (55.8) At point A (Fig. 115) Ma Coe FFU 94 ES n 2 += {05+ 2e + 2 x! + 0-25e3 [h(l — 2) + dg(n? — k) + (dh + gl — 2g)n}}. (55.9) From (55.8) we obtain the formula for the isotropic plate which is identical with the exact solution:*? Ma ~e [cos ® + cos 39 + e(cos 40 — 2) — 6c? cos BJ. (55.10) Table 7 shows values of stress o, (in fractions of Ma|J) for the ply- wood plate which are calculated to the first, second and third approx- STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 255 imation (for case 1, at point D and for case 2, at points A and C). The parameter « is assumed to be equal to 0-25. In each of the cases the numerical values are given for a plate whose external layers are perpendicular to the loaded sides (E, = Ey. and mL Fig. 115 E, = Engx), and also for a plate with external layers parallel to loaded sides (Ey = Emin and Ey = Eyia)- It is evident from the Table that the third approximations differ very little from the second approximations within the accepted accuracy (two numbers after the decimal point), or do not differ from them at ‘Table 7—-STRESSES AT POINTS OF THE CONTOUR OF THE TRIANGULAR OPENING Case 1 Case 2 Emax Ex E, points Approx. c D A iG A iG L 677 SL 1016-075 756 = —0-75 2 673 509 10-71 TIS —0-88 3 671 5-08 1070-094 794 —0-88 all. Therefore, even the second approximations are suitable for deter- mination of the concentration factor with sufficient accurracy for prac- tical application. 256 ANISOTROPIC PLATES For an isotropic plate with the same triangular opening we obtain: Case 1. At point D (0)p = 3-63 *. (85.11) Case 2. At point A (o)a = 5°50 “, (55.12) at point C (se = -083 2, (55.13) Table 7 shows that the stress concentration factors in a plywood plate in all cases are considerably larger than those in an isotropic plate. Of the two main cases of orientation of the principal directions with respect to the loaded sides the first case when forces are applied to sides perpendicular to the external layers is less advantageous because the stress concentration at the opening in this case is larger. 56. Stress Determination in a Plate with an Oval Opening We consider here an infinite anisotropic plate with an opening, the equation of the contour of which is x = alcos # + e cos 38), . . (56.1) y =a(csin — esin 39). When c is positive and less than unity then the opening is elongated and axes x and y are the symmetry axes. When c = 0-36 and e = —0:04 we obtain a figure which will differ little from a rectangle the short sides of which are represented by semi-circles. In a figure of this shape the ratio of length to width is 3 and the curvature at the centers of the Jong sides is equal to zero, When c = 0-537 and e = —0-038 the opening is oval. The ratio of length to width is 1-93. When ¢ < | the opening of type (56.1) we will designate below as oval. Tension of iso- tropic plate with such an opening (and in particular when c = 0-537 and « = —0-038) was studied by M. Greenspan‘®, and bending of such aplate by moments, by J. A. Joseph and J. S. Brock.* E. F. Burmistrov'* STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 257 obtained solutions for a number of other problems of isotropic plates with an oval opening (by the N.I. Muskhelishvili method). By assuming that ¢ = 1 in (56.1) we obtain, as was indicated before, a figure with four symmetry axes, which at certain values of e will differ slightly from a square with rounded corners. The edge of the oval opening (56.1) is subjected to forces X, and Y,, whose resultant is equal to zero. For this case functions ¢,,(z;) and p2x(Z5) are represented by (51.7), and f,(¢;) and f,(¢4) are represented by (51.12)-(51.13). By solving this problem in the second approximation, we eliminate from the expressions for p: and 2 powers of e, higher than the third, ive., we assume that = et 0% P1 = Gro + Epis + e725 | (562) 2 = G20 + ep + Ppa. | We also eliminate all powers of « higher than the second in the right- hand side of the boundary conditions (51.5). We obtain the following expressions for the boundary conditions of functions ¢;, after some transformations: pio = 40+ 5 Bom — Ha%om 5m met My — M2 pi = Ay + SS Bim in gm Ay Bo mL My = Me — Aoxbs (2 = fs) + Bors (ua — fiz), 1 (56.3) Ha — Ha o m= Hah 2mm 1 fy ~ Ma + [A011 + 642) Bt — ArsPi] 6 + 3Aoafio? + AosBio? 4 BAe +6403) Bi — As sB i] ua =) + 13Bor%2 + 6Bos) Bs — Br sBal ua — A Ha ~ Ba 12 = Ad + Ms 258 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Here Ao, A, and A, are arbitrary constants: = 2%, _ AoiBs (wa — fs) + BorBs (42 — fa) 1 He Ha — Ha + (dows + 3403) Bis Ana (56.4) (4s = Fa) Baz Bu = mF (a= a) + Bi = Bi — Ba Hi — Ba + (Bors: + 3Bo3) B23 Aom and Bom will be found from (51.15). Expressions for the boundary conditions of functions 2, are ob- tained from (56.3) by transposing A and Band subscripts of , « and p. In order to determine stress o, at the edge of the opening we use (52.7), in which we assume that A = ccos 8 ~ 3ecos 30, | , , (56.5) B= sind +3esin30. | The formulas given here can be used for stress determination at the edge of the opening, for which c = 1, a, = By = 4,, «2 = B2 =A. 57. Tension of an Orthotropic Plate with an Oval Opening’® A rectangular orthotropic plate with a smal oval opening is stressed by tensile forces p distributed uniformly at two sides. The principal di- rections of elasticity and symmetry axes of the opening are parallel to the plate sides. In solving this problem in the second approximation (by thesuper- Pp Hitiptttte ttt Fig. 116 STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 259 position method), we consider here two cases (designations are the same as in section 52). Case 1. A plate is subjected to tension along the large axis of the opening (Fig. 116). Bos = —4paci, Bra = 4 pai; (57.1) Bm = 0 for other values of k, m3 %m, = 0 for all k, m; paci paci Ao. = ~~ =——.,_ By, = — (57.2) 2G =m)? 8 2G = a) Aom = Bom =9 (m > 2); 2 o> = r= + Wa {c(AD* cos # + BC*nsin 9) + e[2AC*b, ,ckn cos # — 3AD* cos 30 — BC*n(2a;,¢ sin # + 3 sin 39)] + 262Cten [—Ak (ba1 cos # + 3b23 cos 39) + Baz, sin ® + 3az3 sin 38)]}. (57.3) Stress is distributed along the contour symmetrically with respect to the opening axes. The highest values (absolute) are reached at points A and A, or at points B and B, at the ends of the axes (Fig. 116). At points A and A, (a = et [-e + 3 + 2b,,0n) — 2e?en (bz, + 3b23)]; (57.4) ce-3e k at points Band B, P @)e =p + er nfe + &3 — 2ay¢) + 2e*c(az1 — 3aza)]. (57.5) For an isotropic plate at the same points A, A, and B, B,, we obtain from (57.4) and (57.5): P [o-etse+e Be } (57.6) 3e oa l+e. (+o? 3 0 + 5e 2 4c lte (1 + ©)? 1 —3e (oe =p + 2p [ere |: ($7.7) 260 ANISOTROPIC PLATES In contrast to the plate with a triangular opening, formulas (57.6) and (57.7) for an isotropic material differ from the exact solution and are approximate (similar to formulas (57.4) and (57.5). iy sansateagae iy Webra ety ee Fig. 117 Gh Case 2. A plate is subjected to tension along the small axis of the opening (Fig. 117), For = 213 = —4 pa; (57.8) the remaining %», and all J, are equal to zero; Aor fo = © 2a = 1)" 2a = wa) Aom = Bom = 9 (mm > 2); Pata B — oe _, (57.9) apy? NPC Te {AC*kn cos # + BE* sin + e[ACtkn (—2c1; cos 8 + 3 cos 38) + 2BC*b, kn sin 8 + 3BE* sin 30] + 262C*kn [A(cas cos # + 3c23 cos 38) — Blbz, sin # + 3b25 sin 38)]}. (58.10) At points A and A, (Fig. 117) P c—3e ()a =p t Zu + e(3 — 2cy1) + 26? (C21 + 3€23)); (57-11) STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 261 at points Band B, (5) = post + 3 + Wyn) + 2e*n(—b., + 3b 23)]. (57.12) At the same points of an isotropic plate ()a =p + >! Repent ark (57.13) c-3e l+e) (lL +e? p 1-3, , 8 =-—2[14 + . 6114 oe 25 ‘Tre Gray =O Table 8 shows the calculated stresses o, at points A and B in a ply- wood plate with an opening, for which c = 0-36 and « = —0-04. We consider the cases when the larger axis of the opening is parallel to the external layers and when it is perpendicular to them. The values of o, are shown in fractions of p. We obtain the following values of a, at points A and B for the iso- tropic plate with similar opening: Case 1. (oo)a = —092p, (0) = 139p. (57.15) Case 2. (os)4 =444p, — (os)n = —0-90p. (57.16) Table 9 shows calculated results for a plywood plate with an opening characterized by parameters ¢ = 0-537, « = —0-038. For an identical isotropic plate we have at points A and B Table 8—STRESSES 4) AT POINTS OF THE OPENING CONTOUR, c= 0:36, e = —0-04 Case 1 Case 2 Ey = Emax Emin Enax points =~ A B A B A B A B 1 062 1-79 =1-25 159 854 —061 639 —1:20 2 —063 1-78 —1:24 158 850 -O61 638 —1-19 262 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Case 1. (oa = —0-92p, (09)n = 1-7Ip. (57.17) Case 2. (o6)4 = 3:58p, (9) = —0-92p. ($7.18) Table 9—STRESSES 59 AT POINTS OF THE OPENING CONTOUR, ¢ = 0537, ¢ = — 0-038 Case 1 Emax Exmin points Approx. A B A B A B A B =063 251 -1:27 210 665 —063 5:04 —1:24 063 250 1-27 209 663 —063 503 —1-24 fers Tables 8 and 9 shows only the first and second approximations. Our calculations indicate that for the given values of the parameters of the opening and the elastic constants, the third and higher approximations have the same two first numbers after the decimal point. By comparing the data of these Tables for different cases with those obtained for the isotropic plate we arrive at the same conclusions as in the case of tension of a plate with a triangular opening. Namely, (1) the stress concentration is larger in the case when the plate is subjected to tension in the direction of the larger Young’s modulus (i.e., lengthewise to the external layers); and (2) the concentration factors for a plywood plate in both cases are larger than those for a similar isotropic plate. 58. Pure Bending of an Orthotropic Plate with an Oval Opening’” A rectangular orthotropic plate with a small oval opening (the same as in the previous section) is subjected to forces distributed on its two sides which cause bending by moments M. STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 263 Case 1. The forces are applied to sides parallel to the small axis of the opening (Fig. 118). Mac? , _ Mae 5 _ Ma? Bor = ay? Pe yp Bie = aa the remaining fy and all Z_», are equal to zero; (58.1) Aoi = Bor = 0, 262 262 Vy oe ee BI (ur — M2) 8) (41 — M2) (58.2) Aom = Bom =0 (m > 3) Fig. 118 (Jis the moment of inertia of the plate cross-section parallel to the small axis of the opening). Ma x ILC? x {c%(— BC'n cos 28 + AD* sin 2) + 2ec [-BC*n (cos 20 — 2.cos 49) + AD* (sin 29 — 2 cos 48) + 3c? [BC*n (2a; 30? cos 29 — sin 68) + 2AC*b, kn sin 29 + AD* sin 66}. (58.3) At points A and A, at the ends of the large axis (Fig. 118) o, = 0. At points B and B, at ends of the small axis we obtain the highest stress (in absolute value). At point B Ma, «aa. BP oy =F (e sind — esin 30) + n 1 —3e (o)2 = “ lctet [0:5c? + 3cc + 1:5e%(1 — 2a,30%)]). (58.4) 264 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The stress at the same point for an isotropic plate is equal to Me (60) = rare) [c(1 + 0) + (1 + 30]. (58.5) It is of interest to note that this formula (which was obtained from the approximate one) is identical with the exact solution, similar to the case “at™N Fig. 119 of a triangular opening (obtained from formulas of Joseph and Brock with our designations). Case 2. The stresses are applied to sides parallel to the larger axis of the opening (Fig. 119); ~ Ma _ _ Ma Ma* Foe = ME ay = t= TE, ae = gy} 8) Zm = 0 for other values of k, m; Bun = 03 Aor = Bor = 0, Mayr Ma?p, Ao: = MEH By, = 58,7 2 Bi — ma) BT — Ha) p87) Aom = Bom =0 (m > 3) Table 10—STRESSES 69 AT POINTS OF THE OPENING CONTOUR, c= 0:36,e = 004 B Case 2, point A Case 1, pi Approx. Ex = Emax Ex = Emin Ey = Emax Ey = Emin Le o-41 0:38 450 347 2-¢ 0-41 039 449 3-46 STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 265 (J is moment of inertia of the plate cross-section parallel to the larger axis of the opening); Ma 2JLC? + BE* sin 20 + 26 [AC*kn (cos 20 + 2.cos 40) + BE*(sin 29 + 2 sin 48)] + 3e? [AC*Sn (2cz3 cos 28 + cos 69) — 2BC*b, kn sin 20 + BE* sin 68}. (58.8) At points B and B, (Fig, 119) o, = 0. At point A at end of the large axis ; a = 2 (cos 6 + e005 30) A + {AC*kn cos 28 J Ce 1 (a = a ltet +7105 4364 152 (1 + 2eya)]l c—3e k I (58.9) At the same point for the isotropic plate Ma = ——*_[l+¢+3+0], 58.10) (o)a Te 3 | +23 +0] (58.10) and this formula is identical with the exact solution. Numerical values of stresses a, (in fractions of MajJ) at point B for case 1 and at point A for case ? for a plywood plate are indicated in the accompanying Tables. Table 10 shows data for a plate with opening having parameters c = 0-36 and e = —0-04, For the same isotropic plate we obtain: Case 1. At point B (6,)» = 0:36 “e. (58.11) Case 2, At point A (), = 255 M4, (58.12) J Table 11 shows data for a plate with an opening with parameters ¢ = 0537 and e = —0-038, For an isotropic plate with the same open- ing we obtain the following results. Case 1. At point B (6s) 5 = 0-65 “4. (58.13) 266 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Case 2. At point B (a = 2:16 Me. (58.14) Two significant digits are preserved after the decimal point. ‘able 11—STRESSES 6, AT POINTS OF THE OPENING CONTOUR, ¢= 0537, € 038 Case 1, point B Case 1, point A Approx. Ey = Emax Ex = Emin Ey = Emax Ey = Emin Le 0-84 o74 361 284 2e 084 0-74 3:60 2-84 As is evident from these Tables, the stress concentration factors are larger when the loaded sides of the plate are parallel to the external layers. 59. Tension of an Orthotropic Plate with a Square Opening We have a rectangular orthotropic plate with the principal directions of elasticity parallel to its sides. The plate is weakened at its center by a small opening, the contour of which is described by the equation x = a(cos + eos 38), | (59.1) y =a(sind — esin30) | (axes x and y are parallel to the sides). For certain values of parameter e the opening differs slightly from a square with rounded corners. For simplicity we will call such an opening square. When « is positive the apexes of the square (rounded) are located on axes x and y, which consequently run along the diagonals. In the case of negative e the sides are parallel to the coordinate axes. We assume that the plate is subjected to tension by forces p which are uniformly distributed on two sides (Fig. 120 and 121). Formulas for the calculation of stresses at the opening contour and at STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 267 individual points in the second approximation can be obtainded from (57.3)(57.7), by assuming that c = 1. Bop Pot Te {AD* cos # + BC*n sin 6 — e[AC*dkn cos # + 3AD* cos 39 + BC (Isin d + 3 sin 39)] Cn [Ak (r.cos # — 3¢.cos38) + B(ssind — 3hsin3v)]}. (59.2) THEtt ete tte LALLA Fig. 120 Fig. 121 At points A and A, at the ends of the diameter which is parallel to the forces, the stresses are: (a = ft + (3 — nd) + en(@3g— ry]. (59.3) At points B and B, at the ends of the opening diameter is perpendic- ular to the tension forces (6,2 = —P— [1 +n — (3 + nd — 5n) — e'n(s + 3A]. (59.4) 1 —3e At points C, C,, C; and C; at the ends of diameters which are 45° to the forces we find oe 20g e - Ode = 3 Fake ktn+e(3(l —&) — n+ kd +1) + en[3(h — kg) — kr — s}}. (59.5) 268 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Formulas (59.3), (59.4), (59.5) for an isotropic plate are: (ia = Pe (-1 + © = 20? = 264); (59.6) 1—3e n= 5 P ay O + Se + 26? + 26%); (59.7) = 3e 1-36 - . 59.8) Ce = PF 7 de (59.8) The first two of these formulas are approximate and the third is exact.'? Formulas (59.2)-(59.8) can be used for the stress determination in a plate with opening, when the tension is applied either along the dia- gonal (Case 1, « > 0, Fig. 120), or in the direction of the sides of the opening (Case 2, ¢ < 0, Fig. 121). In order to go from one case to another it is necessary to change the sign of ¢ without changing the values of this parameter. Values of «, at points A, B and C (in fractions of p) for a plywood plate with opening having |e| = } are given in Table 12. We studied cases both of tension in direction of the largest Young’s modulus (Ex = Emax) and the smallest (E, = Enin). We give the calculated re- sults not only in the first and second approximations, but also in the third and fourth (we omit the formula)?°. In all cases we retained two digits after the decimal point. We obtained the following values of o, at points A, B and C for an isotropic plate with the same opening. Table 12—STRESSES 6, AT THE CONTOUR POINTS OF A SQUARE OPENING Case 1, = 4 Case 2, € Ex = Enax Ex = Enin Ex = Ennax Enis Points Scan caneane 1 = 4-01 10:96 0-20 —2:03 7-92 0-40 —0°55 2-70 O81 — 1-11 2-27 1-26 2 = 1-05 10-79 0-22 ~2-05 7-85 0-41 —0-57 2-61 0°82 —1-12 2-23 1-27 3 1-05 10-82 0-21 —2-06 7-86 0-41 —0-57 2-60 0-83 — 1-11 2-22 1-28 STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 269 Case 1. € = 4. ()a = —1,38p , (@.)s = 5,38p 5 (59.9) (sc = 0,5p. Case 2.e = -}. (a4 = —0,85p, | (2s) = 1,85p, (59.10) (ac = 2p. Within the accepted accuracy the third approximations for a given plate differ slightly from the second, or do not differ at all. Comparing the results for a plywood and an isotropic plates we arrive at the conclusions analogous to as in the case of plates with different openings. The stress o, in an anisotropic plate changes along the contour much more sharply as compared with the stresses in a similar isotropic plate by forming “peaks” at individual points. This could be used as an explanation of the fact that the maximal stress in a plywood plate is higher in all cases as compared with that of the iso- tropic plate. The stress concentration factor in a plywood plate is higher when the tension is applied in direction of the larger Young’s modulus (lengthwise to external layers) and is smaller when the tension is applied in direction of the smaller Young’s modulus E (transverse to the external layers). The stress is distributed at the contour more uni- formly in the latter case. It should also be noted that the maximum stress in a plate subjected to tension along the diagonal of the opening is cons- iderably larger than the maximum stress produced when tension is applied in the direction of the sides of the opening (at least it is true for cases considered here). 60. Pure Bending of an Orthotropic Plate with a Square Opening”* A rectangular plate with a small square opening in its center (which was considered in previous section) is subjected to forces applied to two sides which result in moments M. When « > 0, the moments act as shown in Fig. 122; and when e < 0, they act as shown in Fig. 123. 270 ANISOTROPIC PLATES When c = 1 we obtain the following expression from the formula derived for a plate with oval opening (58.3): Ma 2JLC* + AD* sin 28 + 2e[—BC*n (cos 26 — 2.c0s 49) + AD*(sin 29 — 2sin 48)] + 3e? [BC*n(h cos 20 — cos 68) =AC*gkn sin 28 + AD* sin 69]}. (60.1) ; ie “a Gin 6 — ¢ sin 38) z + {-BC*n cos 20 Fig. 122 Fig. 123 At points A and A, (Fig. 122 and 123) o, = 0. At point B M (on = ceaoe [1 + 052 — (2 — 3n) — 3e%(1 + 0-Shn — 0-5n)). (60.2) At point B,, 0, will have the same value but with reversed sign. At points C and C, ___Ma £2 _ aa (s)c = Wi+i Weer [l —k + 2e(1 —k — 2n) + 36? (k - gkn — 1)]. (60.3) The stress at symmetrical points C, and C; differs by sign only from that at points C and C,. For an isotropic plate we obtain at points B and C 2Ma 1+26. ©)o = Teast (60.4) (de = -2fMa (60.5) J 1+3e° STRESS DETERMINATION IN AN ANISOTROPIC PLATE 271 These formulas were obtained by taking the approximate formulas to the limit, and they are identical with the exact solution.?? Table 13 shows the numerical values of o, in fractions of MajJ for poings B and C of a plywood plate which were found in the first and second approximations. The opening parameter is e = +4. We do not show here the third approximation. They do not differ by more than 0-01 from the second approximations. Table 13—STRESSES 5, AT CONTOUR POINTS OF SQUARE OPENING Case 2,8 = ‘ase 1, & E, Emax Ex = Fain c B iG B c B e} -O13 S11 O11 147 O18 131 034 013 510 O11 146 O18 1:30 0:34 The stress at points B and C in an isotropic plate is equal to Case 1.e = 4. Me (nn = 361A; (60.6) Ma (de = -024 =. Case 2.¢ = -4 Ma (oe = 11 (60.7) Ma (de = 047 =". On the basis of a comparison of the data for isotropic and plywood plates we arrive at conclusions analogous to those in the case of plates with triangular or oval opening. 272 ANISOTROPIC PLATES nces 1, Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Some cases of elastic equilibrium of an anisotropic plate with non-circular opening (plane prob. em). Inzhenernyy sbornik, v. XXII, 1955. 2. See Ref. 1. . Savin, G.N., Stress concentration at openings. Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Lenin- grad, 1951, Chapter I. 4, Nayman, M.I., Stresses in a beam with curvilinear opening. Trudy TsAGI, No. 313, 1937. 5. See ref. 1. 6. See ref. 1. 1. See ref. 4, p. 41, formula 6.7, where R= 0; h = p/A. 8, Krasyukov, V.P., Tension of an orthotropic plate with an opening having three symmetry axes and which is almost circular. Dissertation. Saratovskiy Gosu- darstvennyy Universitet, 1952. 9. Stephens Katheleen, M. A., Boundary problem in orthotropic generalized plane stress. Quart. Journal Mech. and Appl. Math., v. 5, part 2, 1952. 10. See ref. 1. 11. See ref. 4. 12, See ref. 4. 13, Greenspan, M., Effect of a small hole on the stresses ina uniformly loaded plate. Quart. Appl. Math., v. 2, 1944, pp. 69-71. 14, Joseph, J.A. and Brock, J.S., The stress around a small opening in a beam subjected to pure bending. Journ. of Appl. Mech., v.17, No. 4, 1950. 15, Burmistrov, E.F., Stress concentration around oval openings of particular. Inzhenernyy sbornik, v. XVII, 1953. 16. See ref. 1. 17. See ref. 1. 18, Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Approximate method for determination of stresses in elastic anisotropic plates at a circular opening. Inzhenernyy sbornik, v. XVII, 1953. 19. See ref. 4, 20. See ref. 18. 21. See ref. 18. 22. See ref. 4. CHAPTER 9 Theory of Bending of Anisotropic Plates (Thin Plates) 61. Approximate Theory of Bending of Anisotropic Plates (Thin Plates) The deformation of the anisotropic plates considered in Chapters 2-8 is characterized by the fact that the middle surface of the plate remains plane. In this Chapter we will consider the general theory of deforma- tion of anisotropic plates when the middle surface is bent, i.e., the theory of bending. We consider here exclusively those plates which are called “thin plates”, as well as the approximate theory of thin plates. The fundamentals of the theory of bending are presented in the works of F.Gehring! and M.J.Boussinesq?. The approximate theory of bending of anisotropic plates was developed mainly by M.T. Huber®. In the theory of elasticity a thin plate is considered to be a plate the thickness of which is small relative to other dimensions and which is subjected to small deflections with respect to the thickness (in any event, the deflections do not exceed the thickness). Since in this work we will consider exclusively thin plates, we will simply call them “plates”. We study now elastic equilibrium of a plane homogeneous aniso- tropic plate of uniform thickness which is fixed along the entire edge or only part of it and is deformed by bending loads. The bending loads in the general case consist of the load g kg/cm?, distributed on the plane surface, and normal relative to the middle plane in its undeformed state, and of loads distributed along the edge in the form of bending moments m and forces p which are normal to the undeformed middle surface. The latter forces could be given but they also could be represented the reactive moments and forces origi- nating at the places of fixing. 273 274 ANISOTROPIC PLATES We assume that the plate in general is not orthotropic, but it has it each point one plane of elastic symmetry parallel to the middle plane. Plane xy is the middle plane of the undeformed plate; the origin of coordinates is at an arbitrary point 0 and the z-axis runs from the unloaded external surface (Fig. 124). We disregard here the body forces. Due to the assumption made regarding the elastic properties we Fig. 124 will consider the generalized Hooke’s law in the form of (2.5) as being true for such a plate. The approximate theory of bending of plates (thin plates) is based on the following two assumptions: (1) Straight sections, which in the undeformed state of the plate are normal to its middle surface, remain straight and normal to the bent middle surface (“hypothesis of straight normals”) during the bending. (2) Normal stress ¢, in cross sections parallel to the middle plane is small as compared with the stresses in the transverse cross sections, i.e., Og, oy and Ty. We introduce here the following designations: h is the plate thickness; u, vare the displacements of any point in the direction of x- and y-axes; w(x, y) is the deflection of the middle plane, i.e., the displacement of the plate particles located on the middle plane in the direction of the z-axis. The form of the bent middle surface will be determined by the type of function w. It follows from the first assumption that wa 2, pa 2 ™, (61.1) ax ay ee ee, a 2, yee Ox, oy? ox oy THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 275 Assuming that the equations of the generalized Hooke’s law (2.5) are correct for the plate, we will use three of them (disregarding o,): Ex = A110 + Ay 20y + Ar 6Txy5 by = 1205 + z20y + Ar6Txys (61.3) Yay = Ar 60x + A26%y + AvoTxy- By solving these equations for to the stress components we obtain 2 e oy o, = -2 (By, + By,” + 28,, 2"), ox? oy? ox oy ew ew ew oy = ~2( Biz > + B: + 2Bre > 61.4 ( 2 OE + Ba —) | 61.4) 2 ety 2 Tey = 2 Bie oe + Bro —~ + 2Bes ew) ox? ay? ox dy)” | Constants B,, are expressed by a;,, namely: 1 2 _! 2 | Buy = — (422466 — G26), Baz = FZ Guides — Gie)s 1 1 2 By = JZ Gusts = 41266), Bos a (i1@22 — j2), (61.5) 1 1 Bys = FZ Giada = 22416), Bao = Al (@i2416 — 411426), 411, G12, a6 4 = |a12, G22, a26|- 416, G26, Aes J Stress components r,, and 7., will be determined form equilibrium equations er, éz do, , Otay + ox ay (61.6) Otey , Oy , Otay ex ay az 276 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Considering that z = +h/2, t., = t., = 0 on the external surfaces, we obtain 2 3 3 te = 2(2 - ©) [a SY + 38,, 2% 2 4 x3 Ox? oy ow aw + (By. + 2Bes) —— + B. > Bis + Boo) 55 + Bae mh [es oa (61.7) When we cut this plate with certain surfaces parallel to the initial middlesurface xy with heightequal to the plate thickness and with bases dx and dy, then stress components o,, 4), 72y Will be reduced to moments M, dx, H,, dx and M, dy, Hy, dy, and t2,, Tzy Will be reduced to forces N, dy, N, dx. Values of M,, M, are called the bending moments; Hy, H,,, the twisting moments, and N;, N,, the transverse shear forces (all of them per unit length in the middle plane). Obviously, 2 2 nn My, -f oz dz, M, -[" oyzdz, Hy = Hyx = J Ttzdz, mop 2 (61.8) wa 2 Ny -| te dz, Ny= | tydz. ona man From this and from (61.4) and (61.7) follow these dependencies: 2 ow aw M, = -(Di,—* + dD, —* + 20, , ( age ye °° Ox dy, aw aw aw M, = -(Di.£* +d, + 2. , 19 > ( 12 age + Da Se 26 5 *) 61.9) 2 2 2, Hy = - (20 = oY Dag 2 + Des =”); ax? oy ax dy, THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 277 aw aw N= + 3Dig [: 1 ax8 *6 x? dy ; ; + Dis + Dee) 2 + Dag SI, Ox dy? 3 a (61.10) N,= ~ [pe Se + Dis + Do) ay aw aw + 3D25 —— + D2. —~]. ox aye . Constants D,, are related to By: (61.11) As in the case of an isotropic plate, for which we introduce the no- tion of “rigidity”, we call the constants D,, the rigidities of the an- isotropic plate. Namely, D11, D2 are the bending rigidities about the y-and x-axes; Dee is the twisting rigidity; D1, D2«are additional rigidi- ties. Ratios D,2/D22, D12/D11 can be called the reduced Poisson’s x Toe o, @ tz 7 Tx % Ney Es 0 en | Mg Hi x be Hye ¥ 5 Hy Hy Z Ma Hin m2 Zz ic ' Ny Al 278 ANISOTROPIC PLATES ratios by considering the formula for an orthotropic plate (which will be supplied below). ‘Among stress components, moments and transverse shear forces there exist simple dependencies which follow from the formulas indicated above: 12M, 12H, a= > oy rey = Tyx = Z, e ie (61.12) ON, (h? 6N, (h? Tas = Tox = Zoe) te = ty = = a2). wA\4 w\4 Figure 125 a shows the stress components on areas normal to x- and y-axes; and Fig. 125, the moments and transverse shear forces which can be reduced to the stresses. When the plate is orthotropic and the directions of x- and y-axes coincide with the principal directions of elasticity, then instead of (61.3), (61.9) and (61.10) we have: a= P=), 6 =P 10), tei L13) i 7 ow aw) ] M, = -D,(— 2 > (ae te) ow M, = -D,(<2 +», (61.14) H, = -20,2.. ~ ox dy" 7 2 n= -2(p, 2" a( Ox ° - (61.15) N, = ~Z (0s ow 7 oy ox? where E,, Es, »1, 2, G are the Young’s moduli, Poisson’s ratios and shear modulus for the principal directions; Eye Eh Gh D,=—-—" _, pp=* 61.16 7" 20-7) ~* nm | ) ~ 120 =»)? THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 279 are bending and twisting rigidities for principal directions of elasticity, or the principal rigidities: Ds = Divs + 2Ds3 (1.17) The additional rigidities are equal to zero for the principal directions. In the case of an isotropic plate E, = Ey = E,7, = 2 =», = — = _ and all the rigidities are reduced to one rigidity: 1 +») Eh* =——__. (61.18) 120 —») 61.18) Formulas (61.14) and (61.15) have the form : Pa M, = -p( 2" 4,2), oe oy aw. aw -pv(2" 4 , 7 (Fs 5 a) (61.19) a H, = -Da-)2*; ax ay ny, = -p2(v>w),| Ox (61.20) N, = —DL (v0) | oy ve H). Ox? dy? We give below the expressions for the potential energy of bending for anisotropic and orthotropic plates, which follow from (2.2)-(2.4), we disregard z,,, t,, and o.. aw\? aw aw aw)? +2D,, 2". 2" 4 p,, (E" ral flee Gee) 2m ee roots?) ow \? ow ow +4Deo( 2") +4(d,,-% +d ax ay; (61.21 meas oe sep [ras OLD ANISOTROPIC PLATES aw aw aw\? Sey 5 aD,» +D reifffe (S) "at OF (5) Pana + 4p,( aw) ax dy (61.22) ax ay, (integrals are taken with respect to the area occupied by the plate). In addition to stress components, moments and transverse shear forces acting on a plate element perpendicular to the x- and y-axes, we sometimes have to consider the stress components 6,, Tin, Tzn ON an area with arbitrarily directed normal, with corresponding bendingand twisting moments M, and H,, and transverse shear force N, (Fig. 125). The latter are determined from formulas derived from (8.5): M, = M,.cos?(n,x) + M, cos? (n,y) + 2H, cos (n,x) COs (1,9), Hn = (M, —M,)cos(n, x)cos(1,y) + Hy, [c0s*(n, x) — c0s2(n,y)], } (61.23) N, = Nycos(n, x) + N, cos (n,y); 12M, 12H On = 72, Tn = 2 Tn = Ue hs = 2). (61.24) The signs of the moments and transverse shears will be determined according to (61.12) and (61.24). Those moments and transverse shear forces will be considered as positive, if they are produced by positive stresses when z > 0. 62. Equations of Deflected Surface and Boundary Conditions As was evident from the formulas in the preceeding section, the mo- ments and transverse shear forces (and therefore the stresses also) are expressed in terms of the deflection w of the middle surface. This func- tion, in itself, satisfies the differential equation of the fourth order, which we obtained by considering the equilibrium of a rectangular plate ele- ment of dimensions dx, dy and h. Such an element is shown in Fig. 126 with the forces and moments. The conditions of equilibrium of the element (the sum of the forces applied to the z-axis is equal to zero and the sum of moments with re- spect to the x’- and y’-axes which are parallel to x- and y-axes is also THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 281 equal to zero) have the form: aN, , aN, — + + ay oy aM, , oH, N. fs, Hy ax * ay (62.1) aM, , Hy ay ax” where q is the load per unit area distributed on the external surface. Fig. 126 By substitution of the transverse shear forces (61.10) in the first equation we obtain the equation for the deflection of an m anisotropic plate: ‘ a an Y + 4Dig—— oad 2(Di2 + 2Des) —— D axe ax? a a ow ow + 4Da6 ao 5 + Dn oe nh (62.2) In particular, if the plate is orthotropic with the x- and y-axes coincid- ing with the principal axes, we obtain ow ow ow 2D; —“. +d, —* =4q. 62.3) axt +O aap 7 OP Ge 4 (62.3) For an isotropic plate Dy Eh* D, =D. =D=——_ 1 2 = Ds 1a —») 282 ANISOTROPIC PLATES and equation (62.3) becomes* DV?*V?w = (62.4) The problem of the clastic equilibrium of the plate under arbitrary bending forces is reduced to determination of the function w(x, ») in the region occupied by the plate. This function satisfies the differen- tial equation of the fourth order (62.2) [or correspondingly (62.3) and (62.4)] and boundary conditions at the plate edge, which depend on the method of fixing or loading. We will present the boundary conditions for five basic cases. In the general case the edge will be considered as curvilinear with a normal n arbitrarily directed in relation to the x- and y-axes’. (1) Rigidly clamped edge: w=0, (62.5) (2) Simply supported edge w=0, (62.6) (3) Free edge (62.7) where = is the derivative along the contour arc. 7 (4) The edge is loaded by given bending moments and forces per unit length, the value of which equal m and p, respectively: M, =m, Ny + Se = (62.8) (5) The edge is deformed, the deflection w* and the slope angle «* of the bent surface relative to the plane xy are known: wat, & =at, (62.9) In The right hand sides in conditions (62.8) and (62.9) are assumed to be given in the form of a function of the contour arcs, or by a function of any other variable determining the position of a point on the contour. THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 283 63. Relation between the Theory of Bending and the Theory of Functions of Complex Variables The deflection equation (62.2) for an anisotropic plate belongs to the same type of equations as equation (5.9) for the stress function in the theory of plane stress. The general expression for the function w is known; it depends on the roots p1,, #2, ji: /i2 of the characteristic equa- tion Daz + 4D zo? + (Dy + 2Des) ue? + 4D ro + Dir = 0. (63.1) This equation, as we have seen, has no real roots for any elastic homo- geneous material®. The complex or purely imaginary numbers 1, =a + fiand uz = y + 6 we call the complex parameters of bending (of the first kind). They differ in general from the complex parameters of plane stress for the same plate. Only in the case of isotropic material are they equal to i. The general expression for deflection has the form: (1) in the case of different complex parameters (je: # #41)! w = wo + 2Re [w,(z,) + walza)]s (63.2) (2) in the case of identical complex parameters (0 = 11): Ww = Wo + 2Re [wi(21) + 2102 (21)]. (63.3) Here wo is a particular solution of equation (62.2), whose form de- pends on the load distribution g on a surface; w;(z1), wa(z2) are arbi- trary analytic functions of complex variables z, =x + ,y and 2. =X + wy. On the basis of (61.9) and (61.10) we obtain general expressions for moments and shear forces (for the case 4“. # 1): M, = M2 — 2Re [p.wi (21) + p2w3(z2)], M, = My — 2Re [q.wi (21) + gow (22)], (63.4) Hyy = Hy, — 2Re [rywi (21) + r2w3 (Za)]5 Ng = Ne ~ 2Re [usiwil (21) + masewi Z2)], | (635) N, = NP + 2Re [swi'(zr) + swe en). | 284 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Here M2, M®,..., N? are the moments and transverse shear forces corresponding to function w [they are found from (61.9) and (61.10)]: Pi = Dir + Dia + 2Drottr, P2 = Das + Dia + WDroher» = Diz + Dizui + WDaehr, G2 =Di2 + Dazyi + Dacha, ry = Die + Dactt + 2Doottr, 12 = Die + Drolta + 2Deott2, D. 5, = —* + 3Dy6 + (Diz + Doo) Hs + Daottis wy (63.6) D. $2 = —* + 3Dig + Diz + Woo) tla + Daotti, Ba sone ?t, y-n =, At M2 Sy ry = Gila $2 +62 = —Gofta- We consider now the case when the plate is subjected to bending only by forces and moments distributed along the edge (q = 0). Equations (62.2)-(62.4) become homogeneous, and in formulas (63. (63) we should assume that w) = M° = M? = H®, = N° = N° If bending moments m(s) and forces p(s) (per unit length) are given as functions of arc s on the plate edge, then boundary conditions (62.8) will be transformed into conditions for functions w; and w}7: 2Re [4 wie) +2emeo| = fo dy + fds) — Cx Ch, 2Re [qswi (es) + 9204 (22)] = fone +f dy) + Cy + Ca. ° (63.7) Here C, C,, C, are undetermined constants; f = ’ p ds; the integrals are taken along the contour arc from the initial point to the variable point. For given deformations at the edge of an opening arising from un- known forces (when w*(s) and «*(s) are given), boundary conditions THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 285 (62.9) take the form: BW cos (n, 9) + a* C08 (, x), 2Re [wi(zs) + wa(Z2)] = — ds * 2Re [wyw} (z1) + paw} (z2)] = = cos (1, x) + a* cos (n, y) (63.8) (nis the direction of the external normal to the plate contour). Inside the plate, which is subjected to bending, functions wi, and ws must satisfy a series of conditions given in Section 62, namely: (1) if the area $ of the pate is simply-connected (the plate has no openings), then functions w(z,) and w4(z2) must be holomorphic and single-valued in their regions S, and S, (see section 8, Fig. 9); (2) if the plate has openings, but the forces distributed along the edges of the openings are equilibrated at each of the opening (the resultant moment and the resultant force are equal to zero), then functions w((z1) and w5(z3) are holomorphic and single-valued in S, and S; (3) if the plate has several contours (the plate has openings), and if even for one of the contours the resultant force and the resultant mo- ment are not zero, then functions w;(z,) and w4(z.) will be multi- valued. For example, let the plate have one opening with forces and mo- ments on its edge, which lead to resultant force P, and moment com- ponents m, and m,. Then on going around along any closed contour enclosing the opening, functions w; and w; are changed by incre- ments 4; and A} and their derivatives w! and w% (ic, the second deriv- atives of functions w, and w2) by increments 47 and 43 which are determined from the following equations (the determinant of these systems for non-equal complex parameters is always equal to zero) Ay + 43 + dy + 4) =0, MAY + wd3 + a,47 + f.4% = 0, - =, (63.9) MmiAt + wads + adi + madi = 0, ee Fag Lays bs ba 286 ANISOTROPIC PLATES A, +43 +4, + 4; =0, 1A, + 2d + ad) + fds = 0, ; 4 a2 4 q2de my Pe pid, + wid + di + pedy = — 2 — 2, f 63.10) Dr. Daz tia, +a, + | 4a, +th = ey Pe Ma Ba Ay Aa Dy Diu On the basis of the above, the nature of the functions w,(z,) and w,(z2) becomes clear. We see that the problem of plate bending under edge loads has much in common with the plane problem and that it is subjected to the same difficulties connected with the determination of the functions of complex variables z; and z,. For simple contours, when the plate has the form of a rectangle, strip or circle, the problem in many cases is solved in a simple manner without recourse to complex representation. But in more complicated cases the complex form may prove useful. Deflection, moments and transverse shear forces can also be ex- pressed by functions of the generalized complex variables 2} = z + 412, 2h =2 + Aaz, where 1+ im T= in,” a a4, =the (63.11) are the complex parameters for bending of the second kind. The de- flection is presented in the form W = Wo +2Re [Ox(ci) + O2(25)], (63.12) where @, and @, are arbitrary analytic functions of variables z{ and 24. This representation of the deflections will not be used below and no further remarks will be made. We also give here the formulas for an isotropic plate which are analogous to the formulas for the plane problem:* W = Wo + Re [Zp (2) + x(2)]3 (63.13) M, — M, + 2iH,, = M9 — M2 + 2iH3, | + 2D(1 - ») Ge"@ + v'@I, (63.14) M, + M, = M2 + M9—4D(1 +») Re[y'@]s N, ~ iN, = N2 - iN? - 4Dy"(2). (63.15) THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 287 Here we is any particular solution of the non-homogeneous equation (62.4) depending on the load distribution g; M2, M°, H8, N°, N° are moments and transverse shear forces corresponding to deflection wo (they are determined from (61.19) and (61.20); y(z), z(z) are analytic functions of complex variable z = x + iy; y(z) = 7'@); D is the ri- gidity of the isotropic plate (61.18). Because of such complex representation of deflections, moments and shear forces, the methods of G.V.Kolosov and N.I.Muskhelishvili, developed for the plane problem can be applied to solution of problems of the bending of isotropic plates. A.I.Lur’e was the first to use the complex representation of deflection by considering the bending of an arbitrarily loaded circular plate.° M.M. Fridman obtained solutions for a number of problems of bending of isotropic plates. In particular, he studied the bending of plates weakened by different openings.?° 64. Equations of a Deflected Surface with Consideration of Membrane Forces. Plate with Large Deflections and Plate on Elastic Foundation We assume that a homogeneous anisotropic plate is subjected to forces and moments which cause the plate to bend (studied in sections 61 and 62). In addition it is also subjected to forces acting in the middle surface (in-plane forces). If only the first type of forcesand moments are acting, then the stress distribution corresponds to bending. If only the in-plane forces are acting, the state of the generalized plane stress prevails. It is incorrect to determine the stress by a simple summation of the bending and plane stresses when all these forces are acting. The in- plane forces have an effect on the deflection and the equations (62.2) to (62.4) cease to be true. In studying (approximately) the combined action of the bending and and in-plane forces, we assume that the stress components are composed of two parts: Oy = Oz +O, Oy = Fy + Oy, Try = fey + Thy, (64.1) Tr = Tees Tye = Tee Here @,, ,, Z,, are the values of the mean stress through the thickness arising from in-plane forces only; o',, 07,, ty are the stresses proportional to z and are determined by formulas (61.12) and (61.9). In order to ob- 288 ANISOTROPIC PLATES tain the equation which will be satisfied by deflection w, we introduce the quantities 7, T,, S,», S,. as in-plane and tangential forces per unit length: m2 T =| o, dz = hid, =n (64.2) Ty = iby, Spe = Suy = life. 0 75 Sy om et han tk aecg tes | Sat Z oe ox VW ' h, 1 Sy Fx ay ys ay ay, oO i 1 x Bypt | aw, -p aw, 0, ENLin ax ee 1 1 ax Fig. 127 Obviously, T,, 7, S,y Satisfy the equations of equilibrium, when the body forces are absent: ar, T. , 8» 9, Sx 1 DH _ 9; (643) ox ox ax In order to determine these forces it is necessary to solve the plane pro- blem for the plate. We divide the plate into rectangular elements of dimensions, dx, dy and h and consider their equilibrium. Besides the forces and moments shown in Fig. 126, there will be also the in-plane forces, shown in Fig. 127 and 128. Considering the curvature of the plate during de- formation, the forces T,, T, and S,, will not lie in the xy plane. We obtain the components of these forces in the z-direction: aw z= (1,24 +28, 2% +7, 52) aca, (644) ov THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 289 or, per unit area, ew > ow ew ax oy a” 2-55 + Sey (64.5) This force should be added to the load q in the equations of section 62, and so we get for an anisotropic plate: i , f * Dy OY Ady OY + Dya + 2D ys) Oe + ADs 2” ox* ax dy Ox? dy? ax ay? ; ; es a + Dn oY ag 47, 2” 4 258,, 2" + 7,2" 1.6) a ax? Ox dy oy? and for an orthotropic plate : _ a 2 4 2p, 2 a ax* ax? Oy? ay (64.7) ES Sx ny * By Fig. 128 The problem of plate bending with in-plane being forces is considerably more complicated if the deflection is not taken as being small compared to the thickness. The deflecion and the stress function in this case are determined by a system of two nonlinear equations. This system for an isotropic plate was developed by von Karman". ‘We give a short derivation of the corresponding system for an ortho- tropic plate. ‘We assume that the stress components are determined from (64.1) 290 ANISOTROPIC PLATES and the strain components are also expressed in two parts: be SE ty HB +S, Yay = Ter + Pov (64.8) Quantities @,, #,, 7,. are the strain components of the middle surface. They depend not only on displacements w and v, but also on the de- flection w. By expanding the general expressions (1.5) into series and retaining only the first power of the derivatives of w and vand the sec- ondary powers of the derivatives of w, we obtain alfa | +3(R)- | (64.9) Per = Elimination of u and v by means of differentiation results in a3, ote. aw \? aw a + oe Sie (Se Vee 64 10) ox? dxdy ax ay Ox? dy? The strains e/, ef, 7, depend on the bending of the plate and are given by formulas (61.2). The total stresses o,, 0,, Z-, across the thickness lead to in-plane forces T;, Ty, Szy and to moments M,, M, and H,,. Stresses 1,,, t,, are reduced to transverse shear forces N, and N, (see (61.14) and (61.15)]. Stresses @,, ,, Z,) satisfy the equations of equil- ibrium: oa, ex” ay dy (64.11) from which it follows that they are expressible in terms of a stress function F: OF __ OF . OF B= >, By = oy ty = ay?” ax?’ - . 4.12) ox dy (64.12) THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 291 These stresses are connected with the strains by the generalized Hooke’s law: 1 % =—(, —13,), ES oe = 133,), (64.13) The transverse shear and in-plane forces satisfy the equation ar 2 2 ON: OND gg 47, 2% 4 25, 2H +7, 2" ax dy ax? Ox dy ay? =0, (64.14) which is obtained by considering the equilibrium of the rectangular plate element shown in Fig. 126, taking into account the force compo- nents in the z-direction arising from the in-plane forces (Figs. 127 and 128). We substitute now expressions (64.13) into (64.10) and express the stresses by function F. In addition, we substitute expressions (61.15) for the transverse shear forces into (64.14) and express the in-plane forces by the corresponding stress function F. Then a system of two non-linear equations is obtained, which are to be satisfied by the stress function and the deflection: 1 OF (1 Qn) OF 1 OF E, éx* “\G~ E,) ax? ay?” BE, ay* _( @w\? _ ew aw ax dy Ox? ay?” (64.15) tw otw otw “+ 2p," +b, ox* Ox? dy? ay* + ay? x? Gx dy Oxdy ax? ay? wa +n(ZE aw 4 @F | ow oF De) These equations were derived by G.G. Rostovtsev.!? Their integration is accompanied by great difficulties as a result of the non-linear terms in the first equation. Their exact solution is un- known for even a simple case of bending. 292 ANISOTROPIC PLATES For small defiections the non-linear terms may be neglected and then the stress function will be determined independently of the de- flection. If a uniform plate lies on a continuous elastic foundation and bends under a load g with a deflection small in comparison to its thickness, we may obtain the bending equation by assuming, as did Winkler, that the reaction R of the foundation at any point is proportional to the deflection at that point:'* R=kw, (64.16) where k is an elastic coefficient of the foundation. The equation for the plate is obtained in the same manner as previously (in the case of the plate on elastic foundation). We need only to consider that the element shown in Fig. 127 is subjected in this case to load q — Aw. Asa result we obtain for the anisotropic plate Duy Oo 4 4D yg OY 4 1D y2 + Wes) sa Foe tADie Gog + WDiz + Deo) 5 Bae ro ' + 4Drp 4 Dy Se kw ag. 41D) ax ay ay* For the orthotropic plate otw otw otw Disa t Ds aaa te oe then (64.18) If the plate on an elastic foundation is not only under bending load g, but also under in-plane forces, then we get the deflection equation from (64.6) ynd (64.7), by adding the term kw to the left hand side. 65. Determination of Flexural and Twisting Rigidities of Plates Corrugated and Strengthened by Ribs The fundamental quantities characterizing the elastic properties of homogeneous orthotropic plates in bending are its principal stiffnesses D,, D, and D, and the Poisson’s ratios », and 2. For the determination of the flexural and twisting rigidities of such a plate it is necessary to know its thickness and the principal elastic constants E,, E2, 1, ¥2, and G. THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 293 It should be noted that the rigidities can be represented in the form Vo V2 3 where J = = is the moment of inertia for beams, the axes of which coincide with the principal direction. In the case of a plate of uniform thickness, these beams have rectangular sections and their height is equal to their thickness h and the base is equal to unity. In practice one may also consider approximately the plate as a homogeneous and orthotropic plate made of an isotropic material, corrugated or reinforced with frequent stiff ribs. We will give examples of the calculations of the principal rigidities for some of these plates, 1. Corrugated plates. Corrugated plates made of an isotropic ma- terial i.e., plates which have corrugations in one direction, may be considered approximately homogeneous and orthotropicif the number vy x ae t Eg PRO i bet L Vz Fig. 129 of corrugations is sufficiently large, or if the chord of the corrugations is small in comparison with the length of the side of the plate. The cal- culation of the stiffness of corrugated plates, and also of plates rein- forced by frequent parallel ribs, is reduced to the calculation of mo- ments of inertia per unit length for the basic sections [see (65.1)]. Consider the corrugated plate of Fig. 129. The principal directions xand y are perpendicular to and along the corrugations. We denote the 294 ANISOTROPIC PLATES chord length of one semi-wave by 1, arc length by s, thickness by /, ‘Young's modulus and Poisson’s ratio by Zand ». Assuming the waves to be sinusoidal z= Hsin =. (65.2) ro ra — Oo Rd Osu ae at x Sa se dt " Fig. 130 According to Seydel,'* the approximate formulas for the rigidities are: 3 p,-L._™ 5 12(1 — »2)’ Eh? 12(1 +9) (65) D, = EI, Ds=t where J is the mean moment of inertia in the xy plane per unit length and is equal to z= osnH |) — — 08! _] (65.4) 1425 (F : 2 2. Plate with many stiffening ribs. For an isotropic plate reinforced on two sides with parallel stiffening ribs of the type shown in Fig. 130, the rigidities are calculated from the formulas 3 D,= Ds; = ae 12(1 — ») (65.5) 3 7 p, = —# EJ oe Rad-)" a’ | THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 295 J is the moment of inertia of a rib about the axis in the middle sur- face; E, » is the Young’s modulus and Poisson’s ratio of the plate; E’ is the Young modulus for the rib material; d is the distance between ribs, all assumed to be identical and located at the equal distance from each other. If the ribs are on only one side of the plate, then the moment of inertia is calculated about a line passing through the center of gravity of the section, which will not lie in the middle surface. For plates reinforced by two sets of mutually perpendicular ribs symmetrically distributed on both sides of the middle surface, the rigidities are found from formulas Ele Dy = + +" 120 — ») Eh? D; =——"—_ + 65.6 2 120 —*) (65.6) 2 2h 12(1 — »*) It is assumed that the axes of the ribs are parallel to the principal di- rections; E’ and E” are the Young’s moduli for the ribs parallel to y and x; J; and J; are the moments of inertia of the ribs about lines in the middle surface; d, and d, are the rib distances parallel to y and x-axes. Formulas for rigidities of the plate reinforced with corrugations and considered as orthotropicare givenin a book byS.N. KanandJ. A. Sverd- lov (pp. 255-7). 66. Determination of Rigidities and Reduced Moduli of Multi-layered Plates A non-homogeneous plate constructed of elastic anisotropic layers, which are bonded to each other can be considered in a number of cases as homogeneous and anisotropic. First of all consider plates having a symmetrical structure with an uneven number of homogeneous layers. If the elastic constants of each layer are known, we can determine from them the flexural and twisting rigidities of the whole plate, as well as the 296 ANISOTROPIC PLATES reduced elastic moduli of the plate deformed by forces acting in the middle plane. Let the multilayer plate be constructed of an odd number of homo- geneous anisotropic layers symmetrically located about the middle layer. On both sides of the middle layer there are layers of the same thickness and of the same elastic properties. Two more identical layers are added to the external surface of these layers, etc. The plate as a whole represent a body possessing both geometric and elastic symmetry with respect to the middle plane. ] : ne Vz Fig. 131 We assume that sliding of one layer past another is impossible since the layers are bounded or welded to one another. We will study only a plate built of orthotropic layers, the planes of the elastic symmetry of which are mutually parallel and one of them is parallel to the middle plane. The middle plane of the central layer is taken as the coordinate plane xy, with x and y directions coinciding with the principal directions of elasticity. We introduce the following notations: 2n + 1 is the number of layers (we consider the lowest layer as the first, the center as n + 1, and the upper most as 2n + 1); h is the total thickness of the plate; hy, hia, «= (3) (aap tise) | (10 1 (AY 66m + 6), 12\3 These expression may be written in a more descriptive manner if we denote by D‘, DS, D{” the rigidities of the outer layers, and by D®, D¥, D, the rigidities of the center layer. Instead of (66.10) we obtain D, = 26D + D®, De = 2 = 26D + DY, (66.11) Dy = 26D? + DP. If all layers are isotropic, then D = 26D + D®, ieee (66:12) ss yD) 4 DDyl2) D where D, »“ are the rigidity and Poisson’s ratio for the outer layers; D, ¥ are the same for the center layer. Let us consider now the generalized plane stress of the multilayer symmetrical plate. The approximate expression for the reduced moduli in the case of plane stress are obtained on the assumption that the strain components ¢,, €,, x» are identical for all layers and do not depend on z, and the stress components in each given layer do not change with respect to the thickness. Then the average stresses for the whole plate with respect to thickness are z(22 Bon + oe} oy [22 5 by + obs} (66.13) an h oo z[2. 5 bn + 5} THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 301 Using these equations and the generalized Hooke’s law we obtain the following dependencies for each layer: (Gs — 7135), G, — ¥28,), (66.14) J Reduced moduli and Poisson’s ratiosin these formulas are determined from " mn), Mnt1), 9 EY bm Eons), wT rym = FD YD, _ Bw (es EM in oo une), One maT = PD GD G= #2 F G5, + G8.) a (66.15) 2 EOS BRE DYWEDG, 3 pete + eee i= , ‘ ES Ones £, A.L. Rabinovich studied in detail a number of individual cases of the multilayer plate in practical application.'® In addition to plates constructed of layers with somewhat arbitrary moduli and thickness, A.L. Rabinovich studied plates made of plywood and delta wood sub- jected to deformation by bending loads and forces acting in the middle plane. 302 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 67. Rigidities and Reduced Moduli of Plates Composed of Identical Layers All formulas of the preceeding section will be simplified if all layers are of the same thickness, since in this case we have hy — hy = hy — hs Iq — Png = h(n + 1), 1, = hin + 1). (67.1) 6, =6, = If, in addition, all layers are made of the same orthotropic material and are located in such a manner that the principal directions of the ad- jacent layers are mutually perpendicular, then all conditions in formulas of section 66 are easily satisfied. As a result the final formulas would not contain any sums. Denote the Young’s modulus, shear modulus and Poisson’s ratios of the outer layers for the principal x and y di- rections by E1, Ez, G, »; and v2; and the ratio of the Young’s moduli by a: 2 = BE. (67.2) For layers with odd numbers we have EM =E,, EM =E,, G™=G, Man, Wav, (m = 1,3,5,..,20 + 1). (67.3) For layers with even numbers we have EM =E,, EM =E,, GP =G, =r, MM =m (674) 2,4, 6,..., 2n). (m ituting (67.1)-(67.4) into (66.2) we obtain expression for the ri- gidities of the given plate. Introducing the reduced moduli for bending Ej, Ei, G and the reduced Poisson’s coefficients »;, »5, we can write the formulas for stiffeness in the same form as in the case of homogene- ous orthotropic plate (stiffeness for a more general case of multilayer plate can be presented in the same form, only formulas for the reduced moduli will be more complex): a en 12(1 = vir) 12(1 — 93) 12 (67.5) D3 = Dy; + 2D,. THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 303 Here , Er ins ae Bap Te = (Qn + D+) + BQn + 1? — (1 - a}, E. 1 — vy 8 ge a , 3 2 B 2Qn + 1° 20 — m2) (n+ yarD — [3Qn + 1? — 2) (1 - a}, G@ =6, (67.6) 7 2(2n + 1)3 7 ~ @n+ ip + —-BOn+h?-30-9”’ _ 2(2n + 13 ¥2 Qn +18 (+4) + BQn+1?-270-’ 1-195 1 — vx} = Ey, Ejv = Eby) = Ey, ae T—2 1-72 The reduced moduli in the case of the state of a plane stress and the reduced Poisson’s ratios for the same plate are given by formulas which are obtained from (66.15): =P, n+ltin fF _p lar, ntatin l-m, wel’ . , l-vy, n+l GIG et en et ee n+A+in n+1+4n (67.7) The reduced moduli and the Poisson’s ratios of bending can be ex- pressed by the reduced moduli and Poisson’s ratios of the state of plane stress. We obtain these results :'7 2n + 13 (1 + 4) + [3(2n + 1)? -2)0 -4 2(2n + 1)? (2 + 1 + an) Qa + P90 +A ~ B@n + )* ~~ 9 2Qn + 12 (a +2 + An) 304 ANISOTROPIC PLATES G =G=G, nen 22n + 1)? (a +A + An) On + IP +4) = Bn + DF =210 = 9’ soni se. (67.8) As an example, let us consider a three-layer sheet of birch plywood bonded by bakelite glue. Numerical values of the reduced moduli and Poisson’s ratios of the state of plane stress were indicated in section 11. Namely, the reduced Young’s modulus and shear moduli for the prin- cipal directions are 1:2- 105; 0°6- 105 and 0-07 - 105 kg/cm? (taken from “The Handbook of the Airplane Designer”), and the Poisson’s ratios calculated from the tables are 0-071 and 0-036. The ratio of the small Youngs’ modulus to the large is equal approximately to 0-058 for the birch plywood. If we use these numbers in formulas (67.8) and (67.5) and assume that n = 1, 2n + 1 = 3, we obtain the following results. Case 1. x-axis is parallel to the external layers E, = 12-10, £,=06-10, G =007-10%, F, = 0071, 3 = 0,036, 2 = 005; El = 169-105, Es = 014-105, G' = 0-07-10, { (67.9) » = 031, = 002, 24% 104; 2 V2 . 3 p,=170-100@, p, so14-109@, Pt S24, 12 2” Dd: s 5 Ds = 0183-105, 2» < 1.307, p, = 007-105 2, 12” Dz 2 (67.10) The complex parameters, i.e, the roots of the equation are: pt 4222 4242+ <0, (71h DY * D, THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 305 These will not be longer purely imaginary, as it was in the case of the plane problem. Solving equation (67.11) we find that by = 1604 + 155i, fy = —1-04 + 1-557. (67.12) Case IT. x-axis is perpendicular to the outer layers. E, =06-105, E, =12-105, G@ = 007-105, 7, = 0036, 9% =O0071, 1-20; El = 014-108, Ef = 169-108, G’ = 007-108, (67.13) = 002, %=031, AL=% = o,0824; Ey 5 A dD, =014-10-", pp, = 170-109, 2 = oosza, 2 12’ Dz Ds ie D; = 0183-108, 2» 0.108, dD, = 007-105 =, . 12’ D, . 12 | (67.14) For the complex parameters we obtain the following values: Hy = 0-299 +0-444i, 2 = 0-299 + 0-444i. (67.15) While studying certain numerical problems A.L. Rabinovich used in his work different initial data. Namely, the Young’s modulus and the shear modulus of the three-layer birch plywood were equal to 1-3 - 10° and 0-08 - 10° kg/cm?, respectively. Although the numerical values of the reduced moduli for bending obtained by him differ from ours, the difference is comparatively small. It should be mentioned here that the reduced Young’s moduli in the case of plane stress can differ significantly from those in the case of bending for the same layered material. This is evident from the numer- ical example given above. The ratio of the first two moduli for the principal directions is equal to two for the birch plywood, but the ratio of the second moduli is considerably larger, it is approximately 12. In studying (in the following chapters) certain individual cases of 306 ANISOTROPIC PLATES bending and stability, we will use in the majority of cases the results cal- caulated for the plate with reduced moduli and rigidities obtained above for the three-layered birch plywood [see (67.9)-(67.15)]. We will further call this plate for convenience simply “a plywood plate”. Some authors (Ya.I.Sekerzh-Zen’kovich, L.I.Balabukh and others) used different values of the reduced moduli and coefficients for a three- Fig. 132 layered birch plywood in their works devoted to the stability of aniso- tropic plates. Namely, they assumed that ft Bj = 14-10% kgjem?, Es = » G' =0-12-105kg/em2, (67.16) vr = 0-46, 9) = a (x-axis is directed along the outer layers), In presenting the content of these works, we use the values shown in (67.16) in the calculation of the results for a plate. A non-homogeneous plate composed of even number of identical orthotropic layers will behave in bending under certain conditions in the same manner as a homogeneous and orthotropic plate. If we have a plate made of two orthotropic layers of the same thickness with the same elastic properties but oriented in such a way that their principal directions of elasticity form an angle 2p (Fig. 132), our study indicates that such a plate bends as a homogeneous and orthotropic plate. Its principal x- and y-axes of elasticity are directed along the angle bi- sectors formed by the same principal axes of the layers. Formulas (61.14), (61.15) and equation (62.3) are true for this plate, and its THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 307 rigidities are determined from (67.5), where Ej = 18 eB cost y + Ey + 2G (1 — y2)] | 1-92 x sin? p cos? p + E, sin* g}, Ey = 1278 ep, sin 9 + 2 [Eyra + 2G (I — ny) x 1 — 9,92 x sin? y cos? p + E, cos* gy}, ” e+, 9} 67.17) 4 Ext Er = 2Eia ~ 4G (I = 1172) 1 —>2 ot = Eta + [Es + Es ~2E yw, ~4G (1 -99,)]sin? pos? * Ey cos*p+2|E\" +2G(1—»,02)]sin? pcos*p +E; sin*y” G@=G sin? @ cos? p, and E,, Ez, G, v1, ¥2 are principal elastic constants of each layer.'? 68. Determination of the Rigidities of a Plate with Moduli which Change with Respect to Thickness Using the hypothesis of straight normals it is not difficult to determine the rigidity for plate, the elasticity modulus of which varies symmetrically across the thickness, so that points located at the same distance from the middle surface on both sides have the same moduli. The problem of bending of such a plate was considered in detail in our work men- tioned in section 66. We limit ourselves here to only the more important tesults of orthotropic and isotropic plates with variable moduli. Let the plate of constant thickness / be orthotropic but non-homo- geneous. Its moduli are the same for all points in a plane parallel to the middle surface but varies across the thickness in a symmetrical fashion. At each point there are three planes of elastic symmetry, one of whichis parallel to the middle surface. Different points on the same planewillhave the same elastic symmetry. We chose the middle plane as the xy plane, with the x- and y-axes coinciding with the principal directions of elasticity (Fig. 133). Denote the principal moduli and Poisson’s ratios 308 ANISOTROPIC PLATES by E,, Ex, G, 1, »2- These quantities will be even functions of z: E,\(-2) = E,@), Ex(-z) = Ex2), G(-z) = Ge), m4 = (2), %2(-2) = v2(z). These functions are assumed to be known; they may or may not be continuous. Z Fig. 133, The principal results are as follows. The non-homogeneous plate under consideration is bent as a homogeneous and orthotropic plate. Its moments and transverse shear forces are computed from formulas (61.14) and (61.15) and the deflection w of the middle surface from (62.3). The rigidities are found from Wg D, =2/ Fi2* az, | o Lm Wi? Eo? Di = 2f Fg, o l=, 2 Di = af Gz? dz, (68.1) ° 2 n= a > _D. m= mh Ps where »;, 5, are quantities corresponding to Poisson’s ratios for a homogeneous plate. THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 309 The stress components are determined from formulas 2 621 1 Ez (e+ en) ox 1l—»\ex? * ay? J? Ez (#w , @w y= + 7 ; 4, 2 (FS "oe (68.2) 2 ty = 2622"; ox dy 2yy pe ow fe , aw Ez 4, a" ( Ex 49g) 2a], XL Ox? J gyal — vive ay? J -ny2\1 — ri¥2 Baye ay fe ae [= (28s, +26 zdz + ow Faz a]. Oy Ox? J -nya\l — ri02 ay? J -ny2 1 — rire (68.3) In particular, for anon-homogeneous plate with isotropic properties which have E E,=Ey=E@, n= =), G=—H-—, (84) 1 2 = Ez), v1 = 02 = (2). +H (68.4) we obtain this result: the plate bends as though it were isotropic with rigidity D and Poisson’s ratio » given by 22 By D=2 f Eee ol-” 2 2 Bye? 8.5) v= af dz. DJ, 1- J We obtain the following formulas for the stress components 1—\ ax? ay Ez (#w ow = -7= (53 +e), (68.6) Ez aw, “T+ éxay’ 310 ANISOTROPIC PLATES é (vn): Ea, ox yal — (68.7) Ez -ml—# dz. oe 5 (FM): Example. A plate is isotropic but non-homogeneous; its Poisson’s ratio » is constant for every point, but the Young’s modulus varies over the thickness according to a quadratic law 2 E=E, +E; (3) : (68.8) This plate bends like a homogeneous isotropic plate with Poisson’s ratio » and rigidity D given by formula - es (! +015 z). (69.8) 69. Calculation of Rigidity for Arbitrary Directions The rigidity D,, of an anisotropic plate is a quantity dependent on the direction of the coordinate axes chosen, e.g., by passing from one co- ordinate system x, y, z to another x’, y’, 2’, Dy varies. We consider here formulas for the transformation of rigidity in going from one coordinate system to another. Analogous formulas were presented for the elastic constants in section 9. Let the plate rigidity in the x, y, z coordinate system be Di1, D2, D12, Dee, Dig and D2.; and in the x’, y’, 2’ system, rotated through an angle ¢ about the z-axis with respect to the first system, they are Dii, Dha, Dia, De, Digs Dy. To derive the transformation formulas we consider the expression for potential energy of strain per unit volume. If the derivatives of deflections are replaced by strain components ¢,, ys Yeys then we obtain: in the system x, y, z Vv 1D, 16; + 2D 2648, + D220; + Deez + (D1 66x +D266)) x], (69-1) THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 311 and in the system x’, y’, 2’ ie Dire? + 2Direre, + Dares? + Doors + Di oes + Dises) vo9)- (69.2) The strain components ¢,, ¢,, 7x) and e,, &, 74, are related by (these formulas are derived in the mechanics of continuous medium) & = €,c0s? + sin? p — yl, sin g cos y, fy = ek sin? @ + &, cos? p + yly Sin g cos yp, (69.3) Yay = Ae —€3) sin y cos p + 7%,(cos* p — sin? g). Substituting these expression into (69.1) and comparing with (69.2), we obtain the transformation formulas: Diy = Dy, cos*y + 2(Ds2 + 2Do6) sin? p cos? p + D2. sin* y + 2(D16 cos? y + D2q sin? ¢) sin 2p, D5, = Dis sin* y + 2D12 + 2Dos) sin? p cos? p + D2 cost p — UDyo sin? p + Dag cos? 9) sin 2p, 2 = Dia + [Dir + Dor — 2D12 + 2Doo)] sin? p cos? p + (Dae — Dye) cos 2p sin 2p, Dig = Doo + Dir + Doz — 2Di2 + 2Do0)] sin? pcos? p + (69.4) + (D2e — D1) cos 29 sin 29, Dig = $[D22 sin? y — D;, cos? p + (Di2 + 2Doe) Cos 2g] sin 2p + Dy 600s? ¢(cos?y— 3sin?)+D26sin? ¢(3cos? p—sin? g), Dig = 4[D22c0s* p — Dj, sin? p — (Dy2 + 2Dog) cos 2g] sin 2p +D, sin? ¢(3cos* p—sin? 9) + Dag cos? g(cos? p—3sin? @). We will consider also the case of an orthotropic plate. Let the direc- tions of the x- and y-axes coincide with the principal directions, and the principal rigidities are D,, D2, Dy,Ds = D,¥2 + 2D. If we consider a new system of coordinates x’, y’, x’, which is rotated through an arbitrary angle ¢, the deflection equation in this system will 312 ANISOTROPIC PLATES have the form: aw , _otw i Foe * 4Dis— ay + Dia + 2De6) Tas pea atw atw + 4Di¢ + Dy, SY = g, (69.5) 88 Says 22 aya = 4 (69.5) and the expressions for moments and transverse shear forces are ob- tained in the form of (61.9) and (61.10) in which D,, must be replaced by Dj. The bending stifinesses around the new axes D',,, D>, twisting rigidities Dj, and rigidity D, are determined from formulas derived from (69.4) 1 = D, cost » + 2Ds sin? y cos? p + D2 sin* p, Diz = D, sin @ + 2D; sin? p cos? » + D2 cos* p, Dis = Dy + (Ds + Dz — 2D3) sin? 9 cos? 9, Diz = Dir, + (Dy + Dz — 2Ds) sin? y cos? p The auxiliary stiffnesses Dg and Dg, which vanish in the principal system x, y, Z, are Dig = 4 (Dz sin? @ — D, cos? p + D3 cos 2p) sin 2p, 6 = 4 (D2 cos? » — Dy sin? p — D3 cos 2p) sin 2p. (69.6) | 9.7) We note that the expression Dj, + Dj.+ 2Dj. and Dg« — Dir retain their values in any coordinate system, i.e., they are invariant: Diy + Diz + 2Di2 = Dy + Dz + 2D, Dis — Diz = Dy — Das | (69.8) The complex parameters 1 and jz2 for bending transform according to formulas which coincide precisely with the transformation formulas of the complex parameters of the state of plane stress (see section 10). 70. Bending of a Plate Possessing Cylindrical Anisotropy By introduction of the assumptions and simplifications that were em- ployed in the derivation of an approximate theory of bending of homo- geneous plates (thin sheets), it is easy to construct also a theory of bend- THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 313 ing for plates with curvilinear anisotropy, and in particular for plates with cylindrical anisotropy. We shall consider this type of plate briefly. We assume for simplicity that the cylindrically anisotropic plate is orthotropic at the same time, such that the planes of elastic symmetry are radial planes passing through the anisotropy axis g. The pole of anisotropy, i.e., the point of intersection of the anisotropy axis and the middle surface (which is assumed to be perpendicular to that axis), could lie either inside or outside of the plate. We take the pole of aniso- tropy as the origin of the cylindrical coordinate system r, 0, z, with the z-axis directed along the anisotropy axis; the x or polar axis is arbi- trarily directed in the middle plane. In this coordinate system the generalized Hooke’s law equations have the form of (3.3). The bending equations are derived in the same way as for the homo- geneous plate. By neglecting o,, we write the three Hooke’s law equa- tions in the form =, 0), = +, -H0), (70.1) E 1 Vro = Gro Here E,, Ey are the Young’s moduli for tension (compression) in the radial r and tangential 6 directions; »,, %» are the principal Poisson’s ratios (E,») = E,?,). Gyo is the shear modulus for the r and 6 directions (principal). On the basis of the hypothesis of straight normals we obtain expressions for the displacements u, und u) in directions r and 6 in terms of the deflection w(r, 0) of the middle surface: ow 1 éw ee =-zi.&, 70.2) Be Bae Mem Bog (702) Further we determine ¢,, é9, yo. From equations (70.1) we find o,, 09, 1,9. From the equations of equilibrium [see (1.4), the first and second equations where R = @ =O], we find the components 1,, and to;. Stresses o,, 0 lead to moments M,, Mo; stress t,» to twisting moment Hi»; and stresses t,, = tz, and T, = Tz, to transverse shear forces N, and N,. The stress distribution about a point in the plate is shown in 314 ANISOTROPIC PLATES the upper part of Fig. 134. The moments and transverse shear forces, which are reduced from the stresses, are shown in the lower oart of Fig. 134. Fig. 134 For the stress components, moments and transverse shear forces the following formulas are obtained: 12M, 12M, 12H» O = 2, = 2, te = Zz, h we w (70.3) 1. = ON (Hp) 7, 8Ne (2), = (| 2 te S(T 7 ne Deed ee eee . "Lor" ao 0)’ ow low, 1 aw M, = —D,|»,§— + —:— + —:—~], . . [> oy or a (704) 2 (w Ho, = Hy = —2D, —— 3 ° ° ar (*) THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 315 3 2 2 neo -[0, (241. 2"\47,1. 2 (4% _¥ or ar 00 Vor 1 (ow , 1 Ow - De—(— + ——;}}], . oP (2 r aa) | (70.5) 1 Ow 1 0 (dw 1 Ow No = —| Dy —-—— + D, —(—+--=>}}]- ° [ " Or200° wa (Se r a) | Here D,, Dy are bending stiffnesses for directions r, 9, i.e., around axes r and 6 passing through a given point; D, is the twisting rigidity: p= Ele _ Eh? =, p= 12(1 — 4%) 12(1 — »4%) Goh (70.6) dD. = Se, Dyg = D,vy + 2Dy. Considering the equilibrium of a plate element with three pairs of coordinate surfaces (which is analogous to the element shown in Fig. 126), we obtain the following expression for the deflection w(r, 6): " atw a 3 p, 2 4 2d, 1.24 p, 1. ate 1 aw ar* 1? | dr? 007 r* 008 ror 1 aw 1 aw 1 aw = 2D,.——_ — D, — —* + (0D, + Dy) —- *73 brag Pee ape t Pe + Pade ope a + D+ = air, 0), (70.7) ror where q is the intensity of the normal load distributed on the plane surface.?° For an isotropic material 3 D, =D, = Dy =D =—*# _. 120. — ») Equation (70.7) will then be DV*V2w = qr, 8), (70.8) where V? is the Laplacian operator in polar coordinates; 2a 1 ea,1 # va Sei 24h. (70.9) 316 ANISOTROPIC PLATES References 1, Gehring, F., De aequationibus differentialibus quibus aequilibrium et motus laminae crystallinae definitur, Berlin, 1860. 2. Boussinesque, M.J., Complements a une stude sur la theorie de ’equilibre et du mouvement des solides elastiques. Journ. de Math, pures et appl., set. 3, v. 5, 1879. 3. Huber, M.T., Theory of plates. L’vow, 1921. Some application of the theory of bending of orthotropic plates. Z. f. Angew. Math. und Mech., Band 6, Heft 3, 1926. Static problems of the technically important orthotropic plates. Warszawa, 1929. 4, Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Some related to the theory of bending of thin plates. Prikl. matematika i mekhanika, novaya seriya, v. I, No. 2, 1938. Galerkin, B.G., Elastic thin plates. Gosstroyizdat, 1933. Timoshenko, S.P., Plates and shells. OGIZ, Gostekhizdat, Moscow-Lenin- grad, 1948. Tr. from English. 5. Timoshenko, S.P., Plates and shells, OGIZ, Gostekhizdat, 1948, pp. 92-98. Tr. from English, 6. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Some problems related to the theory of bending of thin plates. Prikladnaya matematika i mekhanika, v. 11, No. 2, 1938, p. 187. . See Ref. 6, p. 191. . See Ref. 6. . Lure, A.I., Equilibrium of a plate with supported edges. Izves. Leningradskogo politekhn. Instituta, v. XXXI, 1928, pp. 305-20. ‘Some problems related to bending of a circular plate. Prikl. matematika i mekhanika, v.1V, No. 1, 1940. 10. Fridman, M.M., Some problems of the theory of bending of thin plates with curvilinear opening. Prikl. matemutika i mekhanika, v. IX, No. 4, 1945. Bending of a thin isotropic plate having a circular isotropic washer of different material welded to it. Prikl. matematika i mekhanika, v. XIV, No. 4, 1950. Bending of acircular plate by concentrated force. Prikl. matematika i mekhanika, v. XV, No. 2, 1951. Solution of a general problem regarding the bending of a thin isotropic elastic plate supported along the edge. Prikl. matematika i mekhanika, v. XVI, No. 4, 1952. 11, Karman, Th., Encyclopedia of Mathematical Sciences, V. IV, 1910, p. 349. 12. Rostovtsev, G.G., Calculation of a thin plane sheeting supported by ribs. Trudy Leningr. Instituta Inzhenerov Grazhdanskogo Vosdushnogo Flota, No. 20, 1940. 13. Timoshenko, S.P., Plates and shells. Gostekhizdat, Moscow, 1948, p. 37 and 243. Tr. from English. 14. Seydel, E., Shear-buckling test with corrugated sheets. DVL, 1931. Kani, S.N. and Sverdlov, I.A., Calculation of airplane strength. Oborongiz, Moscow, 1940, p. 254. 15. Lekhnitskiy, S.G., Bending of non-uniform anisotropic thin plates of sym- metrical structure. Prikl. matematika i mekhanika, v.V, No. 1, 1941. yen 16. 17. 18. 19. ). Carrier, G. THEORY OF BENDING OF ANISOTROPIC PLATES 317 Rabinovich, A.L., Calculation of orthotropic layered panels for tension, shear and bending. Ministerstvo aviatsion. promyshl. SSSR, Trudy, No. 675, 1948. See Ref. 16, p. 13-14, 17-18. See Ref. 16, p. 15. Smith, C.B., Some new types of orthotropic plates laminated of orthotropic material. Jour. of Appl. Mech., v. 20, No. 2, 1953. ., The bending of the cylindrically aeolotropic plate. Journ. of Appl. Mech., v. 11, No. 3, 1944. CHAPTER 10 Bending of Plates by Normal Load 71. The Simplest Cases of Bending In this chapter we will study a series of actual problems of the bending of homogeneous rectangular plates and strips and of elliptical and cir- cular plates, as well as curvilinear y anisotropic circular plates. The simplest cases of bending of homogeneous plates are: (1) pure bending; (2) pure twisting; (3) bending along a cylindrical surface. The deflections, moments, transverse shear forces, and stresses in these cases are found by elementary methods and we shall give the formulas with- out derivation. In all cases we assume the plate to be homogeneous but not orthotropic, so that the deflection equation referred to the chosen x- and y-axes have the form of (62.2) and the expressions for the mo- ments and shear forces have the form of (61.9) and (61.10). 1. Pure bending. A rectangular plate bends under moments M, per unit length distributed uniformly along two sides, and moments Mz per unit length distributed uniformly along the other two sides. By denoting the length of the sides by a and 4, and directing the axes along the sides (Fig. 135), we obtain M,=M,, M,=M2, Hy =Ne=N,=0; (711) w = Ax? + Bxy + Cy? + Cx + Cry + Co, (71.2) where A, B, C and constants found from the following equations AD, + BDys + CD12 = AD,3 + BDze + CD,; = -™2, (71.3) ADy6 + BDoo + CD26 318 BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 319 and C;, C;, Cs are constants found from the edge fixing conditions. For example, for a plate fixed at the three corners (0, 0), (a, 0) and (0, 6): w = A(x? — ax) + Bxy + C(y — by). (71.4) Fig. 135 Another case of pure bending is the bending of a plate of arbitrary shape under a moment M per unit length uniformly distributed around the entire edge (Fig. 136). In this case for any element with normal n Mn =M, Hn =0, No (71.5) Fig. 136 2. Pure twisting. A rectangular plate deforms under twisting mo- ments H per unit length uniformly distributed around all edges (Fig. 137). In this case M,=M,=0, Hy =H, N,=N,=0. (71.6) 320 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The deflection w has the form of (71.2) but the constants are found from the following equations AD,; + BDis + CDy2 = 0, AD, + BD25 + CD22 = 0, (71.7) ADs + BDoo + CDr6 = Another case of pure twisting is when the plate simply supported along two opposite edges is deformed by forces 2H applied to the free corners (Fig. 138). For this case, formulas (71.6), (71.7) and (71.2) apply. Fig. 137 Fig. 138 3. Bending along a cylindrical surface. A plate in the shape of a long rectangle is uniformly clamped along the long edges, and arbitrary clamped along the short sides. The plate is deformed under a load which does not change along the long sides of plate. In this case, at positions far removed from the short sides, the bent surface of the plate will be nearly cylindrical. For an infinitely long plate it will be strictly cylindrical. Placing the origin of coordinates on a long side at a point far removed from the short sides and directing the x-axis along the long side (Fig. 139), we may consider the deflection w(y) to be a function of y only. Then My=—DiW', My = —Daw"y thy = —Daal’s| N, = —Diew", Ny = —Daaw". The deflection is found from equation Dw = qi). (71.9) BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 321 This equation coincides with the deflection equation for a beam with rigidity D,, bending under an arbitrary normal load q; quantities M, and N, are defined as the bending moment and shear for this beam. The clamped ends of the beam must correspond to the clamped sides of the plate. Indeed, the problem of the bending of a plate along a cylindrical 2 x Wy y IZ Fig. 139 surface is reduced to the problem of the bending of a beam, which is solvable by elementary methods. Quantities M,, H,,, N;, which do not exist for a beam, are readily found from the deflection. For an orthotropic plate with the principal directions parallel to the sides, H, =N,=0. 72. Bending of an Orthotropic Rectangular Plate with Simply-supported Edges A rectangular orthotropic plate with principal direction parallel to the sides is hinged on all four sides and bends under a normal load dis- tributed according to some arbitrary law. 9 GaN) x Fig. 140 Direct the x- and y-axes along the sides (Fig. 140) and denote the length of the sides by a and b, and their ratio a/b by c. The deflection equation will be (62.3); it must be integrated subject to the boundary 322 ANISOTROPIC PLATES conditions for x=0, x=a w=M, =05] (72.1) for y=0, pa w= M, =0.] All these conditions will be satisfied if we use the solution of equa- tion (62.3) in the form of a series max nay in 2 2.2 sin (72.2) Ann Sin. 1 Hl Ms ims 1 The coefficients A,,, are found by the expansion of q(x, y) into a double Fourier series 9 =. Yam sin ™ sin "2 , (72.3) mitt @ b where Te ng = f qsin ™ sin ™ dy dy. (72.4) ab Jodo @ b By substituting equations (72.2) and (72.3) into equation (62.3) and comparing the coefficients of identical terms in the left and right hand sides we obtain the expression for the deflection: «max nay toe sin — sin == we SF ae ———* + _ arg we meet p, (4) + Dn? (*) + Dant ¢ ¢ This solution is analogous to that found by Navier for an isotropic plate:* 2 sin sin a LY mn —— (72.6) [+e] c where D is the rigidity of the isotropic plate. In (72.5) it is necessary to substitute the value of the coefficients a,,, Which depend on the load distribution. Thus, for the case of a load uniformly distributed over the BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 323 area, we have am = 12... 1 for men = 1,3,5, x? "mn (72.7) nn = 0 for all others mand n, where p is the load per unit area. For a concentrated force P applied at the point (€, 7), ag = oP sin OE gin, RAM (72.8) ab a b (m = 1,2,3,...,0 =1,2,3,...). The moments and shear forces are found from (61.14) and (61.15) and are likewise in double series form. Solutions in the double series form are of theoretical interest but inconvenient in practice. The series for deflections, moments, and transverse shear forces practically always converge, although very slowly. Many terms are necessary for their calculations. Therefore, in those cases when the double series can be avoided, simple series which converge much faster are preferable. These solutions will be considered later. If uniformly distributed normal forces p, and p2 (Fig. 141) are distri- buted along the sides of the plate which is already bent by an arbitrary load q (72.3), then in place of equation (62.3) we shall have an equation of the type (64.7), in which Tr = pis Ty = prs Sey = 0. The deflection in this case is easily found as a series maa ne we Zy YS ay x z MAX nay sin — sin —— x a 2 »,(2) + 2d (M2) + Dont +(2) [>(2) + pr] ¢ a x ¢ If the forces are tensile, then p, > 0, p2 > 0. The denominators of all terms are positive and larger than the corresponding denominators (72.5). It is clear from this that the addition of the tensile forces distri- (72.9) 324 ANISOTROPIC PLATES buted along sides reduces the deflection. The plate behaves as though it had been stiffened. If the forces are compressive then p, < 0, p2 <0 and denominators of the (72.9) will be the differences of positive values. The addition of compressive forces increases the deflection, or in other words, decreases the plate stiffness. In the case of the compressive _ Fig. 141 forces there arises the possibility that one or more denominators in the expression (72.9) are reduced to zero, and as a result the deflection under the load g becomes theoretically infinite. This signifies that the plate under compressive forces p, and p, has become unstable. Problems concerning plate instability are studied in Chapters 13-14. 73. Bending of an Orthotropic Rectangular Plate with Two Simply-supported Edges A rectangular orthotropic plate is simply supported on two opposite sides, with the other two restrained in any manner, and the plate bends under a normal load g. We will consider the case when the load does 0, x Fig. 142 BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 325 not vary along the supported sides. A more general case will be taken up in section 76. For this plate, a solution may be found in the form of a simple series, generally known as the Levy solution for an ortho- tropic plate. ‘We place the origin of coordinates at the middle of a supported side and direct the x-axis along this side and the y-axis perpendicular to it, as in Fig. 142a. The deflection equation will have the form aw atw otw + 2D; + D axt Ox? dy’ oy* Di = 4); (73.1) where g(y) is given. The function w must satisfy the conditions on the supported sides at y = 0, y = b: o?w ow at y=0, y=b wo fa nF =0 (73.2) and four conditions on the other sides. The solution will be sought in the form of a sum w = woly) + wie, J)- (73.3) Here w(y) is a function satisfying the equation Daw! = 90) (73.4) as well as the conditions wo(0) = wo(0) = 0, wold) = wo(b) = 0; (73.5) This, in fact, is the deflection of a beam of rigidity D. and length 6, supported at the ends and subjected to a load q (Fig. 142b). The func- tion w; satisfies the homogeneous equation a1 yap, atm D + 2D; 1 xt * ax? dy? (73.6) 326 ANISOTROPIC PLATES as well as the conditions (73.2), and is selected in such a way as to fulfill the possibility of satisfying the conditions at sides x = +a/2. Function wo for many cases of loading may be found in closed form by the methods of strength of materials, but in order to satisfy the conditions on the edges x = +a/2 it must be in the form a Fourier sine series. This series will be of the form bt 2 aw | nay , & sin BD TT. — M0 Dat ent G (3.7) 2 ae mas, "qsin dy (73.8) are the expansion coefficients of the Fourier series of function q(y), which represents the law of load distribution. The function 1, is sought in the form => X) sin 7D (73.9) The total deflection w = wo + w; will satisfy conditions on the sup- ported sides but the conditions on the sides x = -ta/2, remains to be satisfied, which is always possible. For function X, we obtain the equation DX” — 2p,(% xe 4 Ds (Fy X,= B. b The form of function X,, depends on the roots s, and s2 of the char- acteristic equation (73.10) D,s* — 2D3s? + D, = 0. (73.11) These roots are related to the complex parameters of bending 1, and pez by the relations 5; = iJui, 52 = i/u2. Three cases are possible, depending on ratios between the values of the plate rigidities: Case I. The roots of equation (73.11) are real and unequal: 451, ts: (1 >0, s2>0). BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 327 Case I. The roots of equation (73.11) are real and equal: zs (s>0). Case III. The roots of equation (73,11) are complex: sti, -sitti (s>0, t>0). For Case I: X,=A,ch re + B, sh 2% 4 Och Se + D, sh “2% re « (73.12) For Case II: = (A, + B,x) ch“ 4 (C, + Dx) sh =. (73.13) For Case III: xX, = (4 cos "#4 B sin ) ch = +(o cos = + D, sin mes ne, (73.14) where A,, B,, C,, D, are arbitrary constants. Thus, we obtain the following expressions for the deflection. For Case I: w(t as eX gp, gy LE \ Dart b + C, ch 2% 4. p, sh 2) sin 7, (73.15) b b b For Case II: 2 a,b nsx wey ae + (dy + Bx) oh + (Cy + Dpx) sh Is sin a : (73.16) 328 ANISOTROPIC PLATES For Case III: SS a,b* nxtx . nmtx nmsx 5 z ‘A, cos“ 4B, Sh " is * ( 8S mS el b a ( C.cos 2X oe) fy 2S + D, sin Fi ]sin (73.17) The multiplier of each sine has four arbitrary constants and there are the same number of conditions at sides x = +a/2. These conditions can be satisfied for any type of fixing. In the following it will not be necessary to analyze in detail all three of the Cases I, II, III. It is sufficient to consider Case I. The solutions for the other cases are found by the method of going to the limit for 5, = 52 = 5, or by separating the real part of the complex expression which is obtained on the assumption that s,; = s + ti, s, =s — ti. In the case of four simply supported sides we have 4 w = woly) +P, fe —* «x Dar? Hin — 33) doh meee ch MX x | ——— - ——~— J sin ™.. (73.18) ch NISC ch Z782¢, b 2 For plates with sides x = +a/2 clamped wan) + PF Mx Daa i nt S20 x nas, 08 2X sash ch MEE — sy sh OE ch Mae _ ne «¥en. (73.19) ¢ TAS3C | NAS,C gy sh 2AS2E chy MAS2E _ gp MEIC op, MAIC Knowing the expressions for deflections, the moments and shear forces are determined from (63.14) and (61.15), and from them the stresses may be found. Series of the type (73.18) are appreciably more convenient for cal- culations than the double series of the preceding section. Their terms BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 329 usually diminish rapidly. For the calculation of deflections and stresses at given points we need only a small number of terms to obtain suf- ficiently accurate results. 74. Bending of an Orthotropic Rectangular Plate by a Uniformly Distributed Load If a load q is uniformly distributed on the plate considered in the preceding section, then (Fig. 143) = <4 (94 — roy? + by); 74.1 Wo ap,” ry vs (74.1) Mf for n= 1,3,5,.03 dp =0 for n=2,4,6,... (74.2) an ay Series (73.19) and (73.18) will contain only terms with odd values of n. We will consider two cases in greater detail. Fig. 143 1. A plate with four simply-supported sides. The twisting moments and shear forces are found from formulas (61.14) and (61.15). The following expressions are obtained for the deflections and bending moments: wast (yt — 2by? + by) AD ° sich2ZX 52.ch MX 4qb* 1 omni b b\. + 5” 5? 2 NAS\C 7 NTS2C sin , Dard st — sani 5's... ch 251 ch 2752 330 ANISOTROPIC PLATES My, = ~ by) na54x 490? Di 1 2 wD; st — Shanti, ch BSE 2 ch = 80. - a ane | m, 2 (744) M, = ~£(% ~ by) 2 en tt 4qb? 1 omni +o, A] sq - »4s3) |S — Semis nS 1C ch ——— 2 oh M52 = 83 — 483) —2- | sin 2, ch AAS2C b 2 The maximum deflections and bending moments are found at the center and may be written as Wm = Oe (743) 384D, Bon =, Oda = & 6 (74.6) where «, 6” and # are dimensionless correction coefficients which also include the effect of the edges x = -:a/2, For large ratios of ¢ = a/b they becomea = 1, A’ = 2,8 = 1, and then we have the case of bend- ing along a cylindrical surface. It is clear from formulas (74,3)-(74.4) how to determine «, f’, f for finite c in Case I. We give values of the coefficients for Case TIT. BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 331 1004 (“DF =1-——= a x st x ve By x [2s ch ZC ggg BHC | go 1) sh 2 nase 5 nate 2 2 pr my, + 102 x St n=1, 35. nase. nate sin x[@ + 2 = vys* + 9302) sh 2S (74.7) naSC nntc — 2v,st ch 2 cos =) fn 1032 3 (=)? St net. Sisi. 80y BH=1l+ x nase na ve +940? — s? +? sh — sin ied NISC yg nate 2 — 2st ch 6, = ch nase + cos nats. As was shown in Section 67, parameters 11, #42, and consequently, 5; and s, are complex for a material like plywood. The series in (74.7) converge rapidly for plywood. The formulas for Case II are obtained from the above by going to the limit, assuming that ¢ = 0. The bending of a plate with four supported sides under a uniformly distributed load was studied in detail by Huber for the case when the stiffnesses satisfy the relation D; = D,D2 (Case II). Huber gives tables for the calculation of the maximum deflection Wnsk, the moments (My) max and (M,) macs a8 Well as for other quantities of interest in strength calculations, such as: (1) the maximum shear forces (N,) max and (N,) max at the midpoint of the sides; (2) the maximum reaction (Ri) maxs (R:) max Of the supports at the same points; (3) the total pressure R; on the supports at x = ta/2, and the corresponding force R, on the 332 ANISOTROPIC PLATES supports at y = 0, y = b; (4) the corner reactions R. All these quan- tities are considered as functions of the ratio =442 @>0; (748) oVD, € They are determined from formulas = 4. = 74.9) Wanox = “#3 (74.9) [D.\ qa? (MB) max = (uss + taan/>!) a? — (74.10) (My) snax = (1 + mun 5) qb? (in the middle of the plate at x = 0, y = b/2); 2D, ae ga (Ns) max = + + alert (dau = [oss + trae (v2 + De) [78] _ (74.11) 4D,\ [Di] qa Ri )max = | Hr a pps = Rome = [mas tas (v2 + \ ie" (at the middle of the side b at x = a/2, y = B/2); 2D.\ [Dz], | (Ny) max = | #222 + ae 2 b, aa tua (+) Ie (74.12) : 4D, 'D: (Ramee = [sn +a (» + 2.) iB] ab (at points x = 0, y = 0 and x =0, y = 5, i., at the middle of the sides a); F Fi 4D,\ [D,] qab [ain + Mise (> + B) Fall £, = , , 4D,\ [D = [aie + Hie (» + o) Fall gab; (74.13) BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD R= uj, De «[Pe ap. Hin Dp, We give Huber’s table for coefficients st11, #22, of e.3 333 (74.14) ves) M12 as function Table 14—VALUES OF THE COEFFICIENTS IN FORMULAS (74.9)-(74.14) e ° Hu a2 Haun Haz. M222 1 000407 00368-00368 «0-219 01190219 15 0-:00772 00-0280 00728-0199 01640335 2 001013 00174-00964 0189181 0-410 25 001150 0009901100018 01830453 3 001223 0-055 01172. 01870185 0-476 5 001297 0-000 012450186. = 0-186 0-499 © 001302 0-000 01250-0186 = 01860500 € Mu Mus B22 Haa2 Hua Bie 1 O19 0157 0-093-157-0093 0.0466 15 0-089 0145 0122, 0-241 00810-0611 2 0-055 0138 0133, 0-2990.066 0-063 25 0-031 0137 0134-0338 0-054 ——0-0670 3 0-017 0136 = 01350365 00450-0675 5 0-001 0136 ©0136 = 0-419 00270-0679 «© 0-000 0136 0136-0500» 0-000 (00679 2. Plate with two simply-supported and two clamped sides. The defiec- tions and bending moments are found from formulas = —4_(y# — apy? +B UD, oO "y y) 4qb+ TmS2C y MAS\X h ‘h Dax® a mA, (8 2 6 = 5, sh a ch a) sin a (74.15) 334 ANISOTROPIC PLATES Gi 2 M, = £4 (by - 7 (by =”) 4b) Dd, mit nas,x + 4g? De » — 53) ssh “26 ch a Dyaetks dy | b = (2: —82)s,sh a ch 2 sin ao ; q 2) = Ly - M, 3 y’) eg - NAS 2C NMS, X [a ~ vai sy sh 2 eh SES ~ (1 = 453) 5; sh nasye 4 na] na TE oy | sin NAS\C NSC NAS2C » NASC —* ch —* = 5; sh — = ch — 2 2° J (74.16) Ay = 51h The maximum deflection is at the center and can be represented in the form Waar = 25" oe, (74.17) 384D, Regarding the bending moments, it can be said that their maximum value for an isotropic plate occurs at the center of the clamped sides. In the case of an orthotropic plate the possibility is not excluded that bending moments will reach their maximum value at the center. If Mo and M, denote the bending moments at the center and M,,, Myp, those at the middle of the clamped sides, then these quantites can be repre- sented by formulas ; Mo 9, Mone, | - io (74.18) Muy =~ Bi, My = -F hy. BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 335 For large values of ratio c = a/b B= VD, Below we give expressions for «, 6’, 8, 6 and f, only for case IIT: wal, fan, Bel, w= PR -208 y tb)? , net.Sts... Ay « ( ch ASC gin MMC, op ASC 5. nate 2 aay : D 2 Cb? B= ~ 206845" aad, * nase) nate sin x [er —s -eysch 5 5 aut + (02 +52 + P) 13h "BE cos HE], (= p= 1 — 2064 tb" x ' 7 A, x [« = 48? — 422) sch oe sin LC MSC nate + (1 +048? +7; ©) tsh 2° cos = |: B; = 1-032 2 y CD? Gshaase = s sin nate), 2 n= 1,355, wa, 0 — aot By = 1-032», 2 op (tsh anse — s sin nate), eres A, = tsh nase + s sin nate. (74.19) 336 ANISOTROPIC PLATES The terms of the series in (74.19) diminish rapidly for a plywood plate, and therefore only a limited number of terms is needed to achieve the required engineering accuracy. The convergence of the series becomes worse at small ratio of c. 75. Bending of a Strip with Simply-supported Sides The problem of the bending of a long rectangular orthotropic plate with simply supported edges under a load distributed over part of its surface is of practical interest (in theory such a plate is considered as an infinite strip with simply supported sides). This problem, in the general case and for many particular cases, has been studied by Huber. Here we present Huber’s basic results without going into details. 1. A strip under a line load. An infinite strip of width 5, with simply supported sides, is subjected to a load distributed arbitrarily along a line perpendicular to the sides. It is assumed that the principal direc- tions of elasticity are parallel and perpendicular to the sides. The x-axis Fig. 144 is directed along the sides, the y-axis along the load line, as shown in Fig. 144. Expanding the load q'(y) per unit length into a Fourier series, we obtain v= Sa, sin (75.1) The expression for deflection will depend upon the roots of the characteristic equation (73.11) and for positive x (that part of the plate to the right of the load line) may be written in the following manner: BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 337 for Case I (see section 73) nr 2 JD,D, 8 x La(se > se" *) sin Ss (75.2) dn for Case IT Be w = 4n° VD,D 5 = nasx\ -"8 nay +——y)je © sin— (75,3) ) in = (15.3) and for Case III 5 oO = we S5(Fcos HEE + Asin tx 6 sin BY. 403 /D,D, "11 \s b t b b (75.4) Deflections on the left side of the load may be obtained by substitut- ing —x for x. In each given case it is necessary to find the coefficients a, in the Fourier series and substitute them into (75.2)-(75.4). Knowing the de- flections, the bending and twisting moments as well as transverse shear forces are found from (61.14)-(61.15), and from them, the stresses. Formulas for Cases II and III are found from formulas (75.2) by Fig. 145 Fig. 146 going to the limit. In the future we shall confine the discussion to the formulas for Case I only. If the load q’ is uniformly distributed along a section of the y-axis of length 5, , the center of which is located at a distance from the origin 338 ANISOTROPIC PLATES of coordinates (Fig. 145), then — sin —; (75.5) oH se )sin" 715.6) for x > 0). In particular, if the load q’ is uniformly distributed over the entire width b of the plate (b, = 6, 7 = 6/2, Fig. 146), then we obtain for the part on the right side of the load line 0 e a 5 we tC (se ese? )x mp. s—st VD\Dz St — S30=1,505, x sin ». (75.7) This case leads to the following results.* The maximum deflection is at point x = 0, y = 6/2, which corre- sponds to the middle of the loaded section, and is determined from formulas (regardless of the roots) gb? 39 ymax = 75.8 Noes “D3 1 aa += ft DD, 2V Dz The maximum bending moments are at the same point: (M,) max = 00929 (75.9) (M,) max = 0-0929 BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 339 If the load does not cover the whole section b, but only part of it, say oflength 5, withits center at x = 0,y = 6/2, then the maximum bending moments are determined from formulas which differ from (75.9) only by the numerical coefficient following the equal sign. The coefficient Fig. 147 is larger than 0-0929 and depends on the ratio b,/b; the smaller the ratio the larger the coefficient and the stress concentration. Thus, according to Huber, for ratio 5,/b equal to 5, 35, 4. the coefficients are 0:2736, 0-3370, 0:3517. 2.A strip loaded by a concentrated force (Fig. 147). A concentrated force may be considered as the limiting case for a load having a finite resultant and distributed over an infinitely small region. If we denote this force by P and assume that q‘b = P, then by going to the limit at by = 0, we get from (75.6) the deflection formula for a region to the right of the point of application of P. 2 2 _ mat ~ mee x sin a (75.10) The deflection dies out quickly away from the point of application. Huber showed that the deflection may be considered zero in practice at a finite distance from the point of application, which is equal to X = 1SBpeas (75.11) where breq, the reduced width, is determined according to Huber, in the following way: for Case I (75.12) 340 ANISOTROPIC PLATES for Case IT bres = 4 a (75.13) 2 for Case III (75.14) If the force is applied at the point » = b/2 of the axis, then the maximum deflection is : Wm = 001696 72, (75.15) Dz D3 1 [D, +5 f2 2D; 2Vp. Our study shows that all formulas for a strip with all sides supported and which bends under a concentrated force can be transformed in such a way as to eliminate the infinite series. This follows from the fact that the second derivatives of the deflection w of the plate indicated contain series which can be expressed in closed forms. In the case of real uneven s, and s, (see Section 73), the expressions for the second derivatives of the deflection are aw _sip-sty Ow po a. ; 75.16) a shod? OF od ae where 2X cos =p — Pp nb cos 5 (n y) AesD 1 oh BE% _ cos (m+ 9) (75.17) 282X x — cos — - 3 3 (a » MS 2X , x — cos = (4 + 0: 5 y) BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 341 ew _ P x éxdy 2xD,(s? — 83) [ oF sin (y +9) o> sin Za-y x aretg ——. + arctg ——3 l-e > sin=(n +9) l-e” * sin=(y - y) b b eo sin Z (y +9) on sin Z(y ~y) ~ aretg—az ~ arctg ——=———}.. (75.18) Le sin +y) l-e sin 2) Substituting expressions (75.16)-(75.18) into (61.14) we find the bend- ing and twisting moments. By knowing the expressions for the second derivatives, we can by integration determine the deflection w. The ex- pression will be quite cumbersome, but without series.” From a concentrated force one can easily go to a load distributed over an area Sin the plane of the strip. The solution is found in the form of (75.10), by summing the deflections resulting from infinitely small forces and is derived in the following way. Let Pé(x, y; 7) be the de- flection at (x, y) due to a concentrated forces applied at (0, 7); then the deflection at (x, y) due to forces applied at (é, 7), is Pox — &, y; 1). If the plate is subjected to a load p(x, y) distributed over some area S, then the load p(é, 1) dé dy, per area element dé dy, may be considered as a concentrated force. The deflection at (x, y) from this force will be PCE, 1) O(x — &, y3 9) dE dy. The integration over area S gives the deflection due to the load: w =f [pl 0) d — §, y3 9) dE dy. (75.19) Certain cases of load distribution were studied in detail by Huber; in particular, the case of a load uniformly distributed over a rectangular area.® 342 ANISOTROPIC PLATES 76. Application of the Theory of Bending of an Orthotropic Strip With the aid of the solution for an orthotropic strip under a given load, one may obtain the solution for the bending of a rectangular ortho- tropic plate with two, three or four supported sides when the load is arbitrary (in Sections 73-74 we considered only constant loads along the supported sides). The solutions are obtained in the following way. If we wish to determine the deflections, moments, and transverse shear forces in a plate of length @ and width 5, with sides a supported, we consider an auxiliary strip of the same width 5, with supported sides. We divide the strip into a series of identical rectangles of length a by straight lines perpendicular to the sides. The area of these rectangles is equal to that of the area of the original plate. By distributing the loads cover the rectangles in a manner illustrated below, we can create the conditions at the boundaries of the rectangles, which will agree with those at the boundaries of the original plate. The solution of the problem for a strip with an arbitrary load is well known. It was obtained for a concentrated force, see (75.19). Therefore, the solution for a rectangular plate may also be found for any case of load distribution. The problem is reduced to the summation of the deflections of strips, which are caused by a periodically alternating load. We consider three basic cases of edge clamping for a rectangular plate under a given bending load. 1. Tivo sides simply-supported, two clamped. On the sides of the plated, the conditions (76.1) w =0, must be satisfied. We consider the auxiliary strip divided into fields corresponding to the original plate, with loads distributed as follows: one of the fields, which we shall call the first, is loaded by a force q, the same as on the original plate; the next one, the second, is under a load q* symmetrically placed with respect to g about the dividing line of the fields; the third field is again loaded by q, the fourth by q*, etc., as shown in Fig. 148a. The strip bends under these forces and a section BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 343 of the bent surface will have the shape of shown in Fig. 148b. By virtue of symmetry, the second condition of (76.1) will be satisfied on the dividing lines of the fields. Further, we shall distribute loads g{, and q3 along the dividing lines, directed upward and expressed in series form with undetermined coefficients: = Y qsin =, gs = ¥d,sin =, (76.2) wt b ot b The total bending at any point of the strip is expressed as the sum of the bending w, due to the loads q and q*, and the bending w, due to the loads gi and q}: ww, +2. (76.3) By the requirement that w = 0 on the dividing lines we determine the coefficients a, and b,, and deflection w. The conditions of the boundary 4 4 2 3 ! | | | ee Fig. 148 pe |. a | pe | of the first field will correspond exactly to the conditions at the bound- ary of the plate, and so the deflection of the first field will be equal to the deflection of the same point of the plate itself. 2. All sides simply-supported. On sides b of the plate the conditions 0, + =0 76.4 w ae tae (76.4) must be satisfied. The first field of the auxiliary strip is loaded by the force q, the same as on the plate; the second field, by the force q* 344 ANISOTROPIC PLATES symmetrically placed with respect to the dividing line, but oppositely directed. The third field is again loaded by q, etc. (Fig. 149). A section of the bent surface will have the form shown in Fig. 149b. Evidently the first condition (76.4) will be satisfied on the boundaries of the fields. It is easy to show that the second conditions are also satisfied. In fact, the inflection points on the bent surface correspond to the dividing lines, the second derivative of w with respect to x reduces to zero. Derivative 0?w/dy? reduces to zero at the same points where w = 0. w aw 9 va Consequently, along the dividing lines of the field ae It is clear from this that the first field may be considered as an isolated plate with supported sides. 3. Three sides simply-supported, one clamped. If one of the sides b is supported and the opposite one is clamped, the first must satisfy the conditions (76.4), the second, (76.1). In this case the first field of the auxiliary strip is loaded by the force q, the same as on the plate. The second field is loaded by q* symmetrically placed about the dividing line; the third field, by —q distributed in the same way as q but op- positely directed; the fourth field, by —q* symmetrically placed about the dividing line; the fifth field, by q again, etc. (Fig. 150a). Considering a section of the bent surface (Fig. 150b) we note that the conditions (76.4) are satisfied on one of the lines bounding the first field, and only one condition éw/@x = 0 on the second line. In order to satisfy all the conditions we distribute alternatively loads g; and q; along the dividing BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 345 lines and represent them in the form of series (76.2). The total deflec- tion of the strip is the sum of w,, due to loads q, g*, —q, —g*, and w2, due to loads g/ and q:: ww + Wr. (76.5) The unknown coefficients a, and b, are determined by the require- ment that the deflection be zero at the dividing lines. ace Ps WG fee “ED ise —a Fig. 150 In this way Huber obtained the solution for the bending of the plate with supported sides subjected to a concentrated force P and to forces distributed in the checker-board fashion. He also studied a number of cases with three and four supported sides with different distribution of Fig. 151 loads. It is impossible to present all these cases here. We will present only the solution for a concentrated force applied at point (&, 7) on a plate supported on all four sides (Fig. 151). 346 ANISOTROPIC PLATES ‘The form of the deflection varies, depending upon whether Case I, II or III takes place. For Case I we obtain:*° for0 0, uz > 0). Case II, Roots are real and equal: tu (u>0). Case IIT, Roots are complex: ustvi, -utvi (u>0, v>0). For plates with four simply supported sides, which correspond to beams supported at ends, function g can be represented in the form of series — sin 2 sin 2 8 (md)? [2 b b )= a g(r. ¥ Sty VD. D. Di _ (3) Jem D; D;, \D; Here d = bja. (78.9) For an isotropic plate (78.10) BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 355 This function for a simply supported plate can be determined in a closed form by using two analytical expressions g, and g». We are not going to present these expressions here.'* ‘Table 15—FUNCTION g FOR A SIMPLY SUPPORTED ISOTROPIC PLATE =1 2 3 4 5 6 7 n md 58 BJ 3H/B 2 SHIR 35/4 THB 05 00437 00694 0:0783 00749 0-0618 0-0449 0-0233 1 0180 0-259 0-258 0-223 0172 O15 0.0576 15 0328 0-413 0348 0-259 0174 01050-0486 582 0-464 0-509 0-355 0-220 01250-0651 0-0272 25 0581 05570319 01650-0882 0-039 0-012 3 0-677 0570 0-266 01150-0454 0-0157 0-041 2 05 0-122 0-144 0-141 01200-0861 1 0-438 0-480 0-430 0-340 0-230 15 0676 0-664 0522 0367 0-222 bl4 2 821812 0-818 0-715 0-479 0-295 0153. 827 = S10 25 0899 0-697 0397 0-215 — 0-0903 3 0943 0-650 0312 0157 0.0497 3. 05 0-185 0-189 0-165 1 0-610 0595 0-488 15 831813 832-823 0850 0-767 0-570 835= 825 837= 815 36/82 0-944 0-780 0-507 25 0977 0-731 0-409 3 0-988 0-665 0-316 4° 05 0-208 1 0-667 15 0-898 dD. -2——« B41 = 814 842 = B24 843 = 834 9.971 S45 = 834 S46 = Sra 847 = 814 25 0-990 3 0-992 The values of the functions g and hand their derivatives with respect toy,g’ and h’ at » = y, and y = 1, are denoted by gi, hij, gi, and hi, We will present in the tables below the numerical values of functions a(n, y) for the plate considered in section 67 with four simply sup- ported sides made of isotropic material and of plywood. Table 15 pre- sents the values of g for an isotropic plate. Table 16 gives the values of g for a plywood plate, the outer layers of which are perpendicular 356 ANISOTROPIC PLATES to side b, i.e., D; > D2. Table 17 presents data for the same plate, the outer layers of which are parallel to side a, and consequently D, < D2. The values for functions calculated for vairables 7 and y taken at intervals equal to b/8. At the same time functions g for a supported Table 16—FUNCTION g FOR A SIMPLY SUPPORTED PLYWOOD PLATE, D> Dz 2 3 4 5 6 7 54 «3582 SHB_ 35/4 7H/B O171 0-182 0-166 0-133 0-092 0-046 0350 0-259 0156 0-080 0035 0-012 0386 0-178 0-053 0-007 —0-003 0337 0-087 0-005 —0-005 —0-001 0-265 0-0269 —0-006 —0-003 0-000 0-187 0-031 _—0-006 0-000 0-000 2 05 0-295 0337-0315 0-258 0-179 1 0566 0506 0339-0195 0-092 15 0643 0-441 01860-0651 0-004 5/42 gay = Bio 0651 0-342 0-081 0-032 —0:006 g27=s16 25 0646 0-254 © 0-027 0-043 —0-002 3 0-643 0-183 0-003 0-064 0-000 3 05 0428 0-428 0-362 0-646 0541 0351 15 0-650 0-437 0-182 36/8 2 831 = 813 832 = 823 0646 0-339 0-080 #36 = 825 £37= 15 25 0644 0-254 0-028 3 0644 0-182 0-002 4° 085 0-475 1 0-656 15 0-647 BIZ 2 B41 = 814 842 = 824 B43 = 34 045 S45 = 834 S40 = 825 847 = Sis 25 0-644 3 0-644 plate are considered as symmetrical with respect to their variables, so that gy, = g,. In addition, these dependencies exist in this case Bin = 87,8-n» Ban = 86,8-n9 +09 Sim = S1.8-n» (78.11) BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 357 for example ess =8 ‘56 5b =eu-8 36 3b ss 3° 8 33 3° > =e(2, 2%) oe, -0(5, 2 gic =8(5> GZ) =8=8(7> 5): Functions g depend not only on 7 and y, but also on product md which is present as a parameter. In our Tables for each pair of 7 and y we give six pairs of g which corresponds to md = 0-5; 1; 1:5; 2; 25 and 3. The numerical values of g are given with three or four decimal places. The form of function g should also be indicated for a plate in the shape of an infinite strip of width a with supported sides, which cor- responds to an infinite beam spreading on both sides of the origin of the coordinates. 8 Case I. a z 2 fupeP2O-P — yy em] for -2 Dz Dy D2), Figure 157 shows the analogous data for the case when these fibers are parallel to the sides (D, < D,). 79. Bending of a Plate with One Rib Asan example,we consider a rectangular orthotropic plate strengthened with one rib directed along the symmetry axis y = b/2. The sides of the plate perpendicular to the rib are simply supported, and the other two, fixed arbitrarily, but in an identical way (for example, both sides are either supported or both are free, etc.). We assume that the load Q which acts on the rib is arbitrary, and the loads 4, q2, which act on the plate are distributed symmetrically with respect to the rib, i.e., gi(x, y) = 9.(x, b—y). Denote by C and EF the rigidities of twisting and bending of the rib. In this case N = 1, 7 =5/2. The system of equations (77.14) for two unknowns M;,, and P;» will be Pindla + Min(4in = a) =F (3) | CH 2) (79.1) Pra (2 +o ) + Mindi = 2 - F. (5). | Ep Esp 2)’ | where Q,, is the expansion coefficient of load Q in Fourier series, ma p= a Due to symmetry we have F, (3) =0, 1 =4i =0. (79.2) Consequently, 6 1m — EDRF, ( — On ~ Et0*Fa() Mim =0, Pim = ——————““4,, 79.3) ‘ ‘ 1 + EWB*)1 ey BENDING OF PLATES BY NORMAL LOAD 363 and we obtain an expression for the deflection of the plate: 7, (2 2, [Qn EW @),@,. + FaQ)| sin Bx. (19.4) we —_4/ x) eR, In order to completely determine the deflection, it is necessary to expand the given loads q, and q, into Fourier series (77.7) and to find the individual solution for (77.9). Fig. 158 Let us consider the case of an infinite strip with simply supported sides strengthened by one rib which carries the entire external load Q(q. = q2 = 0). The x-axis runs along the rib, and the y-axis along the side of the strip (Fig. 158). The load Q is an arbitrary function of y which satisfies the Dirichlet conditions since if it were otherwise it would be impossible to expand it into Fourier series. In the case of real unequal 1oots w, and u; function g which is pro- portional to the influence function 6 has the form (78.12) and 511 = 60,0) = 2p? J 0. (79.5) D,D2 (u; + u2) The deflection of the strip in front of the rib, ie. at — 00

You might also like